Deprecated: iconv_set_encoding(): Use of iconv.internal_encoding is deprecated in /home/omeka/oelawhk/application/libraries/Zend/Validate/Hostname.php on line 538

Deprecated: iconv_set_encoding(): Use of iconv.internal_encoding is deprecated in /home/omeka/oelawhk/application/libraries/Zend/Validate/Hostname.php on line 634
<![CDATA[Historical Laws of Hong Kong Online]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/browse/page/17?output=rss2 Sun, 07 Jun 2026 21:08:27 +0800 webadmin@lib.hku.hk (Historical Laws of Hong Kong Online) Zend_Feed http://blogs.law.harvard.edu/tech/rss <![CDATA[CROSS-HARBOUR TUNNEL (PASSAGE TAX) (METHOD OF PAYMENT) NOTICE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3066

Title

CROSS-HARBOUR TUNNEL (PASSAGE TAX) (METHOD OF PAYMENT) NOTICE

Description






CROSS-HARBOUR TUNNEL (PASSAGE TAX)
(METHOD OF PAYMENT) NOTICE

(Cap. 274, section 12(3) )

[7 December 1984.]

1. This notice may be cited as the Cross-Harbour Tunnel (Passage
Tax) (Method of Payment) Notice.

2. As from 1 January 1985 tax may no longer be paid in accordance
with section 12(2).
L.N. 401/84. Citation. Tax not to be paid using existing toll tickets.

Abstract

L.N. 401/84. Citation. Tax not to be paid using existing toll tickets.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3066

Edition

1964

Volume

v17

Subsequent Cap No.

274

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:14:57 +0800
<![CDATA[CROSS-HARBOUR TUNNEL (PASSAGE TAX) ORDINANCE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3065

Title

CROSS-HARBOUR TUNNEL (PASSAGE TAX) ORDINANCE

Description






LAWS OF HONG KONG

CROSS-HARBOUR TUNNEL

(PASSAGE TAX) ORDINANCE

CHAPTER 274





CHAPTER 274

CROSS-HARBOUR TUNNEL (PASSAGE TAX)

Toimpose a tax on the passage of motor vehicles through the Cross-
Harbour Tunnel, to amend the Cross-Harbour Tunnel Ordinance
and for purposes connected therewith.

[1 June 1984.1

1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Cross-Harbour Tunnel
(Passage Tax) Ordinance.

2. (1) In this Ordinance, unless the context otherwise requires

'Commissioner' means the Commissioner for Transport;

'Company' means The Cross-Harbour Tunnel Company Limited and
any other person to whom the rights and obligations of the
Company under the Cross-Harbour Tunnel Ordinance are, with the
consent of the Governor in Council, assigned under section 5 of
that Ordinance;

'motor vehicle' means any mechanically propelled vehicle in respect of
which a tax is specified in the First Schedule;

'tax' means the tax charged under section 3;

'toll' means the toll chargeable by the Company under the
CrossHarbour Tunnel Ordinance in respect of the passage of motor
vehicles through the tunnel;

'tunnel' means the tunnel in respect of which a franchise was granted
to the Company under the Cross-Harbour Tunnel Ordinance.

(2) In this Ordinance, unless the context otherwise requires,
'driver', 'toll booth' and 'tunnel area' have the same meaning as in the
Cross-Harbour Tunnel Ordinance.

(3) Any reference in the Schedules to a description of motor vehicle
shall be interpreted in accordance with the definitions and classes of
motor vehicles mentioned in section 2 of the Road Traffic Ordinance.

3. (1) Subject to section 4, a tax as specified in the First Schedule
shall be charged in respect of the passage of a motor vehicle through
the tunnel.

(2) The Legislative Council may by resolution amend the First
Schedule.

(3) The tax shall be charged in addition to any toll.

(4) The driver of the motor vehicle in respect of the passage of
which the tax is charged shall be liable to pay the tax.





(5) Where the driver of a motor vehicle tenders an amount to the
Company insufficient to cover both the tax and the toll payable in
respect of that motor vehicle, such amount shall be applied first to pay
the tax and any amount remaining shall be credited towards payment of
the toll.

4. (1) No tax shall be charged in respect of any vehicle specified in
the Second Schedule.

(2) The Legislative Council may by resolution amend the Second
Schedule.

(3) Persons accorded exemption from tax by operation of the
International Organizations and Diplomatic Privileges Ordinance, the
Consular Relations Ordinance, the Chinese Visa Office (Privileges and
Immunities) Ordinance, Privileges and Immunities (Joint Liaison Group
and Land Commission) Ordinance or by any international agreement or
convention extending to Hong Kong shall be exempted from tax in
accordance with such arrangements as may be agreed between the
Company and the Commissioner or, in the event of a failure to agree, as
the Commissioner may, by direction in writing to the Company, require.
(Amended, 61 of 1984, s. 5; 18 of 1985, s. 5 (4) and 44 of 1985, s. 7)

(4) A person who-

(a)holds a valid driving licence issued to him as a disabled
person in accordance with the Road Traffic (Driving Licences)
Regulations; and

(b)satisfies the Commissioner that he requires, as the driver of a
private car, to make use of the tunnel,

shall when driving that car be exempted from tax in accordance with
such arrangements as may be agreed between the Company and the
Commissioner or, in the event of a failure to agree, as the Commissioner
may, by direction in writing to the Company, require.

(5) It shall be the duty of the Company to comply with any
direction under subsections (3) and (4).

5. (1) The tax shall be paid to the Company, which shall collect the
tax and pay it to the Commissioner under subsection (5).

(2) Subject to section 9, the tax shall be paid at a toll booth by the
driver of a vehicle, in respect of which the tax is charged, at the time
when the tunnel is used by him, either

(a) in cash; or

(b)by tendering a toll ticket, appropriate to the vehicle, endorsed
in the manner required by subsection (4)(a).

(3) A toll ticket may be purchased from the Company for which is
paid, in addition to the toll, a sum equivalent to the tax appropriate to
the passage through the tunnel of the description of vehicle in respect
of which the toll ticket is purchased; and the Company shall not sell any
toll ticket for any description of vehicle where tax is chargeable in
respect of the passage of that description





of vehicle through the tunnel, unless such sum equivalent to the tax is
paid.

(4) Where tax is pre-paid in accordance with subsection (3)--

(a)the toll ticket shall be endorsed by the Company to the effect
that the tax has been pre-paid; and

(b)the tax shall be deemed for the purposes of subsection (5) to
be paid at the time when the ticket is tendered at the toll booth
in payment of the tax.

(5) The Company shall pay to the Commissioner the tax paid to it
during each month on or before the fifteenth day of the month next
following.

(6) The acceptance by the Commissioner of any sum tendered by
the Company in respect of any preceding month in accordance with
subsection (5) shall not prevent the Commissioner from claiming any
further sum in respect of the same month on any adjustment that
appears to be necessary following any subsequent examination of the
records submitted by the Company under section 6:

Provided that in the event of the Company

(a)without reasonable excuse, failing to collect any tax payable to
it under this section;

(b)failing to submit any records in the manner specified in
section 6; or

(c)submitting records which appear to the Commissioner to be
incomplete or inaccurate,

the Commissioner may assess the sum which, in his opinion, the
Company should have paid under subsection (5) and has not paid and
he may, thereupon, claim the sum so assessed.

(7) The tax payable to the Commissioner under subsection (5) and
any sum claimed under subsection (6) shall be recoverable from the
Company as a debt due to the Crown.

(8) The payment by the Company of any sum in accordance with
subsection (5) shall not prevent the Company from claiming a refund of
any overpayment made by the Company and proved to the satisfaction
of the Commissioner.

6. (1) The Company shall maintain a record-

(a) in respect of each day-

(i) of the number of motor vehicle passages in respect of
which tax has been paid or is payable stated by reference to
the item of the First Schedule applicable thereto;

(5) of the amount of tax paid in cash in respect of those
passages; and

(iii) of the number of toll tickets, endorsed to the effect that
the tax has been pre-paid, tendered under section 5(2)(b),
stated by reference to the item of the First Schedule applicable
thereto;





(b)of such matters as may be required by any arrangements or
direction under sections 4(3) and (4),

and copies of such records, together with a monthly summary thereof in
a form acceptable to the Commissioner, shall be submitted to the
Commissioner with the payment of tax under section 5(5).

(2) The Commissioner, or any person authorized by him, may, at
any reasonable time, inspect and take copies of the records maintained
under subsection (1).

7. (1) Subject to section 9, no person shall drive a motor vehicle
(other than a vehicle in respect of which no tax is chargeable by virtue
of section 4(1)) past a toll booth unless he stops and pays the toll
collector on duty at the booth the appropriate tax for the vehicle in the
manner required by section 5(2).

(2) Any person who contravenes subsection (1) commits an
offence and shall be liable to a fine of $1,000.

(3) A complaint or information in respect of an offence under this
section may be joined in the same summons as a complaint or
information in respect of an offence under by-law 25 of the
CrossHarbour Tunnel By-laws for contravening by-law 18 of those by-
laws.

8. (1) The Financial Secretary may authorize the payment to the
Company of a fee for collection of the tax.

(2) The fee referred to in subsection (1) shall be paid to the
Company in such manner as the Financial Secretary may determine.

9. Sections 5(2) and 7(1) shall not apply to the driver of a fire
service vehicle, ambulance, police vehicle or a vehicle used for defence
purposes, including civil defence purposes, while that vehicle is being
used in the course of urgent duty; but the tax payable in respect of such
a vehicle may be paid in such manner as may be agreed between the
Company and the Commissioner.

10-11. [Amendments incorporated]

12. (1) The Company may sell toll tickets from stocks existing at the
commencement of this Ordinance until such stocks are exhausted
notwithstanding that such tickets are not endorsed in accordance with
the provisions of section 5(4) and, where toll tickets are sold under the
authority of this subsection, the provisions of section 5(3) shall not
apply:

Provided that nothing in this subsection shall relieve any person
of his obligation to pay tax.

(2) Notwithstanding section 5(2) an existing toll ticket may be
tendered in payment of tax; and the tender of such a ticket in payment of
tax shall be deemed to be the tender of an amount of cash equal to the
amount of the toll for which the ticket is valid.





(3) The Commissioner may, by notice in the Gazette, declare that,
as from such day as he may so specify, tax may no longer be paid in
accordance with subsection (2), and such notice shall have effect in
accordance with the terms thereof.

(4) In this section 'existing toll ticket' means a valid toll ticket sold
by the Company

(a) before the commencement of this Ordinance; or

(b)in accordance with the authority conferred by subsection (1).

FIRST SCHEDULE [ss. 2, 3 &
6.]

RATES OF TAX

Item Vehicle Tax
$

1...................................Motorcycles, motor tricycles 2
2...................................Public and private light buses 2
3...................................All other motor vehicles 5

SECOND SCHEDULE [s. 4.]

EXEMPTIONS

1 Public and private omnibuses.
2. A motor vehicle belonging to the Company which is being used within the
tunnel area on the business of the Company.
3. A motor vehicle carrying a public officer in the service of the Crown who
is engaged on duty relating to the tunnel area.
Originally 28 of 1984. 61 of 1984. 18 of 1985. 44 of 1985. L.N. 145/84. Short title. Interpretation. (Cap. 203.) First Schedule. (Cap. 374.) Imposition of tax. First Schedule. Exemptions. Second Schedule. (Cap. 190.) (Cap. 259.) (Cap. 224.) (Cap. 36.) (Cap. 374, sub. leg.) Payment and collection of tax. Records to be maintained by Company. First Schedule. Offence and penalty. (Cap. 203, sub. leg.) Collection fee. Vehicles used in cause of urgent duty. Transitional.

Abstract

Originally 28 of 1984. 61 of 1984. 18 of 1985. 44 of 1985. L.N. 145/84. Short title. Interpretation. (Cap. 203.) First Schedule. (Cap. 374.) Imposition of tax. First Schedule. Exemptions. Second Schedule. (Cap. 190.) (Cap. 259.) (Cap. 224.) (Cap. 36.) (Cap. 374, sub. leg.) Payment and collection of tax. Records to be maintained by Company. First Schedule. Offence and penalty. (Cap. 203, sub. leg.) Collection fee. Vehicles used in cause of urgent duty. Transitional.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3065

Edition

1964

Volume

v17

Subsequent Cap No.

274

Number of Pages

6
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:14:55 +0800
<![CDATA[THIRD PARTIES (RIGHTS AGAINST INSURERS) ORDINANCE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3064

Title

THIRD PARTIES (RIGHTS AGAINST INSURERS) ORDINANCE

Description






LAWS OF HONG KONG

THIRD PARTIES (RIGHTS AGAINST INSURERS)

ORDINANCE

CHAPTER 273





CHAPTER 273.

THIRD PARTIES (RIGHTS AGAINST INSURERS).

To confer on third parties rights against insurers of third party risks in
the event of the insured becoming insolvent, and in certain other
events.

[9th November, 1951.1

1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Third Parties (Rights
against Insurers) Ordinance.

2. (1) Where under any contract of insurance a person (hereinafter
referred to as the insured) is insured against liabilities to third parties
which he may incur, then

(a)in the event of the insured becoming bankrupt or making a
composition or arrangement with his creditors; or

(b)in the case of the insured being a company, in the event of a
winding-up order being made, or a resolution for a voluntary
winding-up being passed, with respect to the company. or of a
receiver or manager of the company's business or undertaking
being duly appointed, or of possession being taken, by or on
behalf of the holders of any debentures secured by a floating
charge, of any property comprised in or subject to the charge;
or

(c)in the case of the insured being a co-operative society in the
event of an order for cancellation of registration of such co-
operative society being made under the Cooperative Societies
Ordinance,

if, either before or after that event, any such liability as aforesaid is
incurred by the insured, his rights against the insurer under the contract
in respect of the liability shall, notwithstanding anything in any
enactment or rule of law to the contrary, be transferred to and vest in the
third party to whom the liability was so incurred.

(2) Where an order is made under section 112 of the Bankruptcy
Ordinance for the administration of the estate of a deceased debtor
according to the law of bankruptcy, then, if any debt provable in
bankruptcy is owing by the deceased in respect of a liability against
which he was insured under a contract of insurance as being a liability
to a third party, the deceased debtor's rights against the insurer under
the contract in respect of that liability shall, notwithstanding anything in
the said Ordinance, be transferred to and vest in the person to whom the
debt is owing.

(3) In so far as any contract of insurance made after the
commencement of this Ordinance in respect of any liability of the
insured to third parties purports, whether directly or indirectly, to avoid
the contract or to alter the rights of the parties thereunder upon the
happening to the insured of any of the events specified





in paragraph (a), (b) or (c) of subsection (1) or upon the making of an
order under section 112 of the Bankruptcy Ordinance in respect of his
estate, the contract shall be of no effect.

(4) Upon a transfer under subsection (1) or (2), the insurer shall,
subject to the provisions of section 4, be under the same liability to the
third party as he would have been under to the insured, but

(a)if the liability of the insurer to the insured exceeds the liability
of the insured to the third party, nothing in this Ordinance
shall affect the rights of the insured against the insurer in
respect of the excess; and

(b)if the liability of the insurer to the insured is less than the
liability of the insured to the third party, nothing in this
Ordinance shall affect the rights of the third party against the
insured in respect of the balance.

(5) For the purposes of this Ordinance, the expression lia- to third
parties', in relation to a person insured under any contract of insurance,
shall not include any liability of that person in the capacity of insurer
under some other contract of insurance.

(6) This Ordinance shall not apply where a company is wound up
voluntarily merely for the purposes of reconstruction or amalgamation
with another company.

3. (1) In the event of any person becoming bankrupt or making a
composition or arrangement with his creditors, or in the event of an
order being made under section 112 of the Bankruptcy Ordinance in
respect of the estate of any person, or in the event of

ù winding-up order being made with respect to any company or of

ù receiver or manager of the company's business or undertaking being
duly appointed or of possession being taken by or on behalf of the
holders of any debentures secured by a floating charge of any property
comprised in or subject to the charge or of a resolution for a voluntary
winding-up being passed with respect to any company, or in the event
of an order for cancellation of registration of a co-operative society
being made, it shall be the duty of the bankrupt, debtor, personal
representative of the deceased debtor, or the company or co-operative
society, and, as the case may be, of the trustee in bankruptcy, trustee,
liquidator, receiver or manager, or person in possession of the property,
to give, at the request of any person claiming that the bankrupt, debtor,
deceased debtor, company, or co-operative society, is under a liability to
him, such information as may reasonably be required by him for the
purpose of ascertaining whether any rights have been transferred to and
vested in him by this Ordinance and for the purpose of enforcing such
rights, if any, and any contract of insurance, in so far as it purports,
whether directly or indirectly to avoid the contract or to alter the rights
of the parties thereunder upon the giving of any such information in the
events aforesaid or otherwise to prohibit or prevent the giving thereof in
the said events, shall be of no effect.





(2) If the information given to any person in pursuance of
subsection (1) discloses reasonable ground for supposing that there
have or may have been transferred to him under this Ordinance
rights against any particular insurer, that insurer shall be subject
to the same duty as is imposed by the said subsection on the
persons therein mentioned.

(3) The duty to give information imposed by this section
shall include a duty to allow all contracts of insurance, receipts
for premiums, and other relevant documents in the possession or
power of the person on whom the duty is so imposed to be ins-
pected and copies thereof to be taken.

4. Where the insured has become bankrupt or where, in the
case of the insured being a company, a winding-up order has been
made with respect to the company, or a resolution for a voluntary
winding-up has been passed with respect to the company or where,
in the case of the insured being a co-operative society, an order
for cancellation of registration has been made, no agreement made
between the insurer and the insured after liability has been incurred
to a third party and after the commencement of the bankruptcy,
winding-up or as from the date of such order for cancellation of
registration, as the case may be, nor any waiver, assignment or
other disposition made by, or payment made to, the insured after
the commencement aforesaid shall be effective to defeat or affect
the rights transferred to the third party under this Ordinance, but
those rights shall be the same as if no such agreement, waiver,
assignment, disposition or payment had been made.
Originally 40 of 1951. Short title. Rights of third parties against insurers on bankruptcy, etc. of the insured. 20 & 21 Geo. 5, c. 25, s. 1. (Cap. 33.) (Cap. 6.) (Cap. 6.) Duty to give necessary information to third parties. 20 & 21 Geo. 5, c. 25, s. 2. (Cap. 6.) Settlement between insurers and insured persons. 20 & 21 Geo. 5, c. 25, s. 3.

Abstract

Originally 40 of 1951. Short title. Rights of third parties against insurers on bankruptcy, etc. of the insured. 20 & 21 Geo. 5, c. 25, s. 1. (Cap. 33.) (Cap. 6.) (Cap. 6.) Duty to give necessary information to third parties. 20 & 21 Geo. 5, c. 25, s. 2. (Cap. 6.) Settlement between insurers and insured persons. 20 & 21 Geo. 5, c. 25, s. 3.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3064

Edition

1964

Volume

v17

Subsequent Cap No.

273

Number of Pages

4
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:14:55 +0800
<![CDATA[MOTOR VEHICLES INSURANCE (THIRD PARTY RISKS) (NOMINATION OF AUTHORITY) NOTICE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3063

Title

MOTOR VEHICLES INSURANCE (THIRD PARTY RISKS) (NOMINATION OF AUTHORITY) NOTICE

Description






MOTOR VEHICLES INSURANCE (THIRD PARTY RISKS)

(NOMINATION OF AUTHORITY) NOTICE

(Cap. 272, section 2)

[9th November, 1973.]

1. This notice may be cited as the Motor Vehicles Insurance (Third
Party Risks) Ordinance (Nomination of Authority) Notice.

2. The Registrar General is nominated as the Authority for the
purposes of the Ordinance.
L.N. 206/73. Citation.Nomination of Authority.

Abstract

L.N. 206/73. Citation.Nomination of Authority.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3063

Edition

1964

Volume

v17

Subsequent Cap No.

272

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:14:54 +0800
<![CDATA[MOTOR VEHICLES INSURANCE (THIRD PARTY RISKS) REGULATIONS]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3062

Title

MOTOR VEHICLES INSURANCE (THIRD PARTY RISKS) REGULATIONS

Description






MOTOR VEHICLES INSURANCE (THIRD PARTY
RISKS) REGULATIONS

ARRANGEMENT OF REGULATIONS

Regulation Page

PART I

1. Citation............. .......................A2
2. Interpretation....................................A2

PART II

3. Issue of certificates of insurance and security A 2
4. Authentication and time of issue of certificates A 3
5. Issue of further certificates of insurance and security A 3
6. Production of documents alternative to certificates A 3
7. Destruction of certificate ...........A 4

8. Form of certificates .............................................................................................. A 4

9. Record of insurance and security ................................................................ A 4
10. Termination of policy or security ... A 5

11. Return of certificate on expiry of policy or security A 5
12. Loss or destruction of certificates .A 5
13. Statutory declaration ...............A 6

PART III

14. Interpretation ......................A6
15. Application for certificate of foreign insurance A 6
16. Issue of certificate of foreign insurance A 6
17. Particulars necessary on application for certificate of foreign insurance A 6
is. Signature ...........................A 7
19. Period of validity ..................A 7
20. Effect of certificate of foreign insurance A 7
21. Application of provisions of Ordinance A 7
22. Disposition of vehicles .............A 7
23. Records of Issuing Authority ........A 7

PART IV

24. Production of proof of insurance on application for a vehicle licence or on

notice of transfer of ownership of a vehicle ..................... A 8
25. Condition for issue of licence ....... A 8
26. Penalties ............................A 8
Schedule. Forms ................................................. A9





MOTOR VEHICLES INSURANCE (THIRD PARTY
RISKS) REGULATIONS

(Cap. 272 section 20)

[9 November 1951]

39 of 1951, Schedule G.N.A. 78 of 1952, G.N.A. 168 of 1952, G.N.A. 8 of 1957, L.N. 88 of 1967,
L.Y 54 of 1968, L.N. 1 of 1977, L.N. 16 of 1977, R. Ed. 1983, L.N. 216 of 1985, L.N. 169 of
1985

PART I

1. Citation

These regulations may be cited as the Motor Vehicles Insurance (Third

Party Risks) Regulations.

2. Interpretation

In these regulations, unless the context otherwise requires-

'company' means an insurer as defined in section 2 of the Ordinance, or a body of
persons by whom a security may be given in pursuance of the Ordinance;
policy' means such policy of insurance in respect of third party risks arising
out of the use of motor vehicles as complies with the requirements of the
Ordinance and includes a covering note;

'security' means such security in respect of third party risks arising out of the use
of motor vehicles as complies with the requirements of the Ordinance.

PART II

3. Issue of certificates of insurance and security

(1) A company shall issue to every holder of a security or of a policy other than
a covering note issued by the company

(a)in the case of a policy or security relating to a specified vehicle or to
specified vehicles, or to such vehicle or vehicles and also to an
unspecified vehicle or unspecified vehicles, a certificate of insurance
in Form 1, or a certificate of security in Form 4, set out in the Schedule
in respect of each specified vehicle; (G.N.A. 78 of 1952)





(b)in the case of a policy or security not relating to any specified
vehicle or vehicles, such number of certificates in Form 2 or 4,
set out in the Schedule as may be necessary to enable the
requirements of section 16(1) of the Ordinance and of these
regulations as to the production of evidence that a motor vehicle
is not being driven in contravention of section 4 of the Ordinance
to be complied with:
Provided that where a security is intended to cover the use of more than 10
motor vehicles at any one time, the company by whom it was issued may, with
the consent of the Governor, issue one certificate only, and, where such consent
has been given, the holder of the security may issue duplicate copies of such
certificate, duly authenticated by him, up to such number and subject to such
conditions as the Governor may determine.
(2) Every policy in the form of a covering note issued by a company shall
have printed thereon, or on the back thereof, a certificate of insurance in Form
3 set out in the Schedule.

4. Authentication and time of issue of certificates

(1) Every certificate of insurance or certificate of security shall be duly
authenticated by or on behalf of the company by whom it is issued.
(2) The certificate aforesaid shall be issued not later than 4 days after the
date on which the policy or security is issued or renewed.

5. Issue of further certificates of insurance and security

Where under the terms of a policy or security relating to a specified motor
vehicle the holder is entitled to drive any motor vehicle other than that specified
without contravention of section 4 of the Ordinance, the company by whom the
policy or security was issued may and shall on demand being made to them by
the holder issue to him a further certificate of insurance in Form 1 or 2, set out
in the Schedule, or a further certificate of security, as the case may be.

6. Production of documents alternative to certificates

The following evidence that a motor vehicle is not being driven in
contravention of section 4 of the Ordinance may be produced by the driver of
such motor vehicle on the request of a police officer in pursuance of section 16
of the Ordinance as an alternative to the production of a certificate of insurance
or a certificate of security-
(a)a duplicate copy of a certificate of security issued in accordance
with regulation 3(1)(b);





(b)in the case of a motor vehicle of which the owner has made a deposit
with the Director of Accounting Services to the value of $2,000.000 in
accordance with the provisions of section 4(4)(c) of the Ordinance
and has not required such deposit to be returned to him, a certificate
in Form 5 set out in the Schedule, signed by the owner of the motor
vehicle or by some person authorized by him in that behalf. (L.N. 54 of
1968; L.N. 16 of 1977; L.N. 216 of 1985)

7. Destruction of certificate

Any certificate issued in accordance with regulation 6(b) shall be destroyed by
the person by whom it was issued before the motor vehicle to which it relates is sold
or otherwise disposed of or, where the deposit is returned by the Director of
Accounting Services under section 5(d) of the Ordinance, immediately thereafter.
(L.N. 216 of 1985)

8. Form of certificates

(1) Every certificate issued in pursuance of the Ordinance and of these
regulations shall be printed and completed in black on white paper or similar material.

(2) No certificate so issued shall contain any advertising matter either on the
face or on the back thereof..

Provided that the name and address of a company and its principal
representative in Hong Kong by whom a certificate is issued, or a reproduction of
the seal or any monogram or similar device of the company, and its principal
representative in Hong Kong shall not be deemed to be advertising matter for the
purposes of this paragraph if it is printed or stamped at the foot or on the back of
such certificate. (L.N. 216 of 1985)

9. Record of insurance and security

(1) Every company by whom a policy or a security is issued shall keep a record
of the following particulars relative thereto and of any certificates issued in
connection therewith

(a)full name and address of the person to whom the policy, security or
certificate is issued;

(b)in the case of a policy relating to a specified motor vehicle or to
specified motor vehicles, the index mark and registration number of
each such motor vehicle;

(c)the date on which the policy or security comes into force and the
date on which it expires;





(d)in the case of a policy, the conditions subject to which the persons or
classes of persons specified in the policy will be indemnified;

(e)in the case of a security, the conditions subject to which the
undertaking given by the company under the security will be
implemented,

and every such record shall be preserved for one year from the date of expiry of the
policy or security.

(2) Any person who has made a deposit with the Director of Accounting
Services to the value of $2,000,000 in pursuance of section 4(4)(c) of the Ordinance
and has not required such deposit to be returned to him shall keep a record of the
motor vehicles owned by him and of any certificates issued by him under these
regulations in respect of such motor vehicles and of the withdrawal or destruction of
any such certificates. (L.N. 54 of 1968: L.N. 16 of 1977; L.N. 216 qf 1985)

(3) Any person, authority, or company by whom records of documents are
required to be kept by these regulations shall, without charge, furnish to the
Commissioner of Police and the Commissioner for Transport on request any
particulars thereof. (L.N. 88 of 1967)

10. Termination of policy or security

Where to the knowledge of a company a policy or security issued by them
ceases to be effective without the consent of the person to whom it was issued
otherwise than by effluxion of time or by reason of his death, the company shall
forthwith notify the Commissioner of Police and the Commissioner for Transport of
the date on which the policy or security ceased to be effective.

(L.N. 88 of 1967)

11. Return of certificate on expiry of policy or security

Where with the consent of the person to whom it was issued a policy or
security is transferred or suspended or ceases to be effective otherwise than by
effluxion of time, such person shall forthwith return any relative certificates to the
company by whom they were issued, and a new policy or security shall not be
issued to that person, nor shall the said policy or security be transferred to any other
person, unless and until the certificates have been returned to the company or the
company is satisfied that they have been lost or destroyed.

12. Loss or destruction of certificates

Where any company by whom a certificate of insurance or a certificate of
security has been issued is satisfied that the certificate has become defaced or has
been lost or destroyed, they shall, if requested so to do by the person to whom the
certificate was issued, issue to him a fresh certificate.





13. Statutory declaration

Every statutory declaration made for the purposes of section 10(2)(c), or of
section 14, of the Ordinance shall be delivered forthwith to the insurer by the
person making such declaration.

PART 111

14. Interpretation

In this Part-
'Issuing Authority' means the Hong Kong Automobile Association;
'motor vehicle' means a motor vehicle brought into Hong Kong by a visitor;
(L.N. 216 of 1985)
'visitor' means a person bringing a motor vehicle into Hong Kong and making
only a temporary stay therein not exceeding 3 months. (L.N. 216 of
1985)

15. Application for certificate of foreign insurance

A visitor who is a holder of a policy of insurance issued outside Hong
Kong in respect of third party risks arising out of the driving by him of a motor
vehicle in Hong Kong may make application to the Issuing Authority for a
certificate (hereinafter called a certificate of foreign insurance) in Form 6 set out
in the Schedule.
(L.N. 216 of 1985)

16. Issue of certificate of foreign insurance

The Issuing Authority may issue a certificate of foreign insurance to any
visitor who makes application therefor in the manner prescribed by these
regulations.

17. Particulars necessary on application
for certificate of foreign insurance

Every such application as aforesaid shall be signed by the person by whom
it is made and shall specify the number of the policy in respect of third party
risks held by him, the name and address of the company by which it was issued,
the date on which the policy commences and the date on which it expires, and
shall also contain a declaration by the applicant that the provisions of the
policy with respect to third party risks are effective in relation to the driving of
the motor vehicle in Hong Kong by him or by some other person or persons or
classes of persons specified in the declaration.
(L.N. 216 of 1985)





18. Signature

Every certificate of foreign insurance shall be signed by some person duly
authorized in that behalf by the Issuing Authority.

19. Period of validity

The period of validity of a certificate of foreign insurance shall not exceed the
unexpired period covered by the policy to which it relates.

20. Effect of certificate of foreign insurance

For the purposes of the Ordinance and of regulation 6 of these regulations, a
certificate of foreign insurance shall have effect as if it were a certificate of insurance
issued by an insurer and the policy of insurance to which it relates shall be deemed
to comply with the requirements of the Ordinance.

21. Application of provisions of Ordinance

The provisions of section 9 of the Ordinance shall not apply in relation to any
policy of insurance in respect of which a certificate of foreign insurance has been
issued.

22. Disposition of vehicles

A certificate of foreign insurance shall be forthwith returned by the visitor to
the Issuing Authority if the motor vehicle to which it relates is sold or otherwise
disposed of or if by reason of his obtaining a new policy or otherwise a new
certificate of foreign insurance is issued to him during his stay in Hong Kong, and if
the certificate is not so returned it shall be surrendered to the Issuing Authority by
or on behalf of the visitor when the motor vehicle is taken out of Hong Kong.

(L.N. 216 of 1985)

23. Records of Issuing Authority

The Issuing Authority shall keep a record of the following particulars relative
to any certificates of foreign insurance issued by it

(a)the full name and address of the person to whom the certificate is
issued and particulars of the persons or classes of persons
authorized to drive the motor vehicle;

(b)the date on which the policy of insurance to which the certificate
relates commences and the date on which it expires;





(e) the date of return of the certificate to the Issuing Authority, and the
Issuing Authority shall without charge furnish to the Commissioner of Police and
the Commissioner for Transport on request any particulars thereof. (L.N. 88 of 1967)

PART IV

24.Production of proof of insurance on application
for a vehicle licence or on notice of transfer of
ownership of a vehicle

(1) Any person

(a)applying for a motor vehicle licence under regulation 21(1) of the Road
Traffic (Registration and Licensing of Vehicles) Regulations (Cap. 374
sub. leg.); or

(b)delivering to the Commissioner notice of transfer of ownership
of a motor vehicle under regulation 17(2)(b) of the aforesaid
regulations,
shall upon such application or delivery of notification produce to the Com-
missioner for Transport any necessary certificate of insurance or certificate of
security, or such other documentary proof as shall be sufficient to indicate
that-

(i)on the date when such vehicle licence comes into operation there will
be in operation; or

(ii) in the case of a transfer of ownership there is in operation,
such policy of insurance or such security in respect of third party risks as is
required by the Ordinance in relation to the user of the motor vehicle. (L.N. 1
of 1977; L.N. 169 of 1989)
(2) Subregulation (1) does not apply in the case of the delivery of notice
of transfer of ownership of a motor vehicle which is not licensed under the
Road Traffic (Registration and Licensing of Vehicles) Regulations (Cap. 374
sub. leg.) (L.N. 169 of 1989)

25. Condition for issue of licence

The Commissioner for Transport shall not issue a motor vehicle licence to any
applicant who fails to comply with regulation 24.

(G.N.A. 168 of 1952; L.N. 88 of 1967)

26. Penalties

Any person who contravenes the provisions of regulation 3, 4, 5, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11,
12, 13, 17 or 22 shall be guilty of an offence and shall be liable to a fine of $100 and
to imprisonment for 7 days.





SCHEDULE [regs. 3, 5, 6 & 15]

FORM 1

MOTOR VEWCLES INSURANCE (TmIRD PARTY RISKS) ORDINANCE
(Chapter 272)

Certificate of Insurance

Certificate No . ....... Policy No .

1.Registration mark assigned to the vehicle under regulation 6, 9(1), 13 or 14 of the Road Traffic

(Registration and Licensing of Vehicles) Regulations or if no registration mark yet assigned,

make and chassis number. (L.N.169 of 1989)
2. Name of policy holder.

3. Effective date of the commencement of Insurance for the purposes of the above
Ordinance.

4. Date of expiry of Insurance.

5. Persons or classes of persons entitled to drive.*

6. Limitations as to use.*

(I)/(We) hereby certify that the policy to which this certificate relates is issued in accordance

with the provisions of the abovementioned
Ordinance.

Date of issue ...........................................

.................................................
...................

Authorized Insurer.

Limitations rendered inoperative by section 12 of the above Ordinance are not to be included under this heading.

(G.N.A. 8 of 1957)

FORM 2

MOTOR VEHICLES INSURANCE (TniRD PARTY RISKS) ORDINANCE
(Chapter 272)

Certificate of Insurance

Certificate No . .......Policy No . .................................

1. Description of vehicles.

2. Name of policy holder.

3. Effective date of the commencement of Insurance for the purposes of the above
Ordinance.

4. Date of expiry of Insurance.

5. Persons or classes of persons entitled to drive.*

6. Limitations as to use.*





(I)/(We) hereby certify that the policy to which this certificate relates is issued in
accordance with the provisions of the abovementioned Ordinance.

Date of issue .....

. .................

Authorized Insurer.

Limitations rendered inoperative by section 12 of the above Ordinance are not to be included under this heading.

(G.N.A. 8 of 1957)

FORM 3

MOTOR VEHICLES INSURANCE (THIRD, PARTY RISKS) ORDINANCE
(Chapter 272)

Certificate of Insurance

(I)/(We) hereby certify that this covering note is issued in accordance with the provisions of
the abovementioned Ordinance.

...................... Authorized Insurer.

..........(G.N.A.
78 of 1952)

..........................FORM 4
..........................MOTOR VEHICLES INSURANCE (THIRD, PARTY RISKS) ORDINANCE
..........................(Chapter 272)
..........................Certificate of Security
Certificate No . .........Security No.
..........................(Optional)

1 Name of holder of security.

2. Date of the commencement of security.

3. Date of expiry of security.

4. Conditions to which security is Subject.*

(I)/(We) hereby certify that the security to which this certificate relates is issued in
accordance

with the provisions of the abovementioned
Ordinance.

................

(authorized under the said

Ordinance to issue securities.)

Limitations rendered inoperative by section 12 of the above Ordinance are not to be included under this heading.





FORM 5

MOTOR VEHICLES INSURANCE (THIRD PARTY RISKS) ORDINANCE
(Chapter 272)

Certificate of Deposit

(I)/(We) hereby certify that (I am) (we are) the (owner)/(owners) of the vehicle of which the

registration mark and number are
.....................................................................................................

....................... and that in pursuance of the provisions of

section 4(4)(c) of the abovementioned Ordinance (I)/(we) have made a deposit with the Director of Accounting
Services to the value of $2,000,000 and have not required such deposit to be returned to

(me)/(us). 54 of 1968; L.N. 16 of 1977; L.N. 216 of 1985)

Signed
...............................................
............. on behalf of
.............................................

FORM 6

MOTOR VEHICLES INSURANCE (THIRD PARTY RISKS) ORDINANCE
(Chapter 272)

Certificate of Foreign Insurance

Certificate No . ................... Policy No .

1. Date to which certificate is valid.

2. Identification mark and number or numbers and make of vehicle.

3. Persons or classes of persons authorized to drive the vehicle.

4. Date of commencement of policy.

5. Date of expiry of policy.

I hereby certify that this certificate is issued in accordance with the regulations made under the

Motor Vehicles Insurance (Third Party Risks) Ordinance.

Signed ..................
........................

on behalf of
............................................

(Issuing Authority)

Abstract



Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3062

Edition

1964

Volume

v17

Subsequent Cap No.

272

Number of Pages

11
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:14:53 +0800
<![CDATA[MOTOR VEHICLES INSURANCE (THIRD PARTY RISKS) ORDINANCE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3061

Title

MOTOR VEHICLES INSURANCE (THIRD PARTY RISKS) ORDINANCE

Description






LAWS OF HONG KONG

MOTOR VEHICLES INSURANCE

(THIRD PARTY RISKS) ORDINANCE

CHAPTER 272





CHAPTER 272

MOTOR VEHICLES INSURANCE (THIRD PARTY RISKS)
ORDINANCE

ARRANGEMENT OF SECTIONS

Section..................................... Page
1. Short title ............................2
2. Interpretation .........................2
3. Application of Ordinance to private roads 3
4. Obligation on users of motor vehicles to be insured against third party risks 3
5. Provisions regarding deposits under section 4 5
6. Requirements in respect of policies ...6
7. Requirements in respect of securities .7
8. (Rep-led) ..............................8
9. Certain conditions to policies or securities to be of no effect 8
10. Duty of insurers to satisfy judgments against persons insured in respect of
third party risks ...................8
11. Bankruptcy, etc., of insured persons not to affect certain claims by third
parties ...............................10
12....Avoidance of restrictions on scope of policies covering third party risks 10
13. Duty of person against whom claims are made to give information as to
insurance .............................11
14.............Duty to surrender certificate on cancellation of policy 12
15. Application of sections 10 to 14 to securities 12
16. Requirements as to production of certificate of insurance or of security 12
17. Forgery, etc., of certificates ......13
18. Disclosure of information to the police 14
19. Offences and general penalty ........14
20. Regulations..............................................................................................................
...........................................15





CHAPTER 272

MOTOR VEHICLES INSURANCE
(THIRD PARTY RISKS)

To make provision for the protection of third parties against risks arising out of the
use of motor vehicles.

[9 November 1951]

Originally 39 of 1951-16 of 1952,30 of 1967,21 of 1968,20 of 1972,61 of 1973,22 of 1976,
L.N. 16 of 1977,28 of 1978,49 of 198.1, 6of 1983, R.Ed. 1983,46 of 1985,31 of 1986,20
of 1987,80 of 1988

1. Short title

This Ordinance may be cited as the Motor Vehicles Insurance (Third Party

Risks) Ordinance.

2. Interpretation

In this Ordinance, unless the context otherwise requires

'Authority' means the Governor in Council or such other person, or body of
persons, as may be nominated by the Governor in Council by notice in the
Gazette;

'authorized insurer'

(a) in relation to a policy of insurance or security, means an insurer

which, at the time the policy of insurance or security is issued or
given, is-

(i) an insurer authorized under the Insurance Companies Ordinance
(Cap. 41) to carry on motor vehicle insurance business; or

(ii) an association of underwriters approved by the Governor in
Council under section 6 of that Ordinance; and

(b) includes the society of underwriters known in the United

Kingdom as Lloyd's; (Replaced 6 of 1983 s. 60)

'driver', where a separate person acts as steersman of a motor vehicle, includes that
person as well as any other person engaged in the driving of the vehicle, and
the expression 'drive' shall be construed accordingly; [cf.

1930 c. 43 s. 121 U.K.]
'insurer' means an authorized insurer;(Replaced 6 of 1983 s. 60)





'motor vehicle' means a vehicle intended or adapted for use on roads, and propelled
by any form of mechanical power, and includes a motor bicycle with or without
a side-car or trailer, a motor tricycle and a bicycle or tricycle assisted by a
motor, and a village vehicle within the meaning of section 2 of the Road Traffic
Ordinance (Cap. 374), but not a vehicle drawn by any other motor vehicle, nor
any conveyance for use solely on railways or tramways; (Amended 31 of 1986
s. 8) [cf. 1930 c. 43 s. 1 U.K.]

'motor vehicle insurance business' means insurance business of the nature
specified in class 10 in Part 3 of the First Schedule to the Insurance Companies
Ordinance(Cap. 41); (Replaced 6of 1983s. 60)

owner in relation to a vehicle which is the subject of a hiring agreement or hire
purchase agreement, means the person in possession of the vehicle under that
agreement; [cf. 1930 c. 43 s. 121 U.K.]

'policy of insurance' includes a covering note;

'road' means any highway and any other road to which the public have access and
includes any road upon which a member of the public is allowed to drive a
vehicle only if in possession of a permit issued by the Commissioner of Police
or the Commissioner for Transport. (Replaced 16 of 1952 s. 2. Amended 30 of
1967 Schedule)

3. Application of Ordinance to private roads

(1) For the avoidance of doubt, it is hereby declared that the provisions of this
Ordinance shall apply to private roads as they apply to roads and, for that purpose,
the provisions of any other Ordinance which relate, in any way, to the provisions of
this Ordinance shall apply accordingly.

(2) For the purposes of this section, 'private road' means a private road within
the meaning of the Road Traffic Ordinance (Cap. 374).

(Added 80 of 1988 s. 15)

4.Obligation on users of motor vehicles to
he insured against third party risks

(1) Subject to the provisions of this Ordinance it shall not be lawful for any
person to use, or to cause or permit any other person to use, a motor vehicle on a
road unless there is in force in relation to the user of the vehicle by that person or
that other person, as the case may be, such a policy of insurance or such a security
in respect of third party risks as complies with the requirements of this Ordinance.

(2) (a)If a person acts in contravention of this section, he shall be liable to a
fine of $10,000 and to imprisonment for 12 months, and a person
convicted of an offence under this section shall (unless the court for
special reasons thinks fit to order otherwise) be disqualified from
holding or obtaining a licence to drive a motor





vehicle for such period as the court may determine being not less
than 12 months nor more than 3 years from the date of conviction.
(Replaced 22 of 1976s. 2)

(b)A person disqualified by virtue of a conviction under this section or
of an order made thereunder for holding or obtaining a licence shall,
for the purposes of the Road Traffic Ordinance (Cap. 374), be deemed
to be disqualified by virtue of a conviction under the provisions of
that Ordinance.

(3) Notwithstanding any enactment prescribing a time within which proceedings
may be brought before a court of summary jurisdiction, proceedings for an offence
under this section may be brought

(a)within a period of 6 months from the date of the commission of the
alleged offence; or

(b)within a period which exceeds neither 3 months from the date on
which it came to the knowledge of the prosecutor that the offence had
been committed nor 1 year from the date of the commission of the
ofrence,

whichever period is the longer.

(4) This section shall not apply to

(a)any motor vehicle which is the property of Her Majesty or the
Government upon any occasion upon which such vehicle is being
used by a person authorized by Her Majesty or the Government to
use the same on such occasion; or

(b)any motor vehicle at any time when it is being driven for police
purposes by, or under the direction of, any police officer; or

(ba) any motor vehicle at any time when it is being driven by a public
officer

(i)in connection with a driving or instructor's test conducted by
him under the Road Traffic Ordinance (Cap. 374);

(ii)for the purpose of carrying out any examination, inspection,
weighing or testing of that vehicle required under that
Ordinance; or (Added61 of 1973s.2)

(iii) in the course of its removal from a road tunnel to which the Road
Tunnels (Government) Ordinance (Cap. 368) applies; or
(Replaced 49 of 1981 s. 2)

(iv)in the course of its removal from a restricted road, or any place
on a restricted road or a parking place or car park, in an estate
managed by the Housing Authority under the Housing
Ordinance(Cap. 283); or (Added49 of 1981s. 2)

(bb) any motor vehicle at any time when it is being driven within the Cross-
Harbour tunnel area by a tunnel officer in the course of its removal
from the tunnel under the Cross-Harbour Tunnel

Ordinance(Cap. 203); or (Added61 of 1973s.2)





(bc) any motor vehicle at any time when it is being driven by an employee
of the Mass Transit Railway Corporation in the course of its removal
from any railway premises, station approach road or entrance under
the Mass Transit Railway By-laws (Cap. 270 sub. leg.); or (Added49
of 1981s. 2)

(c)any motor vehicle owned by a person, other than a person specified in
an order made by the Governor in Council for the purposes of this
paragraph, who has made a deposit with the Director of Accounting
Services to the value of $2,000,000 and has not required such deposit
to be returned to him, at any time when such motor vehicle is being
driven by the owner or by a servant of the owner in the course of his
employment, or is otherwise subject to the control of the owner.
(Amended21 of 1968 s. 3; L.N. 16 of 1977,.46 of 1985 s. 2)

[cf. 1930 c. 43 s. 35 U.K.]

5. Provisions regarding deposits under section 4

The following provisions shall apply in relation to any deposit made under
section 4(4)(c)-- (Amended21 of 1968 s. 4)

(a)a deposit may be made in cash or in securities approved by the
Director of Accounting Services (hereinafter referred to as approved
securities), or partly in cash and partly in approved securities and the
value of securities shall be taken as the market value on the day of
deposit;

(b)when approved securities are deposited the depositor shall, if so
required by the Director of Accounting Services, take, at or before the
time they are so deposited, such steps as the Director of Accounting
Services may require to vest the same in the Director of Accounting
Services;

(c)the Director of Accounting Services may permit the substitution of
other approved securities for those previously deposited or the
substitution of cash for approved securities, or vice versa, and may
where he considers that the approved securities have fallen below
their value at the time of the deposit, require the depositor to deposit
the difference in value in further approved securities or cash;

(d)the Director of Accounting Services shall return the deposit to the
depositor by repaying to him any cash deposited or retransferring to
him any securities, as the case may be, if

(i) the depositor has in writing requested the Director of
Accounting Services to return the deposit; or





(ii) an order is made by the Governor in Council under
paragraph (e) of section 4(4) specifying the depositor for the
purposes of that paragraph; (Replaced 46of 1985 s.3)
(e)subject to the provisions of paragraph (f), the deposit shall be
deemed to form part of the assets of the depositor and the
interest or dividends accruing due in respect thereof shall be
payable to the depositor;
(j)no part of the deposit shall, so long as any liabilities, being such
liabilities as are required to be covered by a policy of insurance
under this Ordinance, which have been incurred by the depositor,
have not been discharged or otherwise provided for, be applicable
in discharge of any other liabilities incurred by the depositor.
(AmendedL.N. ]6of 1977)

6. Requirements in respect of policies

(1) In order to comply with the requirements of this Ordinance, a policy
of insurance must be a policy which-
(a) is issued by an authorized insurer; and
(b)insures such person, persons or classes of persons as may be
specified in the policy in respect of any liability which may be
incurred by him or them in respect of the death of or bodily
injury to any person caused by or arising out of the use of the
motor vehicle on a road:
Provided that such a policy shall not be required to cover-
(i) liability in respect of the death arising out of and in the course
of his employment of a person in the employment of a person
insured by the policy or of bodily injury sustained by such a
person arising out of and in the course of his employment; or
(ii) (Repealed 22 of 19 76 s. 3)
(iii) any contractual liability.
(2) Notwithstanding anything in any law, a person issuing a policy of
insurance under this section shall be liable to indemnify the persons or classes
of persons specified in the policy in respect of any liability which the policy
purports to cover in the case of those persons or classes of persons.
(3) A policy shall be of no effect for the purposes of this Ordinance unless
and until there is issued by the insurer in favour of the person by whom the
policy is effected a certificate (in this Ordinance referred to as a certificate of
insurance) in the prescribed form and containing such particulars of any
conditions subject to which the policy is issued and of any other matters as may
be prescribed, and difrerent forms and difrerent particulars may be prescribed in
relation to different cases or circumstances.
[cf. 1930 c. 43 s. 36 U.K.]





7. Requirements in respect of securities

(1) In order to comply with the requirements of this Ordinance a security in
respect of third party risks must

(a)be given either by an authorized insurer or by some body of persons
which carries on in Hong Kong the business of giving securities of a
like kind and which

(i) has deposited and keeps deposited with the Director of
Accounting Services the sum of $1,000,000 in respect of that
business;or (AmendedL.N. 16 of 1977)

(ii) has been exempted by the Authority, under the provisions of
subsection (2) from the obligation to make such deposit;
(Amended 46 of 1985 s. 4)

(b)consist of an undertaking by the giver of the security to make good,
subject to any conditions specified therein, and up to the amount, in
the case of an undertaking carrying on the business of transporting
for hire or reward passengers by motor vehicles, of not less than
$2,000,000 and, in any other case, of not less than $400,000, any failure
by the owner of the vehicle or such other persons or classes of
persons as may be specified in the security duly to discharge any
such liability as is required to be covered by a policy of insurance
under section 6 which may be incurred by him or them. (Amended 46
of 1985 s. 4)

(2) The Authority may grant exemption from the obligation to make a deposit
under subsection (1)(a), either in relation to any specific body of persons or in
relation to any class of body of persons:

Provided that the Authority shall not grant exemption as aforesaid unless the
Authority is satisfied as to the financial stability of the body of persons, or the body
of persons of the class in question, as the case may be.

(3) The provisions of section 5 shall apply mutatis mutandis in relation to any
deposit made under subsection (1)(a) of this section, subject to the modification that
for paragraph (d) of the said section 5 there shall be substituted the following
paragraph

'(d)subject to the provisions of paragraph (j) of this section, the deposit
shall be retained by the Director of Accounting Services so long as
the depositor carries on in Hong Kong the business in respect of
which the deposit is made;'. (Amended 46 of 1985 s.4)

(4) A security shall be of no effect for the purposes of this Ordinance unless
and until there is issued by the person giving the security in favour of the person to
whom it is given a certificate (in this Ordinance referred to as a certificate of security)
in the prescribed form and containing such particulars of any condition subject to
which the security is issued and of any other matters as may be prescribed in relation
to different cases or circumstances.

[cf. 1930 c. 43 s. 37 U.K.]





8. (Repealed 20 of 198 7 s. 2)

9. Certain conditions to policies or

securities to he of no effect

Any condition in a policy or security issued or given for the purposes of this
Ordinance, providing that no liability shall arise under the policy or security, or that
any liability so arising shall cease, in the event of some specified thing being done or
omitted to be done after the happening of the event giving rise to a claim under the
policy or security, shall be of no efrect in connection with such claims as are
mentioned in section 6(1)(b):

Provided that nothing in this section shall be taken to render void any
provisions in a policy or security requiring the person insured or secured to repay to
the insurer or the giver of the security any sums which the latter may have become
liable to pay under the policy or security and which have been applied to the
satisfaction of the claims of third parties.

[cf. 1930 c. 43 s. 38 U.K.]

10. Duty of insurers to satisfy judgments against persons

insured in respect of third party risks

(1) If, after a certificate of insurance has been issued under section 6(3) in
favour of the person by whom a policy has been effected, judgment in respect of any
such liability as is required to be covered by a policy under section 6(1)(b) (being a
liability covered by the terms of the policy) is obtained against any person insured
by the policy, then, notwithstanding that the insurer may be entitled to avoid or
cancel, or may have avoided or cancelled, the policy, the insurer shall, subject to the
provisions of this section, pay to the persons entitled to the benefit of the judgment
any sum payable thereunder in respect of the liability, including any amount payable
in respect of costs and any sum payable in respect of interest on that sum by virtue
of any law relating to interest on judgments.

(2) No sum shall be payable by an insurer under the foregoing provisions of
this section

(a)in respect of any judgment, unless before or within 7 days after the
commencement of the proceedings in which the judgment was given,
the insurer had notice of the bringing of the proceedings; or

(b)in respect of any judgment, so long as execution thereon is stayed
pending an appeal; or

(c)in connection with any liability, if before the happening of the event
which was the cause of the death or bodily injury giving rise to the
liability the policy was cancelled by mutual consent or by virtue of
any provision contained therein, and either





(i)before the happening of the said event the certificate of
insurance was surrendered to the insurer, or the person in whose
favour the certificate was issued made a statutory declaration
stating that the certificate had been lost or destroyed; or

(ii) after the happening of the said event, but before the expiration of
a period of 14 days from the taking effect of the cancellation of
the policy, the certificate was surrendered to the insurer, or the
person in whose favour the certificate was issued made such a
statutory declaration as aforesaid; or

(iii) either before or after the happening of the said event, but within
the said period of 14 days, the insurer has commenced
proceedings under this Ordinance in respect of the failure to
surrender the certificate.

(3) No sum shall be payable by an insurer under the foregoing provisions of this
section, if, in an action commenced before, or within 3 months after, the
commencement of the proceedings in which the judgment was given, he has
obtained a declaration that, apart from any provision contained in the policy, he is
entitled to avoid it on the ground that it was obtained by the non-disclosure of a
material fact, or by a representation of fact which was false in some material
particular, or, if he has avoided the policy on that ground, that he was entitled so to
do apart from any provision contained in it:

Provided that an insurer who has obtained such a declaration as aforesaid in an
action shall not thereby become entitled to the benefit of this subsection as respects
any judgement obtained in proceedings commenced before the commencement of
that action, unless before or within 7 days after the commencement of that action he
has given notice thereof to the person who is the plaintiff in the said proceedings
specifying the non-disclosure or false representation on which he proposes to rely,
and any person to whom notice of such an action is so given shall be entitled, if he
thinks fit, to be made a party thereto.

(4) If the amount which an insurer becomes liable under this section to pay in
respect of a liability of a person insured by a policy exceeds the amount for which he
would, apart from the provisions of this section, be liable under the policy in respect
of that liability, he shall be entitled to recover the excess from that person.

(5) In this section, the expression 'material' means of such a nature as to
influence the judgment of a prudent insurer in determining whether he will take the
risk, and, if so, at what premium and on what conditions; and the expression 'Tability
covered by the terms of the policy' means a liability which is covered by the policy
or which would be so covered but for the fact that the insurer is entitled to avoid or
cancel, or has avoided or cancelled, the policy.





(6) In this Ordinance, references to a certificate of insurance in any
provision relating to the surrender, or the loss or destruction, of a certificate of
insurance shall, in relation to policies under which more than one certificate is
issued, be construed as references to all the certificates, and shall, where any
copy has been issued of any certificate, be construed as including a reference to
that copy.
[cf. 1934 c. 50 s. 10 U.K.]

11.Bankruptcy, etc., of insured persons not
to affect certain claims by third parties

Where a certificate of insurance has been issued under section 6(3) in
favour of the person by whom a policy has been effected, the happening in
relation to any person insured by the policy of any such event as is mentioned in
section 2(1) or (2) of the Third Parties (Rights against Insurers) Ordinance
(Cap. 273) shall, notwithstanding anything in that Ordinance, not affect any
such liability of that person as is required to be covered by a policy under
section 6(1)(b), but nothing in this section shall affect any rights against the
insurer conferred by that Ordinance on the person to whom the liability was
incurred.
[cf. 1934 c. 50 s. 11 U.K.]

12.Avoidance of restrictions on scope of
policies covering third party risks

(1) Where a certificate of insurance has been issued under section 6(3) in
favour of the person by whom a policy has been effected, so much of the policy
as purports to restrict the insurance of the persons insured thereby by reference
to any of the following matters-
(a)the age or physical or mental condition of persons driving the
vehicle; or
(b) the condition of the vehicle; or
(c) the number of persons that the vehicle carries; or
(d)the weight or physical characteristics of the goods that the vehicle
carries; or
(e) the times at which or the areas within which the vehicle is used; or
(j) the horsepower or value of the vehicle; or
(g) the carrying on the vehicle of any particular apparatus; or
(h)the carrying on the vehicle of any particular means of
identification other than any means of identification required to
be carried by or under this Ordinance or by or under the Road
Traffic Ordinance (Cap. 374),





shall, as respects such liabilities as are required to be covered by a policy under
section 6(1)(b), be of no effect:

Provided that nothing in this section shall require an insurer to pay any sum in
respect of the liability of any person otherwise than in or towards the discharge of
that liability, and any sum paid by an insurer in or towards the discharge of any
liability of any person which is covered by the policy by virtue only of this section
shall be recoverable by the insurer from that person.

(2) Where a person uses, or causes or permits any person to use, a motor
vehicle on a road in such circumstances that under section 4(1) there is required to
be in force in relation to his use of it such a policy of insurance or such a security in
respect of third party risks as complies with the requirements of this Ordinance,
then, if any other person is carried in or upon the vehicle while the user is so using
it, any antecedent agreement or understanding between them (whether intended to
be legally binding or not) shall be of no effect so far as it purports or might be held

(a)to negative or restrict any such liability of the user in respect of
persons carried in or upon the vehicle as is required by section 6(1) to
be covered by a policy of insurance; or

(b)to impose any conditions with respect to the enforcement of any such
liability of the user,

and the fact that a person so carried has willingly accepted as his the risk of
negligence on the part of the user shall not be treated as negativing any such
liability of the user. (Added 22 of 1976s. 4. Effective from ]June 1977)

(3) For the purposes of subsection (2)

(a)references to a person being carried in or upon a vehicle include
references to a person entering or getting on to, or alighting from, the
vehicle; and

(b) the reference to an antecedent agreement is to one made at

any time before the liability arose. (Added 22 of 1976 s. 4.
Effectivefrom 1 June 1977)
[cf. 1934 c. 50 s. 12 U.K.]

13. Duty of person against whom claims are made
to give information as to insurance

(1) Any person against whom a claim is made in respect of any such liability as
is required to be covered by a policy under section 6(1)(b) shall, on demand by or
on behalf of the person making the claim, state whether or not he was insured in
respect of that liability by any policy having effect for purposes of this Ordinance, or
would have been so insured if the insurer had not avoided or cancelled the policy,
and, if he was or would have been so insured, give such particulars with respect to
that policy as were specified in the certificate of insurance issued in respect thereof
under section 6(3).





(2) If, without reasonable excuse, any person fails to comply with the
provisions of this section, or wilfully makes any false statement in reply to any
such demand as aforesaid, he shall be guilty of an offence.
[cf. 1934 c. 50 s. 13 U.K.]

14. Duty to surrender certificate on cancellation of policy

Where a certificate of insurance has been issued under section 6(3) in
favour of the person by whom a policy has been effected and the policy is
cancelled by mutual consent or by virtue of any provision in the policy, the
person in whose favour the certificate was issued shall, within 7 days from the
taking effect of the cancellation, surrender the certificate to the insurer or, if it
has been lost or destroyed, make a statutory declaration to that effect, and if he
fails so to do he shall be guilty of an offence.
[cf. 1934 c. 50 s. 14 U.K.]

15. Application of sections 10 to 14 to securities

The provisions of sections 10 to 14 inclusive shall apply in relation to
securities having effect for the purposes of this Ordinance as they apply in
relation to policies of insurance, and in relation to any such security as aforesaid,
reference in the said sections to being insured, to a certificate of insurance, to an
insurer, and to persons insured, shall be construed respectively as references to
the having in force of the security, to the certificate of security, to the giver of the
security, and to the persons whose liability is covered by the security.
[cf. 1934 c. 50 s. 15 U.K.]

16. Requirements as to production of certificate
of insurance or of security

(1) Any person driving a motor vehicle on a road shall, on being so
required by any police officer, give his name and address and the name and
address of the owner of the motor vehicle and produce his certificate, and if he
fails so to do or gives a false name or address he shall be guilty of an offence:
Provided that, if the driver of a motor vehicle within 5 days after the date
on which the production of his certificate was so required, produces the
certificate together with the policy of insurance to which such certificate relates,
in person at such police station as may have been specified by him at the time
the production of the certificate was required, he shall not be convicted under
this subsection of the ofrence of failing to produce his certificate.
(2) It shall be the duty of the owner of a motor vehicle to give such
information as he may be required by or on behalf of a police officer not below
the rank of inspector-





(a)as to the identity of the driver of the motor vehicle on any
occasion when the driver was required under subsection (1) to
produce his certificate; or
(b)for the purpose of determining whether the vehicle was or was
not being driven in contravention of section 4 on any occasion
when the driver was required under this section to produce his
certificate,
and if the owner fails to do so, he shall be guilty of an offence.
(3) If in any case where, owing to the presence of a motor vehicle on a
road, an accident occurs involving personal injury to another person, the driver
of the motor vehicle does not at any time produce his certificate to a police
officer or to some person who, having reasonable grounds for so doing, has
required its production, the driver shall report the accident at a police station as
soon as possible, and in any case within 24 hours of the occurrence of the
accident and there produce his certificate, and if he fails so to do, he shall be
guilty of an offence:
Provided that a person shall not be convicted under this subsection of the
offence of fading to produce his certificate if, within 5 days after the occurrence
of the accident, he produces the certificate in person together with the policy of
insurance to which the certificate relates at such police station as may have been
specified by him at the time the accident was reported.
(4) In this section, the expression 'produce his certificate' means produce
for examination the relevant certificate of insurance or certificate of security of
such other evidence that the motor vehicle is not or was not being driven in
contravention of section 4 as may be prescribed.
[cf. 1930 c. 43 s. 40 U.K.]

17. Forgery, etc., of certificates

(1) If, with intent to deceive, any person-
(a)forges, within the meaning of Part IX (Forgery) of the Crimes
Ordinance (Cap. 200), or uses or lends to or allows to be used
by any other person, a certificate of insurance or certificate of
security within the meaning of this Ordinance; or
(b)makes or has in his possession any document so closely
resembling such a certificate as to be calculated to deceive,
he shall be guilty of a misdemeanor.
(2) If any person for the purpose of obtaining the issue of a certificate of
insurance or of a certificate of security under this Ordinance makes any false
statement or withholds any material information, he shall be guilty of an
offence and shall be liable to a fine of $1,000 and to imprisonment for 6 months.
(3) If any person issues a certificate of insurance or certificate of security
which is to his knowledge false in any material particular, he shall be guilty of





an offence and shall be liable to a fine of $2,000 and to imprisonment for 6 months.

(4) If any police officer or the Commissioner for Transport has reasonable cause
to believe that any certificate of insurance or certificate of security produced to him
in pursuance of the provisions of this Ordinance by the driver of a motor vehicle is a
document in relation to which an offence under this section has been committed, he
may seize the document, and thereon the person producing such document shall on
being required by a police officer or the Commissioner for Transport inform him of
the means by which and the person from whom he obtained possession of such
document and it shall be an ofrence to give information which is false or withhold
material information and such person shall be liable to a fine of $1,000 and to
imprisonment for 6 months. (Amended 30 of 1967 Schedule)

(5) In this section, the expressions 'certificate of insurance' and 'certificate of
security' include any document issued under regulations made under this
Ordinance to prescribe evidence which may be produced in lieu of a certificate of
insurance or a certificate of security.

(6) Nothing in this section shall be construed to affect the liability of any
person to trial and punishment for any offence against any other enactment:

Provided that no person shall be punished twice for the same act or omission.

[cf. 1930 c. 25 s. 112 U.K.]

18. Disclosure of information to the police

Where the driver of a vehicle is alleged to be guilty of an offence under the
Ordinance-
(a)the owner of the vehicle shall give such information as he may be
required by or on behalf of the Commissioner of Police to give as to
the identity of the driver, and, if he fails to do so shall be guilty of an
offence, unless he shows to the satisfaction of the court or
magistrate that he did not know and could not with reasonable
diligence have ascertained who the driver was; and

(b)any other person shall, if required as aforesaid, give any information
which it is in his power to give and which may lead to the
identification of the driver, and, if he fails to do so, he shall be guilty
of an offence.

[cf. 1930 c. 43 s. 113 U.K.]

19. Offences and general penalty

(1) Any person on conviction of an offence under this Ordinance shall, unless a
penalty is otherwise specifically provided, be liable to a fine of $1,000 and to
imprisonment for 3 months.





(2) Where a person is, by virtue of any power contained in this Ordinance
or in any regulations made thereunder, required to do or to abstain from
doing any act or thing and makes default in complying with any such
requisition, it shall be lawful for the court or magistrate on conviction, in
addition to imposing any penalty, to order such person to comply with such
requisition and to annex to any such order any condition as to time or mode of
action or otherwise which it may think necessary to enforce compliance
therewith.
(3) Every person who makes default in complying with any such order of
the court or magistrate may, in the discretion of the court, be ordered to pay by
way of a penalty a sum not exceeding $20 for every day during which he is
thereafter in default or to be imprisoned, until he has remedied his default:
Provided that any such person shall not for such non-compliance be liable
to the payment of any sums amounting in the aggregate to more than 51,000 in
addition to any other fine or term of imprisonment to which he may otherwise
be liable.

20. Regulations

(1) The Governor in Council may make regulations for prescribing
anything which may be prescribed under this Ordinance, and generally for the
purpose of carrying this Ordinance into effect, and in particular, but without
prejudice to the generality of the foregoing provisions, may make regulations-
(a) as to the forms to be used for the purposes of this Ordinance;
(b)as to applications for, and the issue of, certificates of insurance
and certificates of security and any other documents which may
be prescribed, and as to the keeping of records of documents and
the furnishing of particulars thereof, or the giving of information
with respect thereto, and as to the furnishing of copies of
certificates of insurance and of certificates of security in respect of
the obtaining or renewal of a licence or the registering of a new
owner as owner of a motor vehicle under the Road Traffic
Ordinance (Cap. 374), and the regulations made thereunder;
(Amended 22 of 1976 s. 5)
(c)as to the issue of copies of any such certificates or other
documents which are lost or destroyed;
(d)as to the custody, production, cancellation, and surrender of any
such certificates or other documents;
(e)for providing that any provisions of this Ordinance shall, in
relation to motor vehicles registered abroad and brought into
Hong Kong for a limited period have effect subject to such
modifications and adaptations as may be prescribed; (Amended
46 of 1985 s. 5)





as to the system of accounts to be kept, and the returns to be
furnished, by insurers.

(2) Any regulation made under this Ordinance may provide that a
contravention thereof shall be an ofrence and that a person guilty of such ofrence
shall be liable to a fine of $ 100 and to imprisonment for 7 days.

[cf. 1930 c. 43 s. 41 U.K.]

Abstract



Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3061

Edition

1964

Volume

v17

Subsequent Cap No.

272

Number of Pages

17
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:14:53 +0800
<![CDATA[LOANS (ASIAN DEVELOPMENT BANK) ORDINANCE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3060

Title

LOANS (ASIAN DEVELOPMENT BANK) ORDINANCE

Description






LAWS OF HONG KONG

LOANS (ASIAN DEVELOPMENT BANK)

ORDINANCE

CHAPTER 271





CHAPTER 271

LOANS (ASIAN DEVELOPMENT BANK)

To make provision for the raising of loans from the Asian Development Bank
and for matters connected therewith.

[7 July 1972.1

1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Loans (Asian Development
Bank) Ordinance.

2. In this Ordinance, unless the context otherwise requires

'Bank' means the Asian Development Bank.

3. (1) The Government may, in such manner and on such terms and
subject to such conditions as may be agreed between the Government
and the Bank, borrow from the Bank sums not exceeding those specified
in the First Schedule for the purposes of the projects specified with
respect to such sums in the First Schedule.

(2) Any agreement between the Government and the Bank in
respect of sums borrowed under the powers conferred by subsection
(1) shall be made in the name of the Government of Hong Kong and may
be signed on behalf of the Government by the Financial Secretary, or by
any person authorized by him in writing.

(3) As soon as practicable after the execution of an agreement
under this section, the Financial Secretary shall cause a copy of the
agreement to be laid on the table of the Legislative Council.

4. (1) The Government may issue such bonds, promissory notes or
other instruments on such terms and conditions as may be necessary
for the purpose of giving effect to the terms of any agreement which
may be entered into by it with the Bank in respect of any borrowing
authorized by this Ordinance.

(2) Any bond, promissory note or other instrument issued by the
Government under subsection (1) may be signed on behalf of the
Government by the Financial Secretary, or by any person author- by him
in writing.

5. (1) Any sums borrowed by the Government under this
Ordinance shall be applied. and are appropriated, to the purposes of the
project for which they were borrowed as specified in the First Schedule
and more particularly in any, agreement concluded with the Bank in
respect of the sums so borrowed:

Provided that any part of such a sum which cannot be applied to
those purposes may be applied to such other purposes as may be
approved by the Financial Secretary and the Bank.





(2) Where sums borrowed under this Ordinance are not
immediately available and expenditure in respect of the project for which
they were borrowed must be met. such expenditure shall be charged as
an advance pending reimbursement and the maximum amount which
may be so advanced in any financial year in connexion with any project
shall be specified in the Second Schedule.

(3) The sums borrowed under this Ordinance and all interest and
other charges thereon are hereby charged upon and shall be payable
out of the general revenues and assets of Hong Kong.

6. (1) Notwithstanding anything contained in any other law, any
agreement concluded with the Bank in respect of any borrowing
authorized under this Ordinance and any bond, promissory note or other
instrument issued pursuant to any such agreement and any undertaking
given in respect of any such agreement, bond, promis- note or
instrument by the Government shall be valid and enforceable and have
full force and effect in accordance with their respective terms.

(2) The Governor may, by order published in the Gazette, provide
for the remission of any tax, duty. charge or fee payable under any
Ordinance in respect of any agreement. bond. promissory note,
instrument or guarantee concluded with the Bank or issued ill connexion
with any borrowing authorized by, this Ordinance ol- in respect of any
payment of interest or otherwise under any such agreement, bond,
promissory note, instrument or guarantee.

7. The Legislative Council may by resolution amend the Schedules.

FIRST SCHEDULE [ss'. 3 & 5.]

Item One

An amount in various currencies equivalent to twenty-one million five
hundred thousand United States dollars (US$21,500,000) for the purposes of a
project involving the construction of seawater desalting works consisting of six
units having a total design output of 40 million gallons per day and to be located
near Castle Peak in the New Territories. The project includes all supporting facilities
and installations necessary to render the project operable.

Item Two

An amount in various currencies equivalent to twenty million United Sates
dollars (US$20,000,000) for the purposes of a project which forms part of stage 1
of the sewerage and sewage treatment facilities for the Sha Tin New Town and
involves the construction of (i) sewage treatment works; (ii) main pumping station:
and (iii) laying of approximately 2 000 metres of twin 1 400 m.m. diameter rising
mains. (Added. L.N. 236/75)

Item Three

An amount in various currencies equivalent to twenty million five hundred
thousand United States dollars (US$20,500,000) for the purposes of a project
involving the construction of two housing estates for some 61 000 persons and
associated facilities, four primary and four secondary schools in the two estates. a
general health clinic. a divisional fire station and a commercial complex for one of
the housing estates at Sha Tin New Town. (Added, L.N. 100 77)





Item Four

An amount in various currencies equivalent to nineteen million five hundred
thousand United States dollars (US$19,500,000) for the purposes of a project
involving the construction of a regional hospital with about 1 400 beds, including
teaching facilities and a polyclinic, at Sha Tin New Town. Added, L.N. 188 78)

Item Fire

An amount in various currencies equivalent to twenty million United States
dollars (US$20,000,000) for the purposes of a project which forms part of the
development of Sha Tin New Town and involves (i) the construction of a housing
estate for some 31 000 persons, two primary and two secondary, schools: and (ii)
the undertaking of a transport study of the Sha Tin--Tsuen Wan corridor.

L. N. 91 80)

SECOND SCHEDULE [s. M

The maximum amount which may be advanced pending reimbursement under
section 5(2) in any financial year in connexion with the project described in Item
One of the First Schedule is one hundred million Hong Kong dollars OAKS
100,000.000).

The maxinium amount which may he advanced pending reimbursement unoler
section 5(2) in any financial year in connexion with the project described in ltern
Two Two of the First Schedule is ninety-five million Hong Kong dollars
(HK$95,000,000). 1Added, L.N. 236 75

The maximum amount which may be advanced pending reimbursement under

section 5(2) in any financial year in connexion with the project described in
Item Three of the First Sche~ule is ninety-seven million Hom, Kong dollars
(H (HK$97,000,000). L.N. 100 177)

The maxirnuin aniount which may be advanced pending reimbursement under
section 5(2) in any financial year in connexion with the project described in Item
Four of' the First Schedule is ninety-two million Hong Kong dollars
(HK$92,000,000). (Added L.N. 188 78)

The maximum amount which may be advanced pending reimbursement under
section 5(2) in any financial year in connexion with the project described in Itern
Five of the First Schedule is one hundred million Hong Kong dollars
(HK$100,000,000). (Added. L.N. 91 80)
Originally 42 of 1972. L.N. 236/75. L.N. 100/77. L.N. 188/78. L.N. 91/80. Short title. Interpretation. Power to borrow from the Asian Development Bank. First schedule. Power to issue instruments including bonds. Appropriation and charge of loans. First Schedule. Second Schedule. Implementation of obligations under agreement. Power to amend Schedules.

Abstract

Originally 42 of 1972. L.N. 236/75. L.N. 100/77. L.N. 188/78. L.N. 91/80. Short title. Interpretation. Power to borrow from the Asian Development Bank. First schedule. Power to issue instruments including bonds. Appropriation and charge of loans. First Schedule. Second Schedule. Implementation of obligations under agreement. Power to amend Schedules.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3060

Edition

1964

Volume

v17

Subsequent Cap No.

271

Number of Pages

4
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:14:52 +0800
<![CDATA[MASS TRANSIT RAILWAY CORPORATION (PERMITTED ACTIVITIES) (CONSOLIDATION) ORDER]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3059

Title

MASS TRANSIT RAILWAY CORPORATION (PERMITTED ACTIVITIES) (CONSOLIDATION) ORDER

Description






MASS TRANSIT RAILWAY CORPORATION (PERMITTED
ACTIVITIES) (CONSOLIDATION) ORDER

(Cap. 270, section 3)

[23 March 1984]

L.N. 81/84, L.N. 56/88 -

Citation

1. This order may be cited as the Mass Transit Railway Corporation (Permitted
Activities) (Consolidation) Order.

Permitted activities

2. The Corporation is permitted to engage in the activities specified in the
Schedule.

SCHEDULE [para. 2]

PERMITTED ACTIVITIES OF MASS TRANSIT RAILWAY CORPORATION

1. To act as consultants or project managers in respect of all types of transport-related
activities in Hong Kong or elsewhere, and for that purpose to form an incorporated company
with limited liability under the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32) as a wholly-owned subsidiary of
the Corporation with power so to act.

(L.N. 81/84)

2. To undertake estate management and associated activities relating to any buildings,
premises, structures and grounds ancillary thereto, and any common parts.

(L.N. 56/88)

Abstract



Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3059

Edition

1964

Volume

v17

Subsequent Cap No.

270

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:14:51 +0800
<![CDATA[MASS TRANSIT RAILWAY CORPORATION (INCREASE IN AUTHORIZED CAPITAL) (CONSOLIDATION) ORDER]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3058

Title

MASS TRANSIT RAILWAY CORPORATION (INCREASE IN AUTHORIZED CAPITAL) (CONSOLIDATION) ORDER

Description






MASS TRANSIT RAILWAY CORPORATION (INCREASE
IN AUTHORIZED CAPITAL) (CONSOLIDATION) ORDER

(Cap. 270. section 10)

[27 March 1981.]

1. This order may be cited as the Mass Transit Railway

Corporation (Increase in Authorized Capital) (Consolidation) Order.

2. The authorized capital of the Mass Transit Railway Corporation

(a) is increased from S2,000,000.000 divided into 20,000 shares

of $100,000 each to $5,500,000,000 divided into 55.000
shares of $100,000 each;

(b) is further increased from $5,500.000.000 divided into

55,000 shares of $100,000 each to $11,500,000.000 divided
into 115,000 shares of $100.000 each.
L.N. 83/81. L.N. 211/85. Citation. Increases in authorized capital L.N. 83/81. L.N. 211/85.

Abstract

L.N. 83/81. L.N. 211/85. Citation. Increases in authorized capital L.N. 83/81. L.N. 211/85.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3058

Edition

1964

Volume

v17

Subsequent Cap No.

270

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:14:50 +0800
<![CDATA[MASS TRANSIT RAILWAY BY-LAWS]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3057

Title

MASS TRANSIT RAILWAY BY-LAWS

Description






MASS TRANSIT RAILWAY BY-LAWS
ARRANGEMENT OF BY-LAWS

By-law ........................... Page

PART I

PRELIMINARY

1 Citation........................ .......... ... ... B 3

2. Interpretation............................. . ... ... ... ... ... ... B 3

PART II

TRESPASS AND DAMAGE To RAILWAY
PREMISES

3. Admission ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 4
4. Trespass ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... . ... ... ... ... ... ... B 4
5. Damage to railway premises, trains, plant and equipment ... ... 8 4
6. Sewage etc. not to be placed on railway premises ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 5
7. Rubbish etc. not to be thrown on or from railway premises ... ... B 5
8. Improper use of emergency equipment ... ... ... ... ... ... B 5
9. Wrongfully entering or leaving trains ... ... ... ... ... ... B 5

PART III

FARES AND
TICKETS

10. Conditions of issue of tickets ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 5
11. Fares ... ... ... ... . ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 5
12. Tickets contain no warranty or acceptance of liability ... ... ... B 5
13. Compliance with Conditions of Issue ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 6
14. Entry and travel prohibited without ticket ... . ... ... ... ... ... ... B 6
15. Travel where ticket is lost, damaged or expired ... ... ... ... ... B 6
16. Passengers should examine tickets and change ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 7
17. Handing in of tickets ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 7
18. Damaging etc. a ticket ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 7
19, Failure to pay fares, etc . ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 8

20. Exchanges and refunds ........................ ... ... ... ... B 8

PART IV

CONDUCT OF
PASSENGERS

21. Compliance with notices ..... ....... ... ... ... ... ... B 8
22. Feet not to be placed on seats ............... . ... ... ... ... B 8

23. Smoking prohibited ... .. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 8
24. Spitting, etc. prohibited ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... . B 8
25. Passengers not to cause a nuisance ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 8
26. Musical instruments etc. prohibited ... ... . ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 8
27. Prohibitionon taking certain luggage, etc. and consumption of food or
beverage ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... . ... ... ... ... ... ... B 9
28. Animals prohibited on railway premises ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 9





By-law ................ Page
PART V

HAWKERS, LOITERERS AND BILL POSTING

29. Soliciting for luggage handling. aims, etc. ... ... - . ... ... ... ... B 9

30..............Hawking prohibited ........ ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 9
31..............Loitering prohibited ......... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 9

32................Bill posting etc. prohibited ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 9

PART VI

MOTION VEHICLES ON RAILWAY PREMISES

33...........................Motor vehicles not to be left on railway premises ... ... ... ... ... B 9

34.........................Dealing with vehicles left on railway premises ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 10

35.......................Vehicle drivers to comply with signs etc . ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 10

36..............Dangerous driving ......... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 10

37. Vehicles prohibited on certain parts of railway premises ... ... ... ... ... B 10

PART VII

FIREARMS, ETC.

38.........Firearms ............................. ... ... ... ... ... ... B 11

39............Dangerous goods ............. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 11

PART VIII

LOST PROPERTY

40. Lost property .............. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 11

41. Disposal of lost property..... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 11

PART IX

ENFORCEMENT AND PENALTIES

42. Removal of persons from railway premises ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 12

43..............Offences and penalties .... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 12

44..................Saving of Corporation's rights ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 12

45............Liability of staff ................ ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 12

Schedule. Penalties....................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... B 12





MASS TRANSIT RAILWAY BY-LAWS
(Cap. 270, section 25)
[29 September 1986]

PART 1

PRELIMINARY

Y

1. These by-laws may be cited as the Mass Transit Railway By-
laws.

2. In these by-laws, unless the context otherwise requires--

'Conditions of Issue' means the conditions of issue of tickets for travel
upon the railway published from time to time by the Corporation
and posted at its stations;

'fare' means the fare payable by any passenger to whom or on whose
behalf a ticket is issued by or on behalf of the Corporation for use
on the railway;

official' means any person duly authorized to act on behalf of the
Corporation;

.,paid area' means that part of the railway premises--

(a) set aside for the use of fare-paying passengers, and

(b)provided with ticket gates, barriers or turnstiles for the
purposes of entry or exit;

'passenger' means a person to whom or on whose behalf a ticket is
issued and who is lawfully within the paid area during the hours of
business of the Corporation-;

'railway' means the railway or any part thereof known as the Mass
Transit Railway operated by the Corporation;

'surcharge' means such amount, not exceeding an amount equal to fifty
times the maximum adult single fare at the time the surcharge is to
be paid, as may be specified in the Conditions of Issue;

'ticket' means any form of ticket, pass or permit from time to time issued
by the Corporation, or by persons duly authorized by the
Corporation, for travel on the railway,

'ticket office' means an office operated by or on behalf of the
Corporation which is duly authorized to issue a ticket,

'train' means any train (or carriage or compartment thereof) owned by
or in the possession of the Corporation.





PART II

TRESPASS AND DAMAGE TO RAILWAY PREMISES

3. (1) The Corporation reserves the right to refuse to admit
any person onto the railway premises or any part thereof at any
time.

(2) The Corporation may open or close any entrance to or exit
from any station or platform or any other part of the railway
premises at such times as it considers expedient without incurring
any liability to any person for any loss or damage however arising as
a result thereof.

4. (1) No person, unless otherwise authorized by the Cor-
poration, shall--

(a)enter into or upon any part of the railway premises, other
than those parts clearly defined by means of notices,
indicators and other directions for the use of persons using
the railway; or

(b)enter or leave such parts other than by proper use of such
gates, barriers or turnstiles (if any) provided for such entry
or exit.

(2) Any person who, being without lawful excuse on railway
premises (or a particular part thereof) or being in breach of these
by-laws, refuses to leave the same on being requested so to do by any
official may be immediately removed therefrom without prejudice to
any penalty or surcharge which may be imposed in accordance with
these by-laws.

(3) A person shall be responsible for any injury, loss or
damage caused to the Corporation's property or staff or to any other
person or property by such person or by any article or animal
brought by him onto the railway premises and he shall indemnify the
Corporation from and against any liability to any other person
resulting therefrom.

5. No person shall improperly touch, use, meddle, damage or
otherwise interfere with---

(a)any machine or equipment, or any part thereof, used or
employed in or upon any part of the railway premises;

(b)any locomotive, train, carriage, truck or any other con-
veyance or any equipment thereon used or employed on or
in connexion with the railway..

(c)any electrical plant, overhead wiring or other form of
electrical installation or equipment of any nature what-
soever used or employed in or upon any part of the
railway.





6. No person shall permit or suffer any sewage, drainage or other
offensive matter to flow onto or enter or be placed on any part of the
railway premises.

7. No person shall deposit or throw, or cause to be deposited or
thrown, at, on or from the railway premises any glass. stone, missile or
any rubbish or other offensive or waste matter.

8. No person, unless otherwise authorized by the Corporation, shall
activate any emergency or safety device on the railway premises save
for the express purpose for which the same is provided and in
accordance with the instructions printed thereon.

9. No person, unless otherwise authorized by the Corporation, shall
enter or leave or attempt to enter or leave any train after the doors have
commenced to close.

PART 111

FARES AND TICKETS

10. (1) All tickets issued by or on behalf of the Corporation are
issued subject to these by-laws and to the Conditions of Issue.

(2) Any person to whom or on whose behalf a ticket is issued or
who otherwise acquires a ticket shall be deemed to have knowledge of
and to have agreed to these by-laws and to the Conditions of Issue.

11. The fares appearing in notices. lists or tables published from
time to time by the Corporation and posted at stations are the authorized
fares for travel upon the railway.

12. (1) The Corporation does not warrant that a passenger will be
conveyed on any particular train or that any train shall depart or arrive
at a particular time or times or that the issue of a ticket will be completed
before the departure of any train and the Corporation will not be liable to
any person for any loss or damage arising from any delay or detention
caused by the alteration, suspension or withdrawal of the Corporation's
train services (or a part thereof) for any reason whatsoever.

(2) The Corporation may at its discretion and without being liable
to any person for any loss or damage caused thereby

(a)suspend or discontinue the issue of tickets whether issued
from a ticket office or by an automatic vending machine;

(b)despatch any train from a station before the arrival of any
other train without affording the passengers in the arriving
train an opportunity to alight and board the departing train;
and





(c)suspend, discontinue or otherwise withdraw all or any train
services from any station on any day or suspend., discontinue
or withdraw the running of any train or alter the times of
departure or ai-rival of any train.

13. (1) No person who is the holder of a ticket shall enter, leave or
travel upon the railway otherwise than in accordance with the
Conditions of Issue.

(2) Every passenger shall leave the paid area within such period as
may be prescribed in the Conditions of Issue failing which he shall,
where he has no reasonable excuse for remaining within the paid area
after the expiry of such period, pay the maximum fare for a single
direction journey on the railway as specified in the Conditions of Issue.

14. No person shall, without lawful authority or reasonable excuse--

(a)enter or leave, or attempt to enter or leave, the paid area; or

(b) travel or attempt to travel upon any part of the railway.

without first paying his fare and obtaining the appropriate ticket and
using that ticket by inserting it into an automatic gate on entering or
leaving the paid area or otherwise producing it and delivering it up to an
official.

15. (1) If a person (other than a person who is under the age of 3
years) is within the paid area--

(a) without a ticket;

(b)with a ticket improperly damaged, altered or interfered with,

(c) with a ticket that has expired; or

(d)with a child/student ticket when he is not a child or student,

he shall be regarded as not having paid his fare and shall be liable

C_

both to pay a surcharge and to deliver up his ticket (if any) to an
official.

(2) For the purposes of paragraph (1)-

(a)a ticket shall expire in such circumstances as are provided for
in the Conditions of Issue.,

(b)the expressions 'Student- and 'child' shall have the meanings
respectively ascribed to them in the Conditions of Issue.

(3) Any person who has paid a surcharge or delivered up his ticket
pursuant to the provisions of this by-law shall be entitled to apply in
writing to the Chairman or Managing Director of the





Corporation (or their appointed nominee) for a review of the
circumstances in which he became liable to a surcharge or to deliver
up his ticket and the said Chairman or Managing Director (or
appointed nominee) upon the conclusion of such review may at his
absolute discretion reject such application or may authorize repay-
ment of the whole or any part of the surcharge or the remaining
value on the delivered up ticket.

(4) Without prejudice to paragraph (1), any person holding a
ticket who travels beyond a station for which that ticket is valid shall
be liable to pay the excess fare specified in the Conditions of Issue.

16. (1) A passenger should examine his ticket and any change
tendered before leaving any ticket office and the Corporation shall
not be liable for any error or omission not drawn to its attention at
the time of issue of the ticket.

(2) A passenger using an automatic vending machine shall
insert not less than the appropriate fare in legal tender for the
purchase of a ticket. No passenger shall be entitled to any refund of
any amount in excess of the appropriate fare inserted into an
automatic vending machine.

(3) The amount (including a nil amount) from time to time
encoded on a ticket shall be conclusive evidence of the amount paid
in respect of such ticket and of the value (if any) remaining in such
ticket.

(4) Any person who is requested to do so by an official shall
produce to that official acceptable proof of his entitlement to any
special type of ticket.

17. (1) All tickets shall remain the property of the Corpora-
tion and must be produced at any time within the railway premises
on demand by any official.

(2) No person shall, without reasonable excuse, fail or refuse
at the end or sooner determination of his journey (or series of
journeys in the case of a multiple journey or stored value ticket) to
deliver up his ticket to the Corporation.

(3) Any person who contravenes paragraph (2) shall be re-
garded as not having paid his fare and shall be liable to pay a surcharge.

18. (1) No person shall improperly do anything to or with a
ticket whereby-

(a)the coded data thereon is erased wholly or in part, or is
otherwise altered or interfered with; or

(b) the ticket is otherwise damaged.

(2) No person shall use or attempt to use a ticket which has
been improperly altered, damaged or interfered with for the purpose
of entering or leaving the paid area or travelling upon the railway.





19. No person shall, prior to leaving the paid area, fail or
refuse to pay any fare, surcharge or other sum leviable in accordance
with these by-laws.

20. (1) A ticket may only be refunded or exchanged at the
discretion of the Corporation. Any such exchange or refund may be
subject to the deduction of an administration charge prescribed in
the Conditions of Issue.

(2) The form of any refund shall be at the discretion of the
Corporation.

(3) The Corporation shall not be liable to issue a ticket in
replacement of a lost or unused ticket nor will it be liable to make
a refund In respect of any such lost or unused ticket or in respect
of a surcharge charged to any passenger in accordance with these
by-laws.

PART IV

CONDUCT OF PASSENGERS

21. (1) Every person while on the railway premises shall
comply with all notices, indicators and all reasonable directions and
requests of any official.

(2) Without prejudice to paragraph (1), if an official deter-
mines that a train is full, no person shall enter or remain therein if
directed by such official not to do so.

22. No person shall place his feet on any scat in any part of the
railway premises.

23. No person shall smoke or carry a lighted pipe, cigar or
cigarette in the paid area, or in any other part of the railway
premises where smoking is prohibited by notice.

24. No person shall-

(a) spit on any part of the railway premises; or

(b)place or throw any litter upon the railway premises, except
into receptacles provided for that purpose.

25. No person shall conduct himself on any train or in any part
of the railway premises so as to cause a nuisance or annoyance to
other passengers.

26. No person, unless authorized in writing by the Corpora-
tion, shall play or attempt to play a musical instrument. radio,
cassette recorder or similar device upon any part of the railway
premises.





27. No person shall-

(a)bring into or upon the railway premises any luggage,
article or other thing which cannot be carried or otherwise
accommodated on the railway without risk of damage to
railway property or without causing a nuisance or incon-
venience to other persons using the railway; or

(b)consume or attempt to consume any food or beverage
(whether alcoholic or non-alcoholic) within a train or the
paid area.

28. No person shall bring any animal or other livestock into or
upon any part of the railway premises (provided that this restriction
shall not apply to a guide dog accompanying a blind person).

PART V

HAWKERS, LOITERERS AND BILL POSTING

29. No person shall on the railway premises solicit engagement
in or for the handling or moving of passengers' luggage or shall
solicit alms or advantage of any description.

30. No person, unless authorized in writing by the Corpora-
tion, shall sell or expose or offer for sale any goods, wares or services
in or upon any railway premises, and sections 86, 86A, 86C and 86D
of the Public Health and Municipal Services Ordinance shall apply
to an offence under this by-law as if such offence were a hawker
offence within the meaning of section 83 of that Ordinance.

31. No person not being a passenger or other person having
business in or in connexion with the railway shall loiter in or about
any part of the railway premises.

32. No person unless authorized in writing by the Corpora-
tion, shall-

(a)post, stick, paint or write or cause to be posted, stuck,
painted or written any placard, bill, advertisement or any
other matter; or

(b)distribute any book, leaflet or other printed matter or any
sample or other article,

on any part of the railway premises.

PART VI

MOTOR VEHICLES ON RAILWAY PREMISES

33. Except with the written permission of the Corporation, no
person shall leave or cause to be left any motor car or other vehicle
on any part of the railway premises or on any station approach road
or entrance being under the control of the Corporation.





34. (1) The Corporation may in such manner as it thinks fit remove
and detain any motor car or other vehicle in respect of which a
contravention of by-law 33 is committed and may charge the owner or
driver thereof all costs and expenses occasioned by and incidental to
such removal and detention without prejudice to any penalty incurred
by the contravention of that by-law.

(2) As soon as practicable after a vehicle has been detained under
paragraph (1), the Corporation shall serve on the registered owner (as
defined in the Road Traffic Ordinance) of the vehicle a notice informing
him

(a)of the detention of the vehicle and the place of detention; and

(b)that, unless the vehicle is removed from the place of detention
on payment of any costs and charges within 14 days after the
service of the notice on him, the vehicle shall become the
property of the Corporation free from the rights of any person
and may be disposed of by the Corporation by sale or
otherwise.

(3) If a vehicle is not removed in accordance with the notice served
under paragraph (2), the vehicle shall become the property of the
Corporation free from the rights of any person and may be disposed of
by the Corporation by sale or otherwise as it thinks fit.

(4) If, within 6 months after the day on which a vehicle is sold
pursuant to paragraph (3), any person satisfies the Corporation that at
the time the vehicle became the property of the Corporation by virtue of
that paragraph, he was the owner of the vehicle, the Corporation shall
pay to such person the balance of the proceeds of sale after deducting
any costs and charges of removal and detention and any reasonable
charges incurred by the Corporation in respect of the sale of the vehicle.

(5) A notice under paragraph (2) may be served personally or by
post.

(6) For the purpose of this by-law 'vehicle' includes the contents
of a vehicle and any load carried by a vehicle.

35. Vehicle drivers shall while in or upon any part of the railway
premises obey all traffic signs and signals and the reasonable
instructions and directions of any official.

36. No person shall drive any motor car or other vehicle through,
into or upon any part of the railway premises at a rate of speed or in a
manner liable to involve danger to others.

37. No person shall drive any motor car or other vehicle upon or
along any part of the railway premises set apart for the exclusive use of
pedestrians.





PART VII

FIREAMS, ETC.

38. No person not being a member of Her Majesty's forces., a police
officer, a member of the Customs and Excise Service or an officer of the
Independent Commission Against Corruption shall carry or have with
him on any railway premises any arms or ammunition.

39. No person not being an official duly authorized in that behalf
shall bring onto any part of the railway premises any substance or other
thing which is subject to the provisions of the Dangerous Goods
Ordinance.

PART VIII

LOST PROPERTY

40. Every person who finds any lost property in or upon any part of
the railway premises shall hand over the same to an official at the
nearest station, and no person other than an official shall remove from
any train or carriage any property lost or left behind therein, save for the
purpose of handing over the same forthwith to an official.

41. (1) All lost property which comes into the possession of the
Corporation shall be dealt with as follows

(a)perishable, noxious or otherwise offensive goods or articles
may be disposed of by the Corporation as soon as practicable
after they have come into its possession by sale or otherwise
as it sees fit;

(b)all other goods or articles shall be retained by the Corporation
for a period of 3 months after they have come into its
possession and, if at the end of that period they remain
unclaimed, they shall be deemed to become the property of the
Corporation free of all other rights and encumbrances, and it
may dispose of them by sale or otherwise as it sees fit.

(2) If within a period of 6 months of any sale or disposal by the
Corporation under paragraph (1)(a) or (b) the former owner or the
person formerly entitled to the beneficial ownership of the goods can
establish his ownership to the satisfaction of the Corporation, he shall
be paid, subject to his providing the Corporation with an indemnity in
such form as the Corporation may reasonably require, the proceeds of
sale (if any) less all expenses incurred by the Corporation of and
incidental to such sale or disposal.





(3) Save as provided in paragraph (2), the Corporation shall incur
no liability whatsoever to any person in respect of lost property as
bailees or otherwise and no claim for damages or compensation shall be
brought against it by any person in respect of the same.

PART IX

ENFORCEMENT AND PENALTIES

42. (1) Any person who is reasonably suspected of committing or
attempting to commit any breach of these by-laws shall produce proof
of his identity to an official for inspection when required to do so by
such official.

(2) Every official shall have the power to remove (if necessary by
the use of reasonable force) from the railway premises any person whom
he reasonably suspects of committing or attempting to commit any
breach of these by-laws; and in the case where such breach is an
offence as herein provided he shall have power to detain such person
until he can be delivered into the custody of a police officer to be dealt
with according to law.

43. A person who contravenes a by-law set out in the first column
of the Schedule commits an offence and is liable to the penalty set out in
the third column of that Schedule opposite the reference to that by-law.

44. (1) Nothing in these by-laws and no prosecution or step or
action hereunder shall bar any further or other claim for damages or
other remedy or relief available to the Corporation against any person.

(2) Any sum leviable by or payable to the Corporation under these
by-laws or howsoever otherwise (Including., without limitation, any fare,
excess fare or surcharge) whether by way of debt, damages, costs, loss,
expense or otherwise shall be receivable by the Corporation or its lawful
agents as a debt due on demand and shall be enforceable as a civil debt.

45. The acceptance of a ticket by a passenger or person shall be
conclusive evidence of his agreement that each and every limitation and
exemption from liability afforded to the Corporation by these by-laws
shall extend to each official, servant or agent of the Corporation.

SCHEDULE [by-law
43.]

PENALTIES

By-law Summary of offence Penalty

4. Trespass S 1,000 fine.

5. Damage to railway premises, plant and S3,000 fine.
equipment





By-law Summary of offence Penalty

6. Sewage placed on railway premises S 1,000 fine.
7. Depositing or throwing of rubbish, etc. S5,000 fine and 6 months
imprisonment.
8. Improper use of emergency equipment S3,000 fine.
9. Wrongfully entering or leaving train 51,000 fine.
14. Entry and travel without a ticket S3.000 fine.
17(1). Failure to produce ticket S3,000 fine.
17(2). Failure to hand in tickets S3,000 fine.
18(1). Damaging a ticket S5,000 fine and 6 months
imprisonment.
18(2). Using a damaged ticket S5,000 fine and 6 months
imprisonment.
19. Failure to pay fares. etc. $3,000 fine.
21. Non-compliance with notices, etc. $1,000 fine.
22. Feet placed on seats SLOW fine.
23. Smoking $2,000 fine.
24. Spitting and litter SLOW fine.
25. Passenger causing a nuisance $5,000 fine and 6 months
imprisonment.
26. Playing musical instruments. etc. S1,000 fine.

27(a). Bringing prohibited items of luggage, etc. $1,000 fine.

27(b). Consumption of food or beverage SI $1,000 fine.

28. Bringing animals S 1,000 fine.
29. Soliciting, etc. $5,000 fine and 6 months
imprisonment.
30. Hawking $5,000 fine and 6 months
imprisonment.
31. Loitering S1,000 fine and 3 months
imprisonment.
32. Bill posting, etc. $5,000 fine and 6 months
imprisonment.
33. Motor vehicles left on railway premises $1,000 fine.
35. Failure of vehicle driver to comply with S 1,000 fine.
signs
36. Dangerous driving $5,000 line and 6 months
imprisonment.
37. Vehicles on certain parts of railway S5.000 fine.
premises
38. Firearms S5.000 fine.
39. Dangerous goods S5.000 fine,
40. Failure to hand in lost property S1,000 fine.
L.N. 175/86. Citation. Interpretation. Admission. Trespass. Damage to railway premises, trains, plant and equipment. Sewage etc. not to be placed on railway premises. Rubbish etc. not to be thrown on or from railway premises. Improper use of emergency equipment. Wrongfully entering or leaving trains. Conditions of issue of tickets. Fares. Tickets contain no warranty or acceptance of liability. Compliance with conditions of Issue. Entry and travel prohibited without ticket. Travel where ticket is lost, damaged or expired. Passengers should examine tickets and change. Handing in of tickets. Damaging etc. a ticket. Failure to pay fares, etc. Exchanges and refunds. Compliance with notices. Feet not to be placed on seats. Smoking prohibited. Spitting, etc. prohibited. Passengers not to cause a nuisance. Musical instruments etc. prohibited. Prohibition on taking certain luggage, etc. and consumption of food or beverage. Animals prohibited on railway premises. Soliciting for luggage handling, alms, etc. Hawking prohibited. (Cap. 132.) Loitering prohibited. Bill posting etc. prohibited. Motor vehicles not to be left on railway premises. Dealing with vehicles left on railway premises. (Cap. 374.) Vehicle drivers to comply with signs etc Dangerous driving. Vehicles prohibited on certain parts of railway premises. Firearms. Dangerous goods. (Cap. 295.) Lost property. Disposal of lost property. Removal of person from railway premises. Offences and penalties. Schedule. Saving of Corporation's rights. Liability of staff.

Abstract

L.N. 175/86. Citation. Interpretation. Admission. Trespass. Damage to railway premises, trains, plant and equipment. Sewage etc. not to be placed on railway premises. Rubbish etc. not to be thrown on or from railway premises. Improper use of emergency equipment. Wrongfully entering or leaving trains. Conditions of issue of tickets. Fares. Tickets contain no warranty or acceptance of liability. Compliance with conditions of Issue. Entry and travel prohibited without ticket. Travel where ticket is lost, damaged or expired. Passengers should examine tickets and change. Handing in of tickets. Damaging etc. a ticket. Failure to pay fares, etc. Exchanges and refunds. Compliance with notices. Feet not to be placed on seats. Smoking prohibited. Spitting, etc. prohibited. Passengers not to cause a nuisance. Musical instruments etc. prohibited. Prohibition on taking certain luggage, etc. and consumption of food or beverage. Animals prohibited on railway premises. Soliciting for luggage handling, alms, etc. Hawking prohibited. (Cap. 132.) Loitering prohibited. Bill posting etc. prohibited. Motor vehicles not to be left on railway premises. Dealing with vehicles left on railway premises. (Cap. 374.) Vehicle drivers to comply with signs etc Dangerous driving. Vehicles prohibited on certain parts of railway premises. Firearms. Dangerous goods. (Cap. 295.) Lost property. Disposal of lost property. Removal of person from railway premises. Offences and penalties. Schedule. Saving of Corporation's rights. Liability of staff.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3057

Edition

1964

Volume

v17

Subsequent Cap No.

270

Number of Pages

13
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:14:49 +0800
<![CDATA[MASS TRANSIT RAILWAY REGULATIONS]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3056

Title

MASS TRANSIT RAILWAY REGULATIONS

Description






MASS TRANSIT RAILWAY REGULATIONS

(Cap. 270, section 24)

[28 September 1979.]

These regulations may be cited as the Mass Transit
Railway Regulations

2. (1) An accident is notifiable under regulation 4 if it occurs on a
part of the railway which has commenced operation for public use and

(a)as a result thereof any person dies or suffers serious injury; or

(b) it involves a train-

(i) colliding with, or striking against, another train or any
other object; or

(ii) leaving the rails,

and doing so either on a line used for the carriage of
passengers or in circumstances where the normal operation of
such a line is affected.

(2) For the purposes of paragraph (1) a person suffers serious
injury if he suffers amputation of a limb, a fracture or dislocation,

U

*A

W. R

An

internal injuries, loss of an eye, burns or any other injury of a kind which
results in his being admitted to a hospital immediately following the
accident for observation or treatment.

3. Every occurrence described in the Schedule is notifiable under
regulation 4 if it occurs on a part of the railway which has commenced
operation for public use.

4. (1) The Corporation shall give notice to the Chief Secretary of
every accident which is notifiable under regulation 2 and occurrence
which is notifiable under regulation 3.

(2) The Corporation shall also supply to the Chief Secretary such
further information concerning such an accident or occurrence as he
may require it to furnish to him.

(3) Notice shall be given under paragraph (1) as follows-

(a)in the case of an accident which is notifiable under regulation
2, immediately after the occurrence it shall be reported by word
of mouth (which includes such a report by means of a
telephone) to the Chief Secretary or to any other public officer
he may appoint for the purposes of this subparagraph;

(b)as soon as is practicable after the accident or occurrence, a
written report, in such form as the Chief Secretary may from
time to time determine, shall be completed and delivered to the
office of the Chief Secretary.





5. (1) Where an accident or occurrence which is notifiable
under these regulations has occurred, the Chief Secretary may direct
an inspector to investigate the same.

(2) The paramount purpose of such an investigation is to deter-
mine the circumstances and causes of the accident or occurrence
with a view to avoiding similar accidents or occurrences in the future,
rather than to ascribe blame therefor to any person.

(3) The Chief Secretary may in place of any inspector directed
to carry out an investigation under paragraph (1) direct another
inspector to proceed with the investigation, and in that case the
investigation may be continued as if the change had not occurred.

(4) The inspector shall, on completion of an investigation,
make a report to the Chief Secretary who shall cause the contents
thereof to be brought to the attention of the public in such manner
as he thinks fit.

(5) A report shall state the circumstances of the accident or
occurrence and conclusions as to its cause and any observations and
recommendations which the inspector thinks necessary for the avoid-
ance of similar accidents or occurrences.

6. An inspector may, for the purpose of investigating an
accident or occurrence pursuant to regulation 5, in addition to his
powers under the Ordinance-

(a)by summons under his hand call before him such persons
as he thinks fit;

(b)examine any such person and require him to answer any
question or to give any information or to produce any
document or article which the inspector thinks may be
relevant to the investigation;

(c)permit any person to appear before him to give any such
information or produce any such document or article;

(d)retain any such document or article until the completion
of the investigation;

(e)require any person to make and sign a statutory declaration
as to the truth of any statement made by him;

remove, or take measures for the preservation of, any
machinery, plant or equipment for the purpose of making
any test or inspection;

(g)take such measures as may be necessary for the preservation
of evidence.

7. (1) Every investigation by an inspector shall be held in
private.

(2) A person summoned as a witness at any investigation shall
be allowed such expenses as the Financial Secretary may determine.





(3) The answer given by a person to any question put to him for
the purposes of an investigation shall not be admissible against that
person in any civil or criminal proceedings by or against him except
where he is charged with perjury or with an offence under regulation 8.

8. Any person who-

(a)without lawful excuse fails to answer a summons under
regulation 6(a) or to comply with a requirement under
regulation 6(b) or (e);

(b)knowingly furnishes to an inspector acting under these
regulations information that is false or misleading in a material
particular;

(c)obstructs an inspector in the exercise of his powers under
these regulations,

commits an offence and is liable to a fine of 55,000 and to imprisonment
for 6 months.

9. The Corporation shall-

(a)prepare and revise from time to time as may be necessary, a
manual or manuals of instructions setting out the practices and
procedures to be observed to ensure the safe operation of the
railway;

(b)ensure that every person who is engaged in the operation of
the railway, whether as an employee, or as a contractor or
agent of the Corporation, is made fully aware of the functions
and duties imposed on him by the said instructions, and is
provided with every manual in which those instructions are
contained and such replacements thereof as may be
necessary;

(c)furnish to the Chief Secretary such number of copies of every
manual of instructions, and all amendments thereto, as he may
require.

SCHEDULE [reg. 3.1

NOTIFIABLE
OCCURRENCES

PARTI

Occurrences directly affecting persons

1 Any accident connected with the operation of the railway or with the
maintenance thereof, not being an accident which is notifiable under regulation
2, as a result of which an employee of the Corporation or of a contractor with
the Corporation is unable, for a period exceeding 3 days immediately after the
accident, to fully carry out his normal duties.

2. Any occurrence, not coming within paragraph 1, in which a person-

(a)falls off a platform or crosses a line whether or not he is struck by a
train;

(b) falls out of a carriage during the running of a train;





(c) falls between a train and a platform;

(d)comes into contact with live overhead electric traction wires or
other live electrical equipment;

(e)suffers injury, which is reported to the Corporation, by the opening
or closing of carriage doors at a station or by the operation of an
escalator, lift or moving path used by the public as part of the
railway;

(f)suffers injury, which is reported to the Corporation, as the result of
any action of an employee of the Corporation, or of a contractor
with the Corporation.

PART 11

Occurrences affecting railway premises, plant and equipment

1 Any failure of an axle, wheel or tyre on a train, including tyres unfit to run.

2.Any failure of any part of a power unit on a train which endangers or could
endanger the safe operation of the railway.

3.Any fire, severe electrical arcing or fusing on a train or on any part of the
railway or on any part of the railway premises or on premises occupied or used
by the Corporation in the running of the railway.

4. Any accidental division of a train.

5. Any fracture of a rail in the permanent way.

6. Any buckling of a running track.

7.Any failure of a tunnel, bridge or elevated section or any part of the same
which endangers or could endanger the safe operation of the railway.

8.Any flooding of any part of the permanent way which endangers or could
endanger the safe operation of the railway.

9. The loss of control of any passenger escalator, lift or moving path.

10.Any failure of a signal structure or of any part of the fixed electrical equipment
which endangers or could endanger the safe operation of the railway.

11. The accidental entry of any road vehicle on to the permanent way.

12.Any other failure of the permanent way or of any machinery, plant or
equipment which endangers or could endanger the safe operation of the railway.
L.N. 232/79. Citation. Accidents which are to be notified. Other occurrences which are to be notified. Schedule. Notification of accidents and other occurrences. Chief Secretary may direct inspector to investigate. Powers of inspectors in relation to investigation of accidents or other occurrences. Further provisions as to investigations. Obstruction and failure to supply information. Corporation to prepare and issue operating manuals.

Abstract

L.N. 232/79. Citation. Accidents which are to be notified. Other occurrences which are to be notified. Schedule. Notification of accidents and other occurrences. Chief Secretary may direct inspector to investigate. Powers of inspectors in relation to investigation of accidents or other occurrences. Further provisions as to investigations. Obstruction and failure to supply information. Corporation to prepare and issue operating manuals.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3056

Edition

1964

Volume

v17

Subsequent Cap No.

270

Number of Pages

4
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:14:48 +0800
<![CDATA[MASS TRANSIT RAILWAY CORPORATION ORDINANCE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3055

Title

MASS TRANSIT RAILWAY CORPORATION ORDINANCE

Description






LAWS OF HONG KONG

MASS TRANSIT RAILWAY CORPORATION ORDINANCE

CHAPTER 270





CHAPTER 270

MASS TRANSIT RAILWAY CORPORATION
ORDINANCE

ARRANGEMENT OF SECTIONS

Section ................................. Page

PART 1

PRELIMINARY

1. Short title................................. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 3
2. Interpretation.............................. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 3

PART I

INCORPORATION AND
POWERS

3. Corporation established.................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 4

4. Board of the Corporation ............... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 4
5. Proceedings of the Board ............... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 5

6. General powers of Corporation .......... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 5
7. Appointment of staff and advisers ...... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 6

8. Staff benefits ............................ ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 6

9. Documents of Corporation ............... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 7

PART 111

FINANCIAL

10..................Capital of Corporation .... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 7

11.........................Power to borrow and to issue stock, etc . ... ... ... ... . 1 . ... ... 8

12..................Guarantee by Government ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 8

13...........................Corporation to act on commercial principles ... ... ... ... ... ... 9

14.............Reserve funds .................. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 9

15...........Investment ....................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 9

16......................Accounts, audit and annual report ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 9

17..................Initial debt to Government ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 10

PARTIV

GENERAL

18...........................Corporation not servant or agent of Crown ... ... ... ... ... ... 10

19......................Governor may obtain information ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 11
20......................Governor in Council may give directions ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 11

21..................Certain laws not to apply ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 11

22................Avoidance of doubt .......... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 11







23.........................Corporation may prosecute in its name ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 11

PART IVA

SAFETY OF RAILWAY

23A. Appointment of inspectors ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 12
23B. General powers of inspectors ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 12
23C. Chief Secretary may order that defects be remedied ... ... ... ... ... 13
23D. Offence of negligent act or omission by employee ... ... ... ... ... ... 14
23E. Offence of wilfully endangering safety ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 14





Section Page
PART V
REGULATIONS AND BY-LAWS
24. Regulations ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 14
25. By-laws ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... is
26. Further powers in relation to regulations and by-laws ... ... ... ... ... 15
27. Seizure and forfeiture of hawker's equipment and commodities ... ... ... is

PART VI
REPEAL AND TRANSITIONAL
28........Repeal .............................. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 16
29...................Transfer of assets and liabilities ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 16
30...................Other transitional provisions ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 16

Schedule........................................ ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 17





CHAPTER 270

MASS TRANSIT RAILWAY CORPORATION

To establish a corporation for the construction and operation of a
mass transit railway in Hong Kong, to assume the functions, assets
and liabilities of the Mass Transit Railway Provisional Authority,
to make certain provision as to the safe operation of the said
railway, including provision fir inspection and the in investiga- of
accidents, and for connected purposes.

(Amended, 58 of 1979, s. 2)

[26 September 1975.1

PART 1

PRELIMINARY

1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Mass Transit Railway
Corporation Ordinance.

2. (1) In this Ordinance, unless the context otherwise requires

'Board' means the Board provided for by section 4(1);

'Chairman' means the Chairman of the Board;

'Corporation' means the Mass Transit Railway Corporation established
by section 3(1);

'financial yea?' means

(a)the period between the commencement of this Ordinance and
the 31 December 1975 (inclusive) and thereafter,

(b)each succeeding period of 12 months ending on 31 December;

'inspector' means a person appointed as an inspector under section
23A(1); (Added, .58 of 1979, s. 2)

'Mass Transit Railway' and 'railway' mean the railway, or any part
thereof, known as the Mass Transit Railway, intended to be set up
in pursuance of the transport policy of the Govern-

'member' means a member of the Board;

'Provisional Authority' means the Mass Transit Railway Provisional
Authority established by section 3(1) of the Mass Transit Railway
Provisional Authority Ordinance 1974;

'railway premises- means

(a)any area, space or building occupied by the Corporation
which is designed, equipped or set apart for the carriage of
passengers by train or for affording facilities incidental to the
carriage of passengers by train; and

(b) any train on railway premises.





(2) References in this Ordinance to constructing the railway are
references to undertaking every stage of the process beginning with its
design and planning and ending when it is brought into operation.

PART II

INCORPORATION AND POWERS

3. (1) There is hereby established a body corporate, to be known as
the Mass Transit Railway Corporation.

(2) The purposes of the Corporation are-

(a)to construct the Mass Transit Railway and to operate it having
regard to the reasonable requirements of the public transport
system of Hong Kong;

(b)to engage in such other activities, and to perform such
functions, as the Governor may, after consultation with the
Corporation, permit or assign to it by order published in the
Gazette.

(3) The Corporation shall have perpetual succession and a common
seal and be capable of suing and being sued and of doing and suffering
all such other acts and things as bodies corporate

C_

may lawfully do and suffer.

4. (1) The Corporation shall have a Board comprising-

(a) a Chairman appointed by the Governor;

(b) the Managing Director appointed under section 7(2); and

(c)not less than 4 nor more than 8 other members appointed by
the Governor.

(2) Subject to sections 7(1) and 20, the Board is the governing body
of the Corporation with authority, in the name of the Corporation, to
exercise and perform the powers, functions and duties conferred or
imposed on the Corporation by or under this Ordinance.

(3) The Chairman shall be appointed for such term as the Governor
thinks fit and any member appointed under subsection (1)(c) who is not
a public officer shall be appointed for a term not exceeding 3 years.

(4) The Chairman and any member appointed under subsection
(])(c) who is not a public officer may, upon the expiry of his term of
appointment, be reappointed and may before the expiry thereof--

(a) resign his office by notice to the Governor; or

(b)be removed therefrom by the Governor for permanent
incapacity or other sufficient cause (as to the existence of
which the Governor's decision shall be final);





and upon such resignation or removal the term for which he was
appointed under this section shall be deemed to have expired.

(5) A public officer appointed to an office under this section
shall hold the same at the pleasure of the Governor but he may-

(a)at any time resign such office by notice to the Governor;
and

(b) be appointed thereto more than once.

(6) Where a member is precluded by temporary incapacity or
other cause from exercising his functions as such for any period (as
to which the Governor's decision shall be final) the Governor may
appoint another person to act as a member during such period
with all such rights, powers, duties and liabilities as if he had been
appointed under subsection (1).

(7) A member may be paid such fees and expenses as the share-
holders think fit.

5. (1) Five members shall form a quorum at any meeting of
the Board.

(2) At any meeting of the Board the Chairman or in the absence
of the Chairman such other member as the members present may
select shall preside.

(3) Every question arising at any meeting of the Board shall
be decided by a majority of votes of the members present and voting
thereon and in the event of an equality of votes the member presiding
shall have a casting vote in addition to his ordinary vote.

(4) Subject to this Ordinance, arrangements relating to meetings
of the Board, and the procedure thereat, shall be such as the Board
may determine.

(5) If a member is in any way directly or indirectly interested
in a contract made or proposed to be made by the Corporation-

(a)he shall disclose the nature of his interest at a meeting of
the Board;

(b)the disclosure shall be recorded in the minutes of the Board;
and

(c)the member shall not, without the permission of the Chair-
man, take any part in any deliberation of the Board with
respect to that contract and shall not in any event vote
on any question concerning it.

6. (1) The Corporation may do such things as are expedient
for or conducive to the attainment of the purposes declared in or
permitted or assigned under section 3(2) or of any purpose reason-
ably incidental to or consequential upon any of those purposes.





(2) Without restricting the generality of subsection (1) the
Corporation may for the purposes referred to therein-

(a)acquire, hold and dispose of all kinds of property movable
and immovable and in any manner which it thinks fit;

(b) improve, develop or alter any property held by it;

(e)enter into, assign or accept the assignment of, and vary or
rescind any contract or obligation;

(d)carry on any business either alone or in partnership with
any other person or persons;

(e)employ an agent or contractor to do any thing which the
Corporation may do;

determine the fares payable by persons travelling on the
railway.

(3) Any land held by the Corporation for any purpose referred
to in subsection (1) may be improved, developed and altered by it
in such manner and to such extent as the law would allow if the land
were held by a natural person in the same interest and the Corpora-
tion shall not be required to show that such improvement, develop-
ment or alteration is itself undertaken for any purpose referred to
in subsection (1).

7. (1) The Chairman shall be the chief executive of the Cor-
poration and all matters relating to his remuneration and the terms
and conditions of his appointment to the service of the Corporation
shall be determined by the Governor.

(2) The Corporation shall appoint a Managing Director but
e
shall obtain the approval of the Governor to any proposed appoint-
ment and to the suspension or dismissal of a person appointed.

(3) The Corporation may appoint such other employees as it
thinks fit and determine all matters relating to their remuneration
and terms and conditions of appointment or employment.

(4) The Corporation may engage the services of technical and
professional advisers in such manner and on such terms and con-
ditions as it thinks fit.

(5) The Corporation may make standing orders, not in-
consistent with this Ordinance, regulating the work and conduct
of its employees.

8. (1) The Corporation may-

(a)grant, or make provision for the grant of, pensions, gratui-
ties and retirement benefits to its employees;

(b)provide other benefits for the welfare of its employees and
their dependants;





(c)make payments, whether ex gratia or legally due, to the
personal representative of a deceased employee or to any
person who was dependent on such employee at his death.

(2) The Corporation may establish, manage and control, or
enter into an arrangement with any company or association for the
establishment, management and control by such company or associa-
tion either alone or jointly with the Corporation of, any fund or
scheme for the purpose of providing for the pensions, gratuities,
benefits and payments referred to in subsection (1).

(3) The Corporation may make contributions to any fund or
scheme referred to in subsection (2) and may require its employees
to make contributions thereto.

(4) The Corporation may in exercise of its powers under sec-
tion 6 supply living accommodation and household effects, for the
occupation and use of employees and advisers of the Corporation
and their families, at such rent and on such terms and conditions
as it may determine.

(5) In this section 'employees' includes any class of employee
which the Corporation may specify and in subsection (1) includes
former employees.

9. (1) The Corporation may make and execute all such
documents as may be expedient for or conducive to the attainment
of its purposes or of any purpose reasonably incidental to or con-
sequential upon those purposes.

(2) Subject to this Ordinance, a document to be made by the
Corporation shall be deemed to be duly executed-

(a)if sealed with the seal of the Corporation in the presence
of a member; or
(b)if signed on behalf of the Corporation by a member or an
employee of the Corporation authorized by the Corpora-
tion so to do.

(3) Any document purporting to be executed in accordance
with subsection (2) shall, unless the contrary is proved, be deemed
to have been duly executed.

(4) Subject to this Ordinance, a document executed by the
Corporation in accordance with subsection (2)(b) shall not be in-
effectual in law by reason only of the fact that, apart from this
subsection, it would be required by law to be executed under seal.

PART 111

FINANCIAL

10. (1) The authorized capital of the Corporation shall be
$2,000,000,000 divided into 20,000 shares of $100,000 each.





(2) The Governor may, after consulting the Corporation, increase
the authorized capital of the Corporation by order published in the
Gazette.

(3) Shares in the authorized capital of the Corporation shall be
allotted to the Government at par as required in writing by the Financial
Secretary and may be paid for by set-off against the indebtedness of the
Corporation to the Government in such manner and to such extent as the
Financial Secretary may direct pursuant to section 17(3).

(4) All shares allotted to the Government under this section shall be
registered in the books of the Corporation in the name of The Colonial
Treasurer Incorporated and held by him in trust on behalf of the
Government.

11. (1) Subject to subsection (3) the Corporation may, in any
currency and on such terms and conditions as it thinks fit

(a)borrow or otherwise raise money and charge all or any part of
its property as security therefor;

(b)create and issue bonds, notes or other securities which may
be charged on the property, undertaking and revenue of the
Corporation or any part thereof.

(2) In exercise of the powers conferred by section 6(2)(a) and
subsection (1)(a) the Corporation may purchase property under an
agreement providing for the payment of the whole or part of the
purchase price by instalments.

(3) The powers conferred by subsection (1) may be exercised to
provide the Corporation with such sums or credits as it may require for

(a) carrying out the purposes referred to in section 6(1);

(b)repaying money previously borrowed by it therefor and
interest, premium or other charge on such money;

(c) repaying sums due to the Government under section 12(3);

(d)discharging the indebtedness arising under section 17 and
any interest thereon.

12. (1) The Legislative Council may from time to time by resolution
authorize the Financial Secretary on behalf of the Government to grant
guarantees in respect of

(a)the repayment of loans made to, or the discharge of other
indebtedness of, the Corporation and the payment of interest,
premium or other charge thereon; and

(b)the redemption or repayment of, and the payment of interest,
premium or other charge on, any bonds, notes or other
securities issued by the Corporation,

up to an amount not exceeding in total that specified in the resolution
and subject to any terms or conditions therein specified.





(IA) For the avoidance of doubt it is hereby declared that no
guarantee granted under subsection (1), whether granted before or after
the enactment* of the Mass Transit Railway Corporation (Amendment)
Ordinance 1977, which includes interest, amounts payable in
consequence of the operation of any price variation clause, premium or
other charges, shall be invalid by reason only that such interest,
amounts, premium or charges, although specified in the resolution
authorizing the granting of the guarantee, are not quantified as to total
amount or included in the amount quantified in such resolution. (Added,
40 of 1977, s. 2)

(2) Any sum required for fulfilling a guarantee given under this
section by the Government shall be charged on and paid out of the
general revenue of Hong Kong and any sum received by the
Government by way of repayment of a sum so paid out, or for interest
thereon, shall be paid into such general revenue.

(3) If, pursuant to a guarantee given under this section, the
Government makes a payment to a creditor of the Corporation in respect
of a debt secured by a mortgage or a specific or floating charge, such
sum shall be repayable to the Government by the Corporation, together
with interest thereon at such rate as the Financial Secretary may
determine, and the Government shall as from the time of payment have
the benefit of all the remedies vested in the creditor by virtue of such
mortgage or charge with liberty to exercise the rights and powers arising
thereunder in its own name and without any assignment by the creditor.

13. (1) The Corporation shall conduct its business according to
prudent commercial principles and shall ensure as far as possible that,
taking one year with another, its revenue is at least sufficient to meet its
expenditure.

(2) Any excess of revenue over expenditure in any financial year
may be applied by the Corporation in any way consistent with this
Ordinance.

(3) In this section 'expenditure' includes such provision for
renewal of capital assets and repayment of loans as the Board
considers prudent.

140 The Corporation may establish any general or special reserve fund
and carry to the credit thereof such sums as it thinks fit and expend the
same in any way consistent with this Ordinance.

15. Any moneys of the Corporation available for investment
may be invested by it in such forms of investment as the Financial
Secretary may in writing approve.

16. (1) The Corporation shall keep proper accounts and proper
records in relation thereto and shall within 4 months after the expiry of a
financial year prepare accounts showing fully its financial position and
financial transactions for that year.





(2) The accounts of the Corporation shall be audited and the
auditor shall make a written report thereon to the Corporation.

(3) The auditor shall be appointed by the Governor after
consultation with the Corporation.

(4) The Corporation shall within 3 months of the receipt by it of the
auditor's report in respect of its accounts for a financial year furnish

(a) a report on the affairs of the Corporation for that year,

(b) a copy of its accounts therefor, and

(c) the auditor's report on the accounts,

to the Financial Secretary who shall table the same in the Legislative
Council.

17. (1) The Corporation shall be indebted to the Government in a
sum equal to all expenditure directly or indirectly incurred by the
Government in relation to the investigation, planning, construction and
operation of the Mass Transit Railway.

(2) The Financial Secretary shall determine the amount of such
indebtedness by certificate or certificates under his hand and he may for
sufficient cause reduce or increase any amount so certified.

(3) The indebtedness of the Corporation under subsections (1) and
(2) and any interest thereon shall be discharged in such manner as the
Financial Secretary directs.

(4) In subsection (1) 'expenditure' means-

(a)in relation to the operation of the railway, compensation and
costs paid in respect of such operation to satisfy claims within
the meaning of section 18 of the Mass Transit Railway (Land
Resumption and Related Provisions) Ordinance; and

(b)any loss, debt, cost, expense or liability, whether actual or
contingent, liquidated or unliquidated

(i) whenever incurred, in relation to the negotiation of a
contract to build the railway;

(ii) incurred before this Ordinance comes into effect, in
relation to the matters referred to in subsection (1) other than
the operation of the railway.

PART IV

GENERAL

18. The Corporation is not the servant or agent of the Crown and
does not enjoy any status, immunity or privilege of the Crown.





19. The Corporation shall upon request by the Governor afford to
him sufficient facilities for obtaining information with respect to the
property and affairs of the Corporation and shall in such manner and at
such times as the Governor may require furnish him with returns,
accounts and other information with respect thereto and afford to him
facilities for the verification of information furnished.

20. Notwithstanding sections 4(2) and 13(1), the Governor in
Council may, if he considers the public interest so requires, give
directions in writing of a general character to the Corporation and the
Corporation shall comply with those directions so long as

(a)it is fully compensated by the Government in respect of any
direction requiring the Corporation to act contrary to prudent
commercial principles; and

(b)the directions are not inconsistent with any provision of this
Ordinance.

21. (1) The Kowloon-Canton Railway Ordinance does not
apply to the Corporation, it property or affairs.

(2) The Public Health andUrban Services Ordinance does not apply to the
Corporation, its property and affairs to the extent set out in the
Schedule.

(3) The Building Authority may-

(a)having regard to the exceptional nature of building or other
works connected with the construction or operation of the
railway; and

(b)on such conditions as he may specify, either generally or in
any particular case,

exempt from such of the provisions of the Buildings Ordinance as he
thinks fit such of those works as he may specify, but save as aforesaid
the Buildings Ordinance shall apply to any building or other works
carried out by or on behalf of the Corporation.

(4) Section 13 of the Summary Offences Ordinance does not apply
to any noise made nor to any piling carried out by the Corporation or by
any other person in connexion with the construction of the railway.

22. For the avoidance of doubt and without prejudice to any other
Ordinance it is declared that the railway premises is a public place for
the purpose of the Public Order Ordinance.

23. Without prejudice to any Ordinance relating to the prosecution
of criminal offences or to the powers of the Attorney General in relation
to the prosecution of criminal offences, prosecutions for an offence
under this Ordinance may be brought in the name of the Corporation.





PART IVA

SAFETY OF RAILWAY

23A. (1) The Governor may in writing appoint any person to be an
inspector for the purposes of this Part.

(2) An inspector who is not a public officer may be paid, as a fee for
his services, such amount as the Financial Secretary thinks fit, and that
amount shall be paid out of moneys provided for the purpose by the
Legislative Council.

(3) The powers conferred by section 23B or by regulations made
under section 24 shall be exercised by an inspector only

(a)for the purpose of ensuring the safety of the railway or any
part thereof; or

(b)when an inspector is directed to do so pursuant to such
regulations, for the purpose of investigating an accident on
any part of the railway,

after the railway or the part in question has commenced operation for
public use.

(4) On the occasion of the exercise of any power, an inspector shall
produce evidence of his identity, and of his appointment, to any person
who requests him to do so.

(5) An inspector may take with him such persons as he reasonably
requires to assist him in the exercise of his powers.

23B. (1) An inspector may

(a)at all reasonable times enter upon premises to which this
subsection applies;

(b)carry out on premises to which this subsection applies, or on
any machinery, plant or equipment thereon, such tests and
inspections as he considers expedient;

(e) require any person to whom this subsection applies-

(i) to do anything which the inspector reasonably considers
to be necessary for facilitating any test or inspection;

(ii) to provide the inspector with such information relating
to the railway or any machinery, plant or equipment connected
with the railway as the inspector may specify, and to answer
any question or produce for inspection any document which
is necessary for that purpose;

(d)take copies of any document produced to him pursuant to
paragraph (c)(ii).

(2) Subsection (1) applies to-

(a)the railway premises and the premises of any contractor or
subcontractor who is carrying out or has carried out any work
on the railway;





(b)any employee of the Corporation, any contractor or
subcontractor mentioned in paragraph (a) and any employee of
such a contractor or subcontractor.

(3) Any person who-

(a)without lawful excuse, fails to comply with a requirement under
subsection (1)(c);

(b)knowingly furnishes to an inspector acting under subsection
(1)(c) information that is false or misleading in a material
particular;

(c)obstructs an inspector in the exercise of his powers under
subsection (1),

commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $5,000 and to imprisonment
for 6 months.

23C. (1) Where in the opinion of the Chief Secretary

(a)the condition of any part of the railway which has been
brought into operation or of any machinery, plant or
equipment of such part;

(b)the manner in which the railway or any part thereof is being
operated,

is such as to cause, or to be likely to cause, a risk of injury to any
person, the Chief Secretary may, by order in writing delivered to the
office of the Chairman, require the Corporation to carry out such work,
or to take such steps, as he may specify in the order to ensure that the
condition of the railway, or of the part or the machinery, plant or
equipment in question, or the manner of operation will cease to
constitute such a risk.

(2) An order under subsection (1) may specify the time before
which the Corporation shall commence to carry out the specified work or
take the specified steps and the time by which the same shall be
completed.

(3) If the Corporation fails without reasonable excuse to comply
with an order under this section the Corporation commits an offence and
is liable to a fine of $ 100,000 and to a further fine of $10,000 for each day
during which it is proved to the Court that the failure to comply with the
order has continued without reasonable excuse.

(4) A copy of a document which purports to be an order signed by
the Chief Secretary for the purposes of subsection (1)

(a)shall be admitted in evidence in proceedings for an offence
under subsection (3) on its production without further proof;
and

(b)shall be sufficient evidence of the opinion of the Chief
Secretary and of the other matters contained therein.





23D. (1) An employee of the Corporation commits an offence
if, in connexion with his duty, he negligently does or omits to do
anything in relation to the condition or operation of any part of the
railway after that part has come into public use, and the safety of
any person travelling or being upon the railway is thereby en-
dangered, or likely to be endangered.

(2) An employee who commits an offence under subsection (1)
is liable to a fine of $5,000 and to imprisonment for 6 months.

(3) For the purposes of subsection (1) negligence is the failure
to exercise such care or skill as a reasonable employee in the situation
would exercise.

23E. (1) A person commits an offence if he wilfully does or
omits to do anything in relation to the railway and the safety of any
person travelling or being upon the railway is thereby endangered,
or likely to be endangered.

(2) A person who commits an offence under subsection (1)
is liable to a fine of $5,000 and to imprisonment for 6 months.
(Part IVA Added, 58 of 1979, s. 4)

PART V

REGULATIONS AND BY-LAWS

24. (1) The Governor in Council may make regulations for
all or any of the following purposes-

(a) controlling and regulating-
(i) the maintenance and operation of the Mass Transit
Railway by the Corporation;
(ii) the work and conduct of employees of the Corpora-
tion;
(iii) the use of the railway by members of the public and
their conduct while on railway premises;

(b)providing for the safety of persons using or engaged in
work on the railway;

(c)generally for effectively carrying out of the provisions of
this Ordinance.

(2) Regulations made under subsection (1) may, in relation
to the investigation of accidents-

(a)confer powers upon inspectors to compel the giving of
information concerning accidents including power to
summon a person to attend before him for the purpose;
(b) make provision for the payment of persons so summoned;

(c)provide that failure to comply with a summons or require-
ment made by an inspector, or the obstruction of an
inspector, or the giving of false or misleading information





shall be an offence and prescribe penalties for such offences
not exceeding a fine of $5,000 and imprisonment for 6 months.
(Added, 58 of1979, s. 5)

25. (1) The Corporation may, under its common seal, make by-laws
not inconsistent with this Ordinance or regulations made under section
24 for all or any of the following purposes

(a)prescribing the terms and conditions relating to the use of its
railway services;

(b) controlling and regulating-

(i) the conduct of members of the public using the railway or
on railway premises;

(5) a system for evidencing (whether by the issue of tickets
or otherwise) the payment of fares on the railway and any
contract of carriage of passengers thereon;

(iii) advertising on railway premises;

(iv) the custody and disposal of property found on railway
premises;

(c)protecting the property of the Corporation on railway premises.

(2) All by-laws made under subsection (1) shall be subject to the
approval of the Legislative Council.

(3) The Corporation shall cause printed copies of all by-laws made
under subsection (1) to be kept at its principal office and to be available
for sale to any person at a reasonable cost.

26. Any regulations made under section 24 or by-laws made under
section 25 may

(a)provide that a contravention of specified provisions thereof
shall be an offence and may prescribe penalties therefor not
exceeding a fine of $5,000 and imprisonment for 6 months;

(b)confer authority upon employees of the Corporation on railway
premises to detain any person reasonably suspected of having
contravened this Ordinance and take such other steps as may
be provided for in the regulations or by-laws (as the case may
be) to ensure that such offenders are dealt with in accordance
with law.

27. Any regulations made under section 24 or by-laws made under
section 25 which provide that hawking on railway premises is an offence
may also provide that all or any part of sections 86,
86A, 86C and 86D of the Public Health and Urban Services Ordin-
ance shall apply as if such offence were a hawker offence within the
meaning of section 83 of that Ordinance.





PART VI

REPEAL AND TRANSITIONAL

28. The Mass Transit Railway Provisional Authority Ordinance
1974 is repealed.

29. (1) All property of whatever kind and whether movable
or immovable vested in or belonging to the Provisional Authority
immediately before the commencement date of this Ordinance is
as from such date transferred to and vested in the same interest
in the Corporation without any further assurance and the Corpora-
tion shall have all powers necessary to take possession of, recover
and obtain the benefit of such property.

(2) All obligations and liabilities of the Provisional Authority
immediately before the commencement date of this Ordinance are
as from such date the obligations and liabilities of the Corporation
and the Corporation shall have all necessary powers to discharge
the same.

(3) No stamp duty shall be payable in respect of any transfer
of property under this section.

30. (1) Without limiting the generality of section 29, every
agreement, whether in writing or not, to which the Provisional
Authority was a party immediately before the commencement date
of this Ordinance and whether or not of such a nature that the
rights and liabilities thereunder could be assigned shall have effect
as from such date as if-
(a) the Corporation had been party to such agreement; and

(b)for any reference, however worded and whether express or
implied, to the Provisional Authority there were substituted
in respect of anything to be done or omitted on or after
the commencement date of this Ordinance a reference to
the Corporation.

(2) Subsection (1)(b) shall also apply to any document, not
being an agreement, having therein references to the Provisional
Authority.

(3) The appointment of any employee of the Provisional
Authority subsisting immediately before the commencement date
of this Ordinance shall be deemed to be made by the Corporation
under this Ordinance and for the purpose of determining the right
to pension, gratuity or other benefits of such employee on the cessa-
tion of his service, there shall be no break in the continuity thereof
by reason only of the repeal effected by section 28.

(4) Where anything has been commenced by or under the
authority of the Provisional Authority before the commencement
date of this Ordinance such thing may be carried on and completed
by, or under the authority of the Corporation.





SCHEDULE [s. 21(2).]

PROVISIONS OF PUBLIC HEALTH AND URBAN
SERVICES
ORDINANCE DISAPPLIED

1. No remedy lies against the Corporation under section 127 in respect of a
nuisance described in section 12(1)(g).

2. Section 22 does not apply to anything done by or on behalf of the
Corporation in the course of constructing the railway.

3. Regulations made under section 29 or 35 as to the suitability, sufficiency or
mode of construction of latrines or latrine. accommodation, or the licensing
thereof, do not apply to the railway area or any premises therein.

4. Sections 30 and 36 do not apply to the railway area or any premises
therein.

5. Regulations made under section 88 do not apply to the railway area or any
premises therein.

6. Part IX and any regulations made under section 104 do not apply to any
sign or advertisement erected by or on behalf of the Corporation in the railway
area.
Originally 36 of 1975. 40 of 1979. 58 of 1979. L.N. 227/75. Short title. Interpretation. (14 of 1974.) Corporation established. Board of the Corporation. Proceedings of the Board. General powers of Corporation. Appointment of staff and advisers. Staff benefits. Documents of Corporation. Capital of Corporation. Power to borrow and to issue stock etc. Guarantee by Government. [*17.6.77.] Corporation to act on commercial principles. Reserve funds. Investment. Accounts. Audit and annual report. Initial debt to Government. (Cap. 276.) Corporation not servant or agent of Crown. Governor may obtain information. Governor in Council may give directions. Certain laws not to apply. (Cap. 99.) (Cap. 132.) Schedule. (Cap. 123.) (Cap. 228.) Avoidance of doubt. (Cap. 245.) Corporation may prosecute in its name. Appointment of inspectors. General powers of inspectors. Chief Secretary may order that defects be remedied. Offence of negligent act or omission by employee. Offence of wifully endangering safety. Regulations. By-laws. Further powers in relation to regulations and by-laws. Seizure and forfeiture of hawker's equipment and commodities. (Cap. 132.) Repeal. (14 of 1974.) Transfer of assets and liabilities. Other transitional provisions.

Abstract

Originally 36 of 1975. 40 of 1979. 58 of 1979. L.N. 227/75. Short title. Interpretation. (14 of 1974.) Corporation established. Board of the Corporation. Proceedings of the Board. General powers of Corporation. Appointment of staff and advisers. Staff benefits. Documents of Corporation. Capital of Corporation. Power to borrow and to issue stock etc. Guarantee by Government. [*17.6.77.] Corporation to act on commercial principles. Reserve funds. Investment. Accounts. Audit and annual report. Initial debt to Government. (Cap. 276.) Corporation not servant or agent of Crown. Governor may obtain information. Governor in Council may give directions. Certain laws not to apply. (Cap. 99.) (Cap. 132.) Schedule. (Cap. 123.) (Cap. 228.) Avoidance of doubt. (Cap. 245.) Corporation may prosecute in its name. Appointment of inspectors. General powers of inspectors. Chief Secretary may order that defects be remedied. Offence of negligent act or omission by employee. Offence of wifully endangering safety. Regulations. By-laws. Further powers in relation to regulations and by-laws. Seizure and forfeiture of hawker's equipment and commodities. (Cap. 132.) Repeal. (14 of 1974.) Transfer of assets and liabilities. Other transitional provisions.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3055

Edition

1964

Volume

v17

Subsequent Cap No.

270

Number of Pages

18
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:14:48 +0800
<![CDATA[TELEPHONE ORDINANCE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3054

Title

TELEPHONE ORDINANCE

Description






LAWS OF HONG KONG

TELEPHONE ORDINANCE

CHAPTER 269





CHAPTER 269

TELEPHONE ORDINANCE

ARRANGEMENT OF SECTIONS

Section..................................... Page
1. Short title ............................3
2. Interpretation .........................3
3. Continuance of telephone concession to company 3

4. Company to remain registered under Cap. 32, and British interest to be

maintained .............................4
4A.....................Governor may appoint additional director 4
5. (Repealed) .............................5
6. Power to execute works .................5
7. Minimum of damage to be done; compensation to be paid 5
8. Government to provide facilities .......5
9. Depth, course and position of works ....6
10.....................Marking of future underground apparatus 6
11...................Posts to be of approved design and material 6
12............Restriction on attachments to public buildings or to trees 6
13......Posts to bear distinguishing marks and reference plans to be supplied 6
14.................Pressure on circuits and apparatus to be limited 7
15....................Crossed services of others to be protected 7

16. Provisions as to completion and protection of works in public streets and

payment of costs of surfacing ..........7
17.............Restriction on company interfering with works of others 8

18. Company not to have claim against Government for disturbance of its works

by certain specified works .............8
19.......Company to be answerable for and indemnify Government against claims 8

20...........................Company to alter works on notice 1 9

21. Overhead lines to be placed in cables and overhead lines and cables to be

placed underground on notice ............. 9

22............Efficient service to be provided and works kept in repair 9

23. Company to afford facilities to Postmaster General for inspection, testing,

etc., of its works .............................................................. 10

24.........................Lines to be provided on request 10
25......Connection of company's telephone system with radio telephone service 10
26.........................Company's charges to subscribers 10
27............Payments for calls outside the company's telephone system 11

28. Revision......................of Schedule ..................................................................................
...... 11





Section..................................... Page
29........................Telephone services for Government
30.................Company to keep and allow inspection of accounts
31......................Company to permit inspection of works 12
32.........................Penalty for breach of section 24 12
33.............Penalty for breach by company of any of its obligations 12
34.......Power for Government to take over the undertaking in certain events 12
35.................Concession is not transferable and is exclusive 14
36..................Company to operate as if tenure were perpetual 15
37.....................................(Rep-led) 15
38....................Determination of amount of purchase money 15

39. Removal of works on expiration of concession in default of arrangement for

continuance or sale ...................15
40.............................Reference to arbitration 15
41............................Service of notices, etc . 16
42.......Declaration as to obligations, liabilities and limitation of rights 16
43.......................Power to make regulations and bylaws 17
44......................................Saving 17
Schedule......................Part I -Exchange Line Charges 17
Part 11 ---Chargesfor Interconnection of Public Mobile Radiotelephone
Service (PMRS) and Value Added Service (VAS) to the Public
Switched Telephone Network (PSTN) .....18
Part III -Telephone Apparatus, Extension and Leased Circuit Charges 19
Part IV -Special Apparatus ............21
-Miscellaneous Charges

Part V :..: 2'

Part VI -Telephone Call Charges ....14
Part VII -Obligatory Equipment and Services 25





CHAPTER 269

TELEPHONE

To consolidate and amend the law relating to the telephone service in the Colony.

[1 June 1951]

Originally 18 of 1951- G.N.A. 175 of 1952, G.N.A. 140 of 1953, G.N.A. 95 of 1954,13 of 1955,
G.N.A. 8 of 1956, G.N.A. 64 of 1957, G.N.A. 36 of 1962, L.N. 11 of 1964,2 of 1964, L.N.
66 of 1964, L.N. 117 of 1964, 7 of 1965, 34 of 1965, L.N. 13 of 1967, L.N. 72 of 1968,
L.N. 3 of 1974, 11 of 1975, L.N. 40 of 1975, L.N. 53 of 1975, L.N. 57 of 1975, 40 of 1976,
L.N. 16 of 1977, L.N. 130 of 1978, L.N. 190 of 1979, L.N. 37 of 1980, L.N. 125 of 1980,
L.N. 189 of 1980, L.N. 341 of 1980, L.N. 72 of 1981, L.N. 232 of 1981, L.N. 254 of 1981,
70 of 1981, L.N. 33 of 1982, L.N. 76 of 1982, L.N. 369 of 1982,80 of 1982, L.N. 257 of
1983, L.N. 272 of 1983, L.N. 404 of 1983, L.N. 49 of 1985, L.N. 208 of 1985, L.N. 226 of
1985, R. Ed. 1985, L.N. 94 of 1986, L.N. 127 of 1986, L.N. 254 of 1986, L.N. 199 of 1987,
L.N. 60 of 1988, L.N. 193 of 1988, L.N. 156 of 1989, L.N. 243 of 1989, L.N. 349 of 1989,
L.N. 393 of 1989,

1. Short title

This Ordinance may be cited as the Telephone Ordinance.

2. Interpretation

In this Ordinance, unless the context otherwise requires

'arbitrators' includes an umpire appointed by the arbitrators;

'company' means the Hong Kong Telephone Company Limited;

'concession' means the sole right to supply telephonic communication which is
conferred on the company by section 3; (Amended 40 of 1976s. 2)

'Director' means the Director of Highways or his duly authorized representative;
(AmendedL.N. 76 of 1982; L.N. 127 of 1986)

'Peak District' includes all that area in the Island of Hong Kong situate above the
700-feet contour and to the west of a line drawn in a north and south direction
through Middle or Cemetery Gap, including the hills known as Mount Cameron,
Mount Gough, Mount Kellett and Victoria Peak;

'subscriber' means subscriber to a telephone of the company;

'undertaking' includes all works, goods, trunk line apparatus and cables and
property of whatever nature belonging to the company.

3. Continuance of telephone concession to company

Notwithstanding anything done under the repealed section 37, the

company shall with effect from 1 July 1975 continue by virtue of this section to





have the sole right, subject to the provisions of this Ordinance, to supply and
operate public telephonic communication within Hong Kong, including trunk line
telephonic communication therein for communicating with places outside Hong
Kong (other than trunk line telephonic communication by means of submarine cables
from Hong Kong to places outside Hong Kong landed and operated by Cable and
Wireless (Hong Kong) Limited) for a term of 20 years commencing on the said 1 July.

(Replaced 40 of 1976s. 3. Amended 70 of 1981s. 2)

4. Company to remain registered under Cap. 32,

and British interest to he maintained

(1) The company shall remain registered under the Companies Ordinance (Cap.
32).

(2) The directors shall be bona fide resident in Hong Kong and the majority of
them shall be Commonwealth citizens. (Amended 80 of 1982 s. 2)

(3) The management and the administrative staff, or an etrective majority
thereof to the satisfaction of the Governor in Council, shall also be Commonwealth
citizens. (Amended 80 of 1982 s. 2)

(Replaced 13 of 1955 s. 2)

4A. Governor may appoint additional director

(1) The Governor may, notwithstanding any provision of the Companies
Ordinance (Cap. 32) or any other law or of any document, appoint not more than 2
persons to be additional directors of the company; and notwithstanding any such
provision as aforesaid, a person so appointed may not be removed from the board of
the company except by the Governor. (Amended 40 of 1976 s.4)

(2) A person so appointed to be an additional director of the company shall
represent the Government and for that purpose shall be entitled to participate at
meetings of the company and the board of the company, to have access to all
material concerning the affairs of the company which is available to any other
director and require such information with respect to the company's affairs as he may
specify to be furnished to him, and, without prejudice to the foregoing but subject to
subsection (3), any such person shall be treated for all purposes as if he had been
appointed at a general meeting of the company as a director thereof.

(3) No fee or other financial reward shall be paid by the company to a person
appointed to be an additional director of the company under this section in respect
of his performance of the functions of such a director.

(Added 11 of 1975 s. 2)





5. (Repealed 40 of 1976 s. 5)

6. Power to execute works

Subject to the consent in writing of the Director and subject also to the
restrictions and provisions hereinafter contained and to such further conditions
as the Director may in any particular case impose or prescribe, the company
may-
(a)place and maintain telephone lines and cables and ducts under
any public street and may alter or remove the same;
(b)place and maintain telephone lines and cables over, along or
across any public street and may place and maintain posts in or
upon any public street and may alter or remove the same;
(e) for the purposes aforesaid, open or break up any public street;
(d)place and maintain telephone lines and cables and posts under,
in, upon, over, along or across any unleased Crown land or any
estuary or branch of the sea or the shore or bed of any tidal
waters within the boundaries of the Colony (but so that the same
shall not hinder or interfere with navigation) and alter or remove
the same;
(e)place and maintain telephone lines and cables under, in, upon,
over, along or across railway tracks, tunnels and other railway
property belonging to the Government (but so that the same
shall not hinder or interfere with the railway traffic) and alter or
remove the same:
Provided that the company shall not be deemed to acquire any right other
than that of user only in the soil of any street or unleased Crown land or any
other place under, in, upon, over, along or across which the company places or
maintains any works.

7. Minimum of damage to be done;
compensation to he paid

In the exercise of the authority conferred under section 6 the company
shall do as little damage as may be, and shall make full and reasonable
compensation for all damage caused by reason of or in consequence of the
exercise of such authority.

8. Government to provide facilities

The Government agrees to provide to the company, at the company's
expense, sites, to be approved by the Governor in Council, for submarine cable
terminal houses at suitable points within the Colony and suitable sites, to be





approved by the Governor in Council, for the company's submarine cable storage
tanks. The Government shall also provide, free of cost to the company a suitable
reserve or suitable reserves in which vessels and craft may not anchor for submarine
cable of the company, such reserve or reserves to be approved by the Governor in
Council.

9. Depth, course and position of works

The depth, course and position at and in which any telephone lines, or cables,
posts, inspection pits or any other works are to be placed shall be determined by the
Director.

10. Marking of future underground apparatus

Every underground tube, casing, wire or cable of the company, hereafter placed
or laid or relaid by the company, shall be so marked by the company throughout its
course as to distinguish it from the tubes, casings, pipes, wires or cables of every
other person.

11. Posts to he of approved design and material

Every post of the company shall be of a pattern, design and material approved
by the Director,

12. Restriction on attachments to
public buildings or to trees

No wire, stay, bracket, insulator or other thing whatsoever shall be attached to
any Government building except with the previous consent in writing of the Director
of Architectural Services or to any tree except with the previous consent in writing
of the Forestry Officer, and the company shall not without the like consent of the
Forestry Officer lop, top or fell any tree or shrub. (Amended L.N. 76 of 1982; L.N. 94
of 1986)

13. Posts to bear distinguishing marks
and reference plans to he supplied

(1) The company shall paint or otherwise legibly mark a distinguishing mark on
all its posts, and shall at all times maintain the marks in a legible condition.

(2) The company shall maintain up to date plans of the areas of operation and
shall cause to be marked thereon the alignment of all its then existing lines, street
distributing boxes, posts and other works. The company shall if required by the
Director supply free of charge to the Director copies of such plans.





14. Pressure on circuits and apparatus to he limited

All circuits and apparatus shall be so arranged that there shall be no danger of
any part thereof becoming accidentally charged to any pressure beyond the limits of
pressure for which it is intended.

15. Crossed services of others to he protected

Whenever the company leads a telephone or aerial line across or in proximity to
any telephone or telegraph wire or aerial line belonging to any person the company
shall ensure that its telephone or aerial line is so protected as to guard against the
possibility of its coming into contact with the telephone or telegraph wire or aerial
line of any such person.

16. Provisions as to completion and protection of works

in public streets and payment of costs of surfacing

After the company has opened or broken up any public street it shall be under
the following further obligations

(a)it shall with all convenient speed complete the work on account of
which it has opened or broken up the same, and fill in the ground and
remove all rubbish occasioned by its work;

(b)the surface of such street shall be made good by the Director and the
company shall pay on demand to the Director of Accounting
Services such sum as the Director may certify to be the cost of such
making good;

(c)it shall in the meantime cause the place where such street is opened
or broken up to be fenced and watched and to be properly lighted at
night;

(d)it shall pay to the Director of Accounting Services any such sum as
may be certified by the Director to be the reasonable cost of keeping
such portion of the street in repair for 6 months after the same is
restored so far as such cost may be applicable to and increased by
the opening or breaking up:

Provided that, if the company fails, within such period as the Director considers
reasonable in the circumstances, to complete the work on account whereof it has
opened or broken up such street and to fill in the ground, it shall be lawful for the
Director, forthwith and without notice to the company, to fill in the ground and
remove all rubbish, and the cost as certified by the Director of any work executed by
the Director under the terms of this proviso shall be paid by the company on
demand to the Director of Accounting Services. (AmendedL.N. 16 of 1977)





17. Restriction on company interfering

with works of others

When the company opens or breaks up any street it shall not remove, displace
or interfere with any gas or water pipe or main or any drain or sewer or any tube,
casing, wire or cable for the carriage of electrical current except with the previous
consent of the owner thereof..

Provided that when any such owner refuses to give any such consent as
aforesaid, it shall be lawful for the company to appeal from such refusal to the
Director, who shall, if he considers such refusal to have been unreasonable, give a
certificate under his hand to the company to that efrect, and upon receipt of such
certificate it shall be lawful for the company to act in every respect as if the consent
of such owner had been previously obtained.

18. Company not to have claim against Government for

disturbance of its works by certain specified works

The company shall not have any claim in damages or otherwise against the
Government in respect of any disturbance or interruption of any part of the
company's undertaking, lines or works occasioned by any works on or excavation or
disturbance of streets or lands which the Governor in Council may think it necessary
or desirable to make for the purpose of altering the level of any lands or the gradient
or level of or repairing or constructing any street, path or land or laying or renewing
drain pipes or sewers, gas or water pipes or mains or any tube, casing, wire or cable
for the carriage of electrical current or inspecting the same or for any other lawful
purpose, whether of a like nature to the purposes aforesaid or not, or in respect of
any disturbance or interruption occasioned by any person using or making any
works upon or excavation or disturbance of any streets or lands.

19. Company to be answerable for and indemnify

Government against claims

The company shall be answerable for and shall indemnify the Government
against all claims on account of accident, damage or injury to property or to any
person arising through its act, neglect or default, or through the act, neglect or
default of its servants or of any contractor employed by it, or through or in
consequence of any of the company's works under the concession, or through the
construction, maintenance, repair or operation of the company's telephone system,
or through the downfall of wires, cables, insulators, brackets, posts or any part of its
lines by reason of storm (if the damage caused by such storm is due to the
company's negligence) or any other cause of whatever nature or through the
company's system interfering with, injuring or impairing the efficiency of the
undertaking of any other person.





20. Company to alter works on notice

The company shall, within a reasonable time after receipt of notice in writing
from the Director, at the sole cost and charge of the company and in such manner as
the Director shall prescribe

(a)alter the course, depth and position or the mode of attachment of any
of the company's lines or cables and the position of any post or
inspection pit or other works of the company: save that the company
shall not be required to alter its ducts or main cables unless in the
opinion of the Governor in Council such alteration is necessary;

(b)where any such work as aforesaid necessitates the opening or
breaking up of any street, make good the surface thereof.

21. Overhead lines to he placed in cables and overhead lines

and cables to he placed underground on notice

The Director may, by notice in writing to the company, require that all or any
overhead lines shall be placed in cables and that all or any overhead lines or cables
shall be placed underground, and upon receipt of notice in that behalf the company
shall, at its own cost and charges, within a reasonable period not exceeding 2 years
from the date of such notice, carry out the works required by such notice:

Provided that the company shall only be required to place its lines underground
in those parts of its system in which 20 or more wires can in the opinion of the
Director be conveniently grouped together, and the opinion of the Director in this
respect shall be conclusive and binding on the company.

22. Efficient service to he provided

and works kept in repair

The company shall maintain and operate the public telephone service in the
Colony. The company shall also at all times during the continuance of the
concession provide and maintain to the satisfaction of the Postmaster General a
good, efficient and continuous service of public telephonic communication with
modem appliances including all reasonable modern inventions. The company shall
likewise provide buildings for its plant and offices, and shall keep in a good and
sufficient state of repair all lines, cables, posts, attachments, plant and appliances
necessary for the provision and maintenance of such service. The company shall
provide, equip and operate to the satisfaction of the Governor in Council in locations
suitable for the purpose, telephone exchange capable of expansion to meet the
requirements of the Colony.

(Amended 13 of 1955 s. 4)





23. Company to, afford facilities to Postmaster General
for inspection, testing, etc., of its works

The company shall afford to the Postmaster General all facilities for
inspection and testing of its works and for the reading, testing and inspection of
its testing instruments, and may, on each such occasion be represented by its
agent who may be present but shall not interfere with the reading, testing or
inspection:
Provided that the company shall not be held responsible for any
interruption of or irregularity in the telephone service which may be occasioned
by or required by the Postmaster General for the purpose of any such testing as
aforesaid.

24. Lines to he provided on request

The company shall, within a reasonable time after the receipt of a request
in writing in that behalf from any person, and upon the payment in advance, if
demanded, of the company's usual charges and of any other moneys due under
this Ordinance from such person to the company, and the signature, if required,
of the company's usual form of agreement for an exchange line, install a
telephone in such building within the Colony as the requesting party may
require, and shall connect the same with the nearest exchange and accord to the
requesting person a good and continuous telephone service for so long as that
person continues to pay the company's usual charges on the due date:
Provided that the company may in its discretion withdraw its service from
any subscriber who has been convicted of any offence involving misuse of the
telephone service provided to him by the company under this Ordinance.

25. Connection of company's telephone
system with radio telephone service

The company shall, whenever so requested by the Government, permit its
telephone system to be connected to the radio telephone service operated by
Cable and Wireless (Hong Kong) Limited, to any place outside the Colony,
upon such terms as the Governor in Council, after discussion with the
company, may approve.
(Amended 70 of 1981 s. 3)

26. Company's charges to subscribers

(1) The company shall be entitled to charge its subscribers charges not
exceeding those specified in the Schedule.
(2) The Schedule may be amended for the purposes of subsection (1) by
resolution of the Legislative Council. (Replaced 2 of 1964 s. 2)





27. Payments for calls outside the

company's telephone system

The company may refuse to permit any person to make any call through its
telephone system to any place outside the Colony or to any ship by way of a service
operated by Cable and Wireless (Hong Kong) Limited unless such person shall have
satisfied the reasonable requirements of the company in regard to security for the
due charges in respect of such calls.

(Replaced 34 of 1965 s. 3. Amended 70 of 1981 s. 4)

28. Revision of Schedule

(1) It shall be lawful for the company from time to time to require from the
Government the revision of the charges specified in the Schedule. Three months'
previous notice in writing of such requirement shall be given by the company to the
Government and thereupon, and in default of agreement between the parties with
regard to such revision, the matter shall be referred to arbitration.

(2) If the arbitrators are of opinion and find accordingly that the gross annual
revenue of the company is insufficient to make provision for the maintenance of an
efficient service and for the payment for the time being of a dividend of 8% per
annum on the paid-up capital for the time being of the company, the Government
shall propose amendment of charges in manner provided by section 26 in accordance
with such finding.

29. Telephone services for Government

The company shall provide the Government with any telephone service that
may be required.

(Replaced 2 of 1964 s. 3. Amended 7 of 1965 s. 4)

30. Company to keep and allow inspection of accounts

(1) The company shall keep true and particular accounts of and concerning all
matters connected with the concession and shall, on 1 March in every year deliver to
the Director of Accounting Services a statement in writing showing the number of
subscribers connected with each exchange and the number of persons who have
requested to be supplied with lines during the company's preceding financial year
and also the names and addresses of all persons who have requested to be supplied
with lines during the second 6 months thereof and with whose request the company
has not complied. The company shall permit the Director of Accounting Services to
inspect and take copies of or extracts from the books of account, receipts, papers
and documents in the possession or under the control of the company and relating
wholly or in part to the subject-matter of thisOrdinance. (AmendedL.N. 16 of 1977)





(2) The company shall cause all its books of account to be kept in Hong Kong
at its registered office.

(Amended 13 of 1955 s. 7)

31. Company to permit inspection of works

The company shall at all times during the continuance of the concession permit
the Postmaster General or his agent authorized in writing in that behalf to enter the
premises of the company at all reasonable times and to inspect and take account of
all plant, fittings, apparatus or other material thereon, and shall upon written demand
furnish to the Postmaster General all such particulars, information and accounts
relative to the conduct of the company's business and such other evidence as he
may require of the due performance by the company of its obligations under this
Ordinance.

32. Penalty for breach of section 24

If upon any reference to arbitration it is held that the company has committed
any breach of section 24, the arbitrators shall require the company to pay to the
Director of Accounting Services such sum as the Governor in Council thinks fit not
exceeding 5100 for every such breach and such further sum as the Governor in
Council thinks fit not exceeding $20 for every month during which such breach
continues after due notice thereof has been given by the Government to the
company.

(AmendedL.N. 16 of 1977)

33. Penalty for breach by company
of any of its obligations

In the event of any breach by the company of any of its obligations under this
Ordinance or under any regulation made thereunder, other than any such breach as
is referred to in section 24, the company shall, without prejudice to the provisions of
section 34, forfeit to the Government a penalty, payable to the Director of
Accounting Services, of 5100 per day for every day during which such breach
continues after the company has received from the Postmaster General notice of any
such breach and has in the opinion of the Governor in Council had a reasonable
opportunity of remedying the same.

(AmendedL.N. 16 of 1977)

34. Power for Government to take over
the undertaking in certain events

(1) If the company--

(a)fails or neglects to execute and do all such assurances and things as
are necessary for performing its obligations under this Ordinance;





(b)goes into liquidation (otherwise than for the purpose of
reconstruction);

(c) ceases to carry on business; or

(d)sells its undertaking or any part thereof or assigns the benefit of the
concession without the consent in writing of the Governor in Council
or if upon any reference the arbitrators find

(i) that the system of the company has ceased to be in regular
operation for 31 consecutive days (except where such
cessation has in the opinion of the Governor in Council been
caused by stress of weather or any other cause whatsoever
beyond the company's control); or

(ii) that the company has neglected to provide and maintain an
efficient and continuous service of public telephonic
communication (and in particular has neglected to comply with
the provisions of section 22),

then and in any such event the Government shall issue a notice in writing calling
upon the company to show cause why the concession should not be cancelled
forthwith. The company shall on receipt of such notice satisfy the Governor in
Council that it will rectify the default or neglect, failing which the concession may be
cancelled by the Governor in Council. (Amended 13 of 1955 s. 6)

(2) Upon such cancellation the rights, powers, benefit and privileges of the
company under this Ordinance shall cease and determine forthwith and it shall be
lawful but not obligatory for the Government (without prejudice to any remedy
against the company for failure to comply with any of the provisions of this
Ordinance or of any regulation made thereunder) at any time within 3 months after
the service of such notice either

(a)by notice in writing to require the company to remove forthwith all
works of a like nature to those specified in section 6 (with which
notice the company shall comply as soon as reasonably may be); or

(b)on notice in writing to the company in that behalf immediately to take
over and purchase from the company the undertaking of the
company.

(3) If the Government elects to take over and purchase the company's
undertaking the company shall be deemed to have sold such undertaking to the
Government on the date upon which the Government gives notice of its intention to
take over and purchase the same, and it shall be lawful for the Government forthwith
to enter in and upon the premises of the company wheresoever situate and to
exercise all acts of ownership over all exchanges, plant, apparatus, lines and cables
and all other property of the company of whatsoever nature including any
contractual rights or obligations and all books of account or other documents used
by the company in its undertaking.





(4) Upon any such taking over and purchase and at all times thereafter
the company shall on demand execute and do all such assurances and things as
may be reasonably required by the Government for assuring and vesting the
undertaking in the Government or as it may direct.
(5) The undertaking so taken over as aforesaid shall as soon as
reasonably possible be paid for by the Government in accordance with the then
condition and value thereof,
(6) Upon any such taking over the Government shall not be compelled to
purchase any plant, apparatus, machinery or any other property whatsoever of
the company which is then obsolete or unserviceable.
(7) Upon any such taking over nothing shall be paid for or allowed in
respect of the goodwill of the company's undertaking or for any loss of
estimated profits resultant on such taking over, or for any profits whatever
except up to and including the date of such taking over.
(8) The Government shall pay to the company interest at the rate of 8 per
cent per annum upon the amount of the purchase money from the date of
taking over until the date of payment.

35. Concession is not transferable and is exclusive

The concession is personal to the company, and the company shall not,
without the previous written consent of the Governor in Council, assign,
transfer, mortgage, charge, lease or otherwise dispose of the concession or the
benefit thereof or of any part thereof or of its undertaking or any part thereof
to any other person or grant any sub-licence in respect of the concession; and
the Government shall not during the continuance of the concession permit
any person other than the company to place or maintain telephone lines or
telephone wires or cables within the Colony or the waters thereof, except in the
case of the following telephone lines, namely-
(a)all telephone lines whatsoever which were bona fide in operation
on 26 June 1925;
(b)such telephone lines as may be constructed or maintained by
the Government or by Her Majesty's Government in the United
Kingdom;
(c)telephone lines constructed or maintained by Cable and Wireless
(Hong Kong) Limited, in accordance with its agreement with or
any licence from the Government or Her Majesty's Government
in the United Kingdom or any modification or renewal thereof;
and (Amended 70 of 1981 s. 5)
(d)such telephone lines as may be installed and maintained by any
person solely for the private use of such person in his business:
Provided that it shall be lawful for the Governor in Council or such person
as he may authorize in that behalf, at any time during the 5 years preceding the





termination of this concession, to execute and do any works of a like nature to
those specified in section 6 and any other works which the Governor in Council
may think necessary or desirable for the purpose of continuing the supply of
public telephonic communication after the termination of the concession.

36. Company to operate as if tenure were perpetual

The company shall during the whole term of the concession carry on its
operations and use every endeavour to develop its system as though the
concession were perpetual.

37. (Repealed 40 of 1976s. 6)

38. Determination of amount of purchase money

Upon any taking over and purchase of the company's undertaking by the
Government the price to be paid by the Government shall be determined by
arbitration if the same cannot be agreed upon by the parties, and due regard
shall be had to and allowance made for the then value of land and buildings
and to the then condition and value of plant, apparatus and material, and
compensation shall be allowed to the company in respect of spare plant
provided for the reasonably anticipated future requirements of the undertaking.

39.Removal of works on expiration of concession in
default of arrangement for continuance or sale

If upon the expiration of the concession no arrangements are made for the
continuance of supply by the company or if the Government does not elect
to take over and purchase the company's undertaking under the foregoing
provisions in that behalf, the Government may, on the expiration of the
concession, require the company to remove and the company shall as soon as
reasonably may be, and at its own cost, remove all works erected or made
by the company in pursuance of this Ordinance, and the company shall
immediately upon such removal make good all damage which may be done in
effecting such removal and make full compensation for all damage done in like
manner as if such damage had been done in the exercise of the authority
contained in section 6.

40. Reference to arbitration

Any claim under any of the provisions of this Ordinance other than section
33 by the Government or by any person against any person or the Government
in respect of any matter arising out of this Ordinance or any regulation made





thereunder, and any dispute, difference, doubt or question which may arise
touching the carrying out or the construction of any of the provisions of this
Ordinance or of any such regulation or as to any matter in any way connected
with or arising out of this Ordinance or of any such regulation or the operation
thereof or the obligations, rights, duties or liabilities of the Government or of
any person in connection with or arising out of the same, shall be referred to
arbitration in accordance with the provisions of the Arbitration Ordinance
(Cap. 341) in the same way as if all the parties concerned in any such claim,
dispute, difference, doubt or question had entered into a written agreement
with one another to submit the same to the arbitration of 2 arbitrators in the
Colony.

41. Service of notices, etc.
Any notice, direction, request or order, required or authorized by this
Ordinance to be given to the company, may be served by prepaid registered
letter sent through the post to the last known place of business of the company
in the Colony, and the same shall operate and be deemed to have been served at
the expiration of 24 hours from the time of being put into the Post Office, and
proof that the letter was properly addressed, registered and posted shall be
sufficient evidence of service.

42. Declaration as to obligations, liabilities
and limitation of rights

(1) Nothing in this Ordinance shall relieve the company or any other
person claiming any right thereunder from being subject to any restrictions,
regulations, provisions or penalties which may hereafter be made or imposed by
any Act made applicable to the Colony or any Ordinance, regulations or bylaws
for the time being in force in the Colony, and the company shall conform to the
technical standards and methods prescribed by the General Post Office of the
United Kingdom in relation to the construction of aerial lines on roads and
railways, the construction of underground telegraph and telephone lines and
maintenance testing, so far as the same may be capable of being applied to local
conditions, and so far as the same are not contrary to the provisions of this
Ordinance, as if the same had been incorporated in and had formed part of this
Ordinance.
(2) Nothing in this Ordinance shall be deemed to make it obligatory for
the Government to take over or purchase any portion of the undertaking of the
company situate outside the Colony.
(3) Nothing in this Ordinance shall be construed as a grant by the
Government to the company of any right, interest, benefit, privilege or
franchise outside the Colony, or as entitling the company to make any claim





whatsoever against the Government in respect of any part of its undertaking outside
the Colony.

43. Power to make regulations and bylaws

(1) The Governor in Council may by regulation provide for the carrying out of
the provisions of this Ordinance.

(2) The company may subject to the approval of the Governor in Council make
bylaws for the carrying out of this Ordinance.

(3) Bylaws made under subsection (2) may declare a breach of any such bylaw
to be an offence and may prescribe penalties therefor:

Provided that no penalty so prescribed shall exceed a fine of $1,000.

44. Saving

Nothing in this Ordinance shall affect or be deemed to affect the rights of Her
Majesty the Queen, Her Heirs or Successors, or the rights of any body politic or
corporate or of any other persons except such as are mentioned in this Ordinance
and those claiming by, from or under them.

SCHEDULE [s. 26]

PART I

EXCHANGE LINE
CHARGES

Item Particulars of Charge Amount of Charge

1 . For an exchange line used for business purposes-
(a) exclusive service (AmendedL.N. 156 of 1989) $840 per annum
(b) two party service $564 per annum
2. For an exchange line in a bona fide place of
residence-
(a) ' exclusive service (AmendedL.N. 156 of 1989) $576 per annum
(b) two party service $348 per annum
3. For a 'Hunting' exchange line (Amended L.N. 156
of 1989) $1,080 per annum
4. For a 'Direct Dialling In' exchange line (Amended
L.N. 156 of 1989) $2,880 per annum
5. Associated charges for items 1, 2, 3 and 4- (a) connection $600
(b) removal within the same building (Amended
L.N. 156 of 1989) $275
(e) removal to a different building





Item Particulars of Charge Amount of Charge

6.For a temporary exchange line with standard
telephone to a ship by landline-

(a) connection $600

(b) rental for the period between connection and
recovery $62 per day
7. For a 'Centrex' exchange line- (Added L.N. 193
of 1988)
(a) connection-
(i) for the first 20 lines$600 per line
(ii) for the next 180 lines5450 per line
(iii) for additional lines$300 per line

(b) rental- (AmendedL.N. 156 of 1989)

(i) for the first 20 lines $1,308 per line
per annum
(ii) for the next 30 lines $1,188 per line
per annum
(iii) for the next 150 lines $1,068 per line
per annum
(iv) for additional lines $888 per line
per annum
(c) removal within the same building (Amended
L.N. 156 of 1989) $275 per line
(d) removal to a different building- (Added L.N.
156 of 1989)
(i) for the first 20 lines $600 per line
(ii) for the next 180 lines $450 per line
(iii) for additional lines $300 per line

excluding the provision of a standard telephone.

PARTII

CHARGES FOR INTERCONNECTION OF PUBLIC MOBILE
RADIOTELEPHONE
SERVICE (PMRS) AND VALUE ADDED SERIVCE (VAS) To THE
PUBLIC SWITHCED TELEPHONE NETWORK (PSTN)

(See Note 1)

Item Particulars of Charge Amount of Charge

1 . (a) For an interconnection line between PMRS and
PSTN (AmendedL.N. 349 of 1989)$69 per month
(see Note 2)
(b) For an interconnection line between VAS and
PSTN (Amended L.N. 349 of 1989)$69 per month
(see Note 3)
2. Associated charges for item 1-
(a) connection of an interconnection line $600
(see Notes 2 and 3)
(b) removal of an interconnection fine within the
same building (AmendedL.N. 156 of 1989) $275
(see Notes 2 and 3)
(c) removal of an interconnection line to a different
building $600
(see Notes 2 and 3)





Item Particulars of Charge Amount of Charge

3. (a) For usage of an interconnection line between

PMRS and PSTN (Amended L.N. 349 of

1989) 9 cents per minute subject to
Notes 2 and 4

(b) For usage of an interconnection line between
VAS and PSTN (AmendedL.N. 349 of 1989)9 cents per minute subject to

Notes 3 and 4
Note: 1.Value Added Service includes public services such as direct-dialling-in radio paging,
viewdata, facsimile, electronic mail-box, voice mail-box and other public non-
exclusive telecommunications services licensed under the Telecommunication
Ordinance (Cap. 106).

2. All charges are raised against the provider of PMRS and not customers of PMRS

3. All charges are raised against the provider of vas and not customers of VAS

4.In item 3, the usage charge is calculated monthly on the accumulated number of
minutes for which the interconnection line is used, rounded up to the nearest minute.

(Part II replaced L.N. 226 of 1985)

PART III

TELEPHONE APPARATUS, EXTENSIION AND LEASED CIRCUIT CHARGES

Item Particulars of Charge Amount of Charge
1 . For a standard telephone instrument (Amended
L.N. 60 of 1988; L.N. 156 of 1989)$72 per annum
(see Note 1)
2. For a coin box private payphone- (Replaced L.N.
60 of 1988)
(a) rental (AmendedL.N. 156 of 1989) $2,640 per annum
(see Note 1)
(b) for each call 50 per cent of the call
charge
collected
(see Note 3)
3. For an internal extension within the same curtilage as
the PABX which was in existence before 1 July 1983
(see Note 2)--
(a) circuit only with socket or terminal block $72 per annum
(b) connection or removal (Amended L.N. 156 of
1989) $275
4. For an external extension routed between a building
and a telephone exchange-
(a) rental, per 2 wire circuit presentation $552 per annum
(b) connection or removal to a difrerent building
(AmendedL.N. 156 of 1989) $600
(c) removal within the same building (Amended
L.N. 156 of 1989) $275
5. For an external extension between 2 telephone
exchanges, per 2 wire circuit presentation (inclusive
of any line conditioning equipment)---
(a) not exceeding a radial distance of 2 km 5840 per annum
(b) for each additional 500 radial metres or part
thereof 5276 per annum





item Particulars of Charge Amount of Charge
6.For an external extension automatic relay set in an

exchange-
(a) rental $156 per annum
(b) connection $140

7.For a leased circuit within the same curtilage-
(a) circuit only with socket or terminal block $120 per annum
(b) connection or removal (Amended L.N. 156 of
1989) $275
8.For a leased circuit routed between a building and a
telephone exchange-
(a) rental-
(i) category 1 $552 per annum
(ii) category 2 $552 per annum
(iii) category 3 $1,104 per annum
(iv) category 4 $1,104 per annum
(v) category 5 $1,104 per annum
(vi) category 6 $20,400 per annum
(vii) category 7- (1) not exceeding a
radial distance of 1 km $26,400 per annum
(2) each additional 500 radial metres or
part thereof $6,600 per annum
(b) connection or removal to a difrerent building-
(AmendedL.N. 156 of 1989)
(i) category 1 $600
(ii) category 2 $600
(iii) category 3 $600
(iv) category 4 $600
(v) category 5 $600
(vi) category 6 $1,500
(vii) category 7 $2,200
(e) removal within the same building- (Amended
L.N. 156 of 1989)
(i) category 1 $275
(ii) category 2 $275
(iii) category 3 $275
(iv) category 4 $275
(v) category 5 $275
(vi) category 6 $700
(vii) category 7 $1,540
9.For a leased circuit between 2 telephone exchanges
(inclusive of any line conditioning equipment) not
exceeding a radial distance of 2 km-
(i) category 1 $840 per annum
(ii) category 2 $840 per annum
(iii) category 3 $1,740 per annum
(iv) category 4 $1,800 per annum
(v) category 5 $3,600 per annum
(vi) category 6 $7,800 per annum
(vii) category 7 $10,560 per annum
10.For each additional 500 radial metres or part thereof
between 2 telephone exchanges (inclusive of any line
conditioning equipment)- (i) category 1
$216 per annum
(ii) category 2 $276 per annum
(iii) category 3 $552 per annum





Item Particulars of Charge Amount of Charge

(iv) category 4 $564 per annum
(v) category 5 $900 per annum
(vi) category 6 $960 per annum
(vii) category 7 $1,320 per annum

11. For a leased circuit automatic relay set in an

exchange-
(a) rental $156 per annum
(b) connection $140
Note: 1.In items 1 and 2 a connection fee of $140 will be charged if no other connection or
removal fee is charged for associated work carried out at the same time.

2.Any other PABX work performed by the company would be subject to mutual
agreement between the company and the customer.

PARTIV

SPECIAL
APPARATUS

Item Particulars of Charge Amount of Charge

Annual Connection
Charge or Removal
1 . For Line Conditioning Equipment-
(a) 2 wire repeater $2,460 52,100
(b) 2 wire to 4 wire terminating unit 54,440 $3,140
(c) loop extender 51,800 $1,390
(d) signalling relayset for a central battery circuit
routed over a PCM link $4,200 $2,040
(e) signalling relayset for an out of area exchange
line of PBX external extension $4,200 $2,040
(f) termination relayset for a central battery circuit
routed over a 4-wire physical cable circuit $7,560 $2,590
(g) termination relayset for an out of area exchange
line or PBX external extension routed over a
4-wire physical cable circuit $7,560 $2,590
(h) amplifier/negative impedance repeater/ampli- tude equaliserldelay and
amplitude equaliser (see Note 1) (see Note 1)
2. For Audio Broadcast panel-
(a) connection (stock exchange type) - (see Note
1)
(b) connection to the output circuit $84 (see Note 1)
3. For a Ringing Supply circuit-
(a) using eliminator $132 (see Note 2)
(b) from public exchange (subject to prior agree-
ment with the company) $660 (see Note 2)
4. For a Power Supply circuit-
(a) using eliminator $132 (see Note 2)
(b) from public exchange (subject to prior agree-
ment with the company) $660 (see Note 2)
(c) standby equipment (see Note 1) (see Note 1)
5. For Branching panel- $1,320 5440
Note: 1.In items 1(h), 2(a), 2(b) and 4(c) a charge calculated in accordance with a costing
formula agreed from time to time by the Postmaster General.

2.In items 3(a), 3(b), 4(a) and 4(b) a connection fee of $140 will be charged if no other
connection or removal fee of associated work carried out at the same time.





PART V

MISCELLANEOUS
CHARGES

Item Particulars of Charge Amount of Charge
1 For a Private Automatic Branch Exchange (PABX)
owned by a subscriber and in existence before 1 July
1983 (see Note 3)--
(a) connection and removals (see Note 1)
(b) maintenance per installed extension for-
(Amended L.N. 156 of 1989)
(i) strowger equipment $180 per annum
(ii) cross bar equipment $180 per annum
(iii) semi-electronic $180 per annum
(iv) electronic-analogue equipment $180 per annum
(v) electronic-digital equipment $288 per annum
(vi) other types of equipment $180 per annum
(c) minor work $11 per item
(see Note 2)
2. For connection or disconnection of privately owned
apparatus $70 per item
3. Evaluation of privately owned apparatus-
(a) connected to PSTN or PABX- (i) for ordinary
telephone $2,500
(ii) for feature telephone (with hands-free
and/or autodialling 54,000
(iii) for feature equipment, alarm system,
answering and recording machine and
autodialler $5,000
(iv) for modem and facsimile equipment $5,000
(v) for other items (see Note 1)
(b) connected to leased circuit-
(i) for modem and facsimile equipment 54,500
(ii) for other items (see Note 1)
4. (a) For changing a telephone instrument or socket
at subscriber's premises at request of subscriber
(Replaced L.N. 156 of 1989) $140
(b) For each additional telephone changed at the
same time (Replaced L.N. 156 of1989) $50
(c) For changing a telephone instrument at request
of subscriber (changed instrument to be
collected by subscriber) (Added L.N. 156 of
1989) $50
5. For changing a telephone number at request of
subscriber (AmendedL.N. 156 of 1989) 5240 per number
6. For changed telephone number interception service
(first month free of charge), subject to prior
agreement with the company $135 per month per number
7. For registration of a change of name for an existing
subscriber or user $110 per number
8. For registration of a difrerent subscriber for an
existing installation $110 per number





Item Particulars of Charge Amount of Charge
9. For any combination of registration, number
change, etc. $600 per number maximum
10. For reconnecting a service disconnected for
non-payment of charges $110 per number
11. Administration charge for work undertaken but
subsequently cancelled at request of subscriber $110 per number
12. For Change of Billing Telephone Number $25 per change
13. For a telephone pole, when provided for services
other than a permanent exchange line service $330 per pole
14. For connection device for privately owned apparatus $36 per annum
(see Note 2)
15. For message waiting, internal wiring only $24 per annum
(see Note 2)
16. Surcharge for work undertaken outside normal
operating hours at request of subscriber. For each
item of work which attracts a standard charge of-
(a) up to $500 $35
(b) $501 to $600 $55
(e) $601 or more (see Note 1)
17. For a service at a subscriber's request which is not
otherwise provided for in this Schedule (see Note 1)
18. For an abortive visit due to mis-reporting of line
fault when terminated on equipment not supplied by
the company---
(a) berween 8 a.m. and 5 p.m. on weekdays or
between 8 a.m. and 12.30 p.m. on Saturdays $125 per visit
(b) outside the hours mentioned in paragraph (a) $245 per visit
19. For an ex-directory unlisted telephone number-
(a) where the telephone number is in addition to a
listed number in the same name at the same
address Free of charge
(b) where there is no additional telephone number
listed in the same name at the same address
(minimum period 12 months)- (i) registration
$100
(ii) service $144 per annum
20. For each additional entry in small type in either
the English or Chinese section of the Telephone
Directory (minimum period 12 months)-
(a) registration $100
(b) service $144 per annum
21. For change of entry in either the English or Chinese
section of the Telephone Directory at the request of
subscriber which does not involve a change in
registration (pay on receipt of request) $100 per entry
22. For each additional copy of the Telephone Directory
in excess of free allowance $30 per volume





Item Particulars of Charge Amount of Charge
23. (a) For an interconnection line between subscriber's

message recording equipment and the public
switched telephone network $2,880 per annum
(see Note 4)
(b) Other charges for an interconnection line-
(i) connection $600
(see Note 4)
(ii) removal within the same building $275
(see Note 4)
(iii) removal to a difrerent building $600
(see Note 4)
(e) For usage of an interconnection line (Added
L.N. 393 of 1989) $1 per minute
(see Note 4)
Note: 1. In items 1(a), 3(a)(v), 3(b)(ii), 16(c) and 17 a charge calculated in accordance
with a
costing formula agreed from time to time by the Postmaster General.
2. In items 1(c) 14 and 15, a connection fee of $140 will be charged if no other
connection or removal fee of associated work carried out at the same time.
3. Any other work performed by the company would be subject to mutual
agreement between the company and the customer.
4. Charges are payable by the subscriber to the Infoline service who has connected
message recording equipment to the interconnection line for the provision of an
information retrieval service. (Added L.N. 393 of1989)

PART VI
TELEPHONE CALL 3(a)(v
Item Particulars of Charge Amount of Charge
1 3(a)(v Local call from a public pahphone $1 per call
2. International telephone call Such charges as are
contained in the terms
referred to in section 25 of
the Ordinance
3. Local operator assisted conference call $11 per party per 15 minutes
or part thereof
4. International operator assisted conference call-
(a) Originating party $33 per conference call
(b) Party in another country Person to person
international call charge
(c) Distant administration's connection charge Charge as set by that
administration
(d) Additional parties in Hong Kong $11 per party per conference
call
5. For international toll free calls from outside Hong
Kong- (Added L.N. 199 of1987)
(a) Registration $2,000
(b) Service $9,000 per annum
(c) International telephone call Such charges as are
contained in the terms
referred to in section 25 of
the Ordinance





PART VII

OBLIGATORY EQUIPEMENT AND SERVICES

Item Particulars of Charge Amount of Charge

1 . For internal extension wiring-
(a) connected to a single exchange line with socket
or terminal block (Amended L.N. 156 of 1989) Free of charge
(b) connected to the Private Manual Branch
Exchange (PMBX) switchboard with socket or
terminal block $72 per annum
(c) connection or removal (Amended L.N. 156 of
1989) $275
2. For a 1 + 3 switching equipment (all colours)---
(a) with battery eliminator (Amended L.N. 156 of
1989) $264 per annum
(b) with battery $396 per annum
(c) connection or removal (see Note 2)
3. For Starline Services-
(a) rental for features including: abbreviated
dialling, additional abbreviated dialling, do-
not-disturb, appointment service, IDD barring,
call waiting, call-forwarding- (Replaced L.N.
254 of 1986)
(i) any 1 feature $108 per annum
(ii) any 2 features $168 per annum
(iii) any 3 features $228 per annum
(iv) any 4 features $276 per annum
(v) any 5 features $312 per annum
(vi) any 6 features $348 per annum
(vii) any 7 features $384 per annum

(viii) connection or change of features

(AmendedL.N. 156 of 1989)Free of charge
(b) (i) rental for conference (3-way) calling $108 per annum
(ii) connection or change of features (see Note 3)
4. For Private Manual Branch Exchanges (PMBX's)
and associated equipment-
(a) PMBX (5+20) switchboard-
(i) rental (AmendedL.N. 156 of 1989)$1,560 per annum
(H) connection or removal to a different
building $2,200
(iii) removal within the same building of
switchboard only $550
(iv) removal within the same building of
associated apparatus $660
(b) PMBX (10+30) switchboard-
(i) rental (AmendedL.N. 156 of 1989)$2,880 per annum
(ii) connection or removal to a different
building $4,180
(iii) removal within the same building of
switchboard only $880
(iv) removal within the same building of
associated apparatus $1,210





Item Particulars of Charge Amount of Charge

(c) PMBX (10+50) switchboard-
(i) rental (AmendedL.N. 156 of 1989) 54,320 per annum
(ii) connection or removal to a difrerent
building 54,510
(iii) removal within the same building of
switchboard only $1,100
(iv) removal within the same building of
associated apparatus $1,320
(d) PMBX (any other capacity) switchboard-
(i) rental for capacity of 12 indicator or less 5792 per annum
(ii) rental for each additional indicator $72 per annum
(iii) connection or removal to a different
building (see Note 1)
(iv) removal within the same building (see Note 1)
5. For each additional operator handset or headset $108 per annum
(see Note 2)
6. For miscellaneous apparatus-
(a) small extension bell-
(i) rental $72 per annum
(ii) connection or removal (Amended L.N.
156 of 1989) $275
(b) large extension bell-
(i) rental $84 per annum
(ii) connection or removal (Amended L.N.
156 of 1989) $275
(c) 4-metres long connecting cord $44 per cord
(see Note 2)
(d) 6-metres long connecting cord $66 per cord
(see Note 2)
(e) special dial ring $6 per telephone
(see Note 2)
(f) special dial label $1 per telephone
(see Note 2)
(g) bell cut-off switch $24 per annum
(see Note 2)
(h) watch receiver $48 per annum
(see Note 2)
(i) lamp signalling device mains operated $48 per annum
(see Note 2)
(j) lamp signalling transformer $72 per annum
(see Note 2)
(k) lamp signalling handset $60 per annum
(see Note 2)
(1) amplifying handset $84 per annum
(see Note 2)
(m) diversion key unit-
(i) rental $24 per annum
(ii) connection or removal (see Note 1)

(n) Conquest handset (Added L.N. 199 of1987) $168 per annum
(see Note 2)
(o) Inductive coupler (Added L.N. 199 of 1987) $72 per annum
(see Note 2)
(p) Autodialler (Added L.N. 199 of1987) $444 per annum
(see Note 2)
(q) Speakerphone (Added L.N. 199 of1987) $132 per annum
(see Note 4)





Item Particulars of Charge Amount of Charge

(r) Pressac tone ringer- (Added L.N. 199 of

1987)
(i) rental $84 per annum

(ii) connection or removal (Added L.N. 156
of 1989) $275
7. For a tropical cyclone warning service (minimum
period 12 months)---
(a) registration $100
(b) service $168 per annum
8. For a thunderstorm and heavy rain warning service
(minimum period 12 months)---
(a) registration $100
(b) service $264 per annum
9. For a flood warning service (minimum period 12
months)-
(a) registration $100
(b) service $168 per annum
10. Advice of duration of an outgoing international
telephone call (AmendedL.N. 156 of 1989) $3 per call
11. For non-standard telephone instruments- (Added
L.N. 199 of 1987)
(a) Big button telephone $156 per annum
(see Note 4)
(b) Executive I telephone 5 180 per annum
(see Note 4)
(c) Easaphone telephone $336 per annum
(see Note 4)
(d) Satellite telephone $312 per annum
(see Note 4)
12. For an emergency alert telephone (inclusive of
one radio trigger unit and one confirmation unit)-
(Added L.N. 243 of 1989)
(a) rental $1,692 per annum
(b) each additional radio trigger unit $324 per annum
(c) each additional confirmation unit 5204 per annum
(d) connection $200
(see Notes 5 and 6)
(e) connection of extension wiring from the main
socket $275
(f) removal within the same building for which
rewiring is required $275
(g) removal within the same building for which no
rewiring is required $140
(h) removal to a different building $200
(see Note 6)
Note: 1. In items 4(d)(iii), 4(d)(iv) and 6(m)(ii) a charge calculated in accordance with a
costing formula agreed from time to time by the Postmaster General. The charge calculated
shall not be less than $1,375 in respect of item 4(d)(iii) and $550 in respect of item
4(d)(iv).

2.In items 2(c), 5, 6(c), 6(d), 6(e), 6(f), 6(g), 6(h), 6(i), 6(j), 6(k), 6(1), 6(n), 6(0) and

6(p) a connection fee of $140 will be charged if no other connection or removal fee
of

associated work carried out at the same time.(AmendedL.N. 199 of 1987)





3.In item 3(b)(ii) a connection fee of $100 will be charged if no other connection or
removal fee of associated work carried out at the same time.

4. In items 6(q), 11 (a), 11 (b), 11 (e) and 11 (d) no connection fee will be charged for
a telephone instrument installed at the same time as the related exchange line or for an
additional telephone instrument installed at the same time as the related internal
extension. A fee of $140 will be charged for changing a telephone instrument and a
fee
of $50 for changing an additional telephone instrument. (Added L.N. 199 of1987)

5.In item 12 a fee of $140 will be charged for the connection of each additional radio
trigger unit or confirmation unit. (Added L.N. 243 of1989)

6.In item 12 no connection or removal fee will be charged for the system installed or
removed at the same time as the related exchange line or related internal extension if
no extension wiring for the main socket is required. (Added L.N. 243 of 1989)

(Schedule replaced L.N. 208 of 1985)

Abstract



Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3054

Edition

1964

Volume

v17

Subsequent Cap No.

269

Number of Pages

29
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:14:47 +0800
<![CDATA[PRINTED DOCUMENTS (CONTROL) REGULATIONS]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3053

Title

PRINTED DOCUMENTS (CONTROL) REGULATIONS

Description






PRINTED DOCUMENTS (CONTROL) REGULATIONS

ARRANGEMENT OF REGULATIONS

Regulation................................
Page
1. Citation ............................C 2

2. Printed document to bear name and address of printer C 2

3. Printer's name and address on document ....... C 2
4. Printer's name and address in book or pamphlet ....... C 2

5. Printer's name and address in newspaper C 2
6. Repealed .............................C 2
7. Prohibition of printing, etc . .......C 2
8. [Repealed] ...........................C 2
9. Copies of printed documents to be kept for 6 months C 2
10.......................................Copies of printed documents to bear name and address of printer C 3
11.......................................Chinese name to be in Chinese characters C 3
12.......................................Production of document to Registrar C 3
13.......................................Offences and penalties C 3

14. Exemption......................................................................................................................
..........................................C 3





PRINTED DOCUMENTS (CONTROL) REGULATIONS
(Cap. 268, section 18)
[1 July 1951]

15 of 1951, Second Schedule, Part IV- G.N.A. 210152, G.N.A. 27154, 57 of 1955, L.N. 96188

Citation

1. These regulations may be cited as the Printed Documents (Control)
Regulations.

Printed document to bear name and address of printer

2. Every printed document shall have printed thereon in legible type, in
English or Chinese, the name and full address of the printer of the document,
preceded by the words 'Printed By' or 'Printer' in English or Chinese.

Printer's name and address on document

3. If the printed document consists of a number of leaves bound or
fastened together or forming one sheet the printer's name and address shall
appear on the front of the first leaf or on the back of the last leaf or at the
bottom of the last printed page.
(L.N. 96188)

Printer's name and address in book or pamphlet

4. If the printed document is a book or pamphlet the printer's name and
address shall appear at the bottom of the last printed page.
(L.N. 96188)

Printer's name and address in newspaper

5. In the case of a local newspaper the printer's name and address shall
appear either on the front page or on the back page, and it shall be sufficient if
the printer's name and address appear in one place in the local newspaper
although the sheets may not be fastened together.
(L.N. 96188)

6. [Repealed, L.N. 961881

Prohibition of printing, etc.

7. No person shall print or publish or in any way whatsoever assist in the
distribution of any printed document which does not comply with the require-
ments of these regulations.

8. [Repealed, L.N. 96188]





Copies of printed documents to be kept for 6 months

9. Every person who prints any book, local newspaper or other printed
document shall keep one copy of such book, local newspaper or other printed
document for a period of 6 months after the printing thereof.
(L. IV. 96188)

Copies of printed documents to bear name and
address of printer

10. Such copy shall have written or printed thereon the name and full
address of the person by whom the printer was employed to print the same.

Chinese name to he in Chinese characters

11. If the name of such person is Chinese the name shall be written or
printed in Chinese characters.

Production of document to Registrar

12. The Registrar may demand the production to him of any printed
document and, on such demand, the printer shall produce a copy of such
printed document to the Registrar.
(L.N. 96188)

Offences and penalties

13. Any person who contravenes regulation 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 9, 10, 11 or 12
shall be guilty of an offence and shall be liable on summary conviction to a fine
of $1,000 and to imprisonment for 6 months.
(G.N.A. 27154; L.N. 96188)

Exemption

14. (1) The Registrar may exempt any printed document from all or any
of the provisions of these regulations.

(2) Any person seeking exemption of a printed document under para-
graph (1) who is aggrieved by a decision of the Registrar under that paragraph
may appeal by way of petition to the Governor who-

(a)may regard such petition as being complete for the purposes of
considering the appeal; and

(b)may confirm, vary or reverse such decision or substitute therefor such
other decision or make such other order as he may think fit.

(3) The right of appeal provided by paragraph (2) shall not be exercisable
by any person after the expiration of 7 days from the notification to him in
writing of the Registrar's decision.
(L.N. 96188)

Abstract



Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3053

Edition

1964

Volume

v17

Subsequent Cap No.

268

Number of Pages

3
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:14:46 +0800
<![CDATA[NEWSPAPERS REGISTRATION AND DISTRIBUTION REGULATIONS]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3052

Title

NEWSPAPERS REGISTRATION AND DISTRIBUTION REGULATIONS

Description






NEWSPAPERS REGISTRATION AND DISTRIBUTION
REGULATIONS

ARRANGEMENT OF REGULATIONS
Regulation.................................
Page
1. Citation ............................R 2
2. Registration of newspapers ..........B 2
3. Particulars to be furnished to Registrar B 2
4. Particulars to be certified by proprietor, etc . B 2

5. Substituted particulars to be furnished and certified when any change occurs

or any inaccuracy is discovered .....B 2
6. Change of identity of editor ........B 3
7. How a certificate is to be given in the case of a company or firm B 3
8. Printing and publication prohibited unless regulations are complied with B 3
9. Newspaper register ..................B 3
10............Fees for search inspection and extract from newspaper B 3
11............................Copies of particulars B 3
12...........................Registration fees, etc . B 4
13..........................Distributor to be licensed B 4
14.......................Distribution of newspapers only B 4

15. Copies of newspapers printed or produced outside Hong Kong to be supplied

to Registrar ........................B 4
16..................................[Repealed] B 4
17..................................Exemption B 4
18.........Bulletins to registered newspaper deemed not to be newspaper B 5
19,...........................Ofrences and penalties B 5

Schedule...................................Forms ..................................................................................
...........................................B 5





NEWSPAPERS REGISTRATION AND DISTRIBUTION
REGULATIONS

(Cap. 268, section 18)

[1 July 1951]

15 of 1951, Second Schedule, Part I - G.N.A. 27154,57 of 1955, L.N. 2178, L.N. 95188

Citation

1. These regulations may be cited as the Newspapers Registration and
Distribution Regulations.

Registration of newspapers

2. Every local newspaper shall be registered in accordance with these
regulations.

Particulars to be furnished to Registrar

3. In order to effect registration one of the persons specified in regulation 4
shall furnish to the Registrar the particulars specified in Form 1 in the Schedule and
such other particulars of the proprietor, printer, publisher or editor of the local
newspaper as the Registrar shall in his absolute discretion require, and shall certify
the correctness of such particulars and of his own description.

(L.N. 95188)

Particulars to be certified by proprietor, etc.

4. The particulars specified shall be furnished and certified by the proprietor,
printer, publisher or editor of the local newspaper.

(L.N. 95188)

Substituted particulars to be furnished and
certified when any change occurs or any
inaccuracy is discovered

5. If any change occurs or if any inaccuracy is discovered, in any of the
specified particulars, the persons specified in regulation 4 shall, within 7 days,
furnish to the Registrar substituted particulars in Form 3 in the Schedule noting any
change in the particulars furnished under regulation 3 and shall certify the
correctness of such substituted particulars and of their own descriptions: (L.N.
95188)

Provided that if one of such persons complies with the requirements of this
regulation the obligations imposed by this regulation on any other persons shall be
deemed to have been discharged as regards the substituted particulars so
furnished.





Change of identity of editor

6. A change shall be deemed to have occurred in the identity of the editor if the
editor is absent from Hong Kong or if he ceases substantially to exercise the
functions of an editor.

(L.N. 95188)

How a certificate is to he given in
the case of a company or firm

7. If the particulars are furnished by a company the certificate shall be given by
a director, manager, secretary or other officer of the company, and if the particulars
are furnished by a firm the certificate shall be given by a partner of the firm.

Printing and publication prohibited unless
regulations are complied with

8. No person shall print or publish or act as editor of, or continue to print or
publish or act as editor of, any local newspaper unless all the requirements of these
regulations with respect to such local newspaper have been complied with:

Provided that it shall not be a breach of this regulation to fail to register as a
separate local newspaper a news sheet or sheets which constitutes or constitute in
the opinion of the Registrar a later edition or editions of a local newspaper registered
under these regulations.

(L.N. 95188)

Newspaper register

9. The particulars furnished in accordance with the provisions of these
regulations shall be kept by the Registrar as a register of local newspapers.

(L.N. 95188)

Fees for search inspection and extract from newspaper

10. Any person on may search and inspect any register of local newspapers on
payment of $15 for every such search and inspection, and any person may require
an extract from any such register to be certified by the Registrar on payment of $65
for every such extract.

(L.N. 95188)

Copies of particulars

11. The Registrar shall-

(a)upon the registration of a local newspaper following the furnishing under
regulation 3 of particulars specified in Form 1 in the Schedule; and

(b)upon the furnishing under regulation 5 of substituted particulars specified
in Form 3 in the Schedule,

send by post a copy of Form 1 or Form 3, as the case may be, to each person named
therein.

(L.N. 95188)





Registration fees, etc.
12. (1) A fee of $450 shall be payable on registration under regulation 2.
(2) An annual fee of $450 shall be payable for every year other than the
first during which such registration remains in force and shall become due on
the anniversary of the day upon which the registration was effected.
(3) A fee of $45 shall be payable on every occasion upon which
substituted particulars are furnished under regulation 5.
(L.N. 95188)

Distributor to be licensed
13. (1) Subject to paragraph (3), no newspaper shall be distributed for
sale except by a newspaper distributor licensed by the Registrar.
(2) A licence shall be in Form 2 in the Schedule and a fee of $450 per
annum or part thereof shall be payable for such licence for the period ending 31
December of any year.
(3) No licence shall, by reason of this regulation, be required for the sale
by retail of any newspaper to any member of the public.
(L.N. 95188)

Distribution of newspapers only
14. No document (other than a document forming an integral part of a
newspaper) shall be distributed in or with any newspaper without the consent of
the Registrar.
(L.N. 95188)

Copies of newspapers printed or produced outside
Hong Kong to he supplied to Registrar
15. (1) A newspaper distributor licensed under regulation 13 shall supply
to the Registrar on the day of distribution or on the day next following (other
than a holiday) a copy of every newspaper printed or produced outside Hong
Kong and distributed by him and of every second or other varied edition or
impression of that newspaper so distributed.
(2) The copy of every newspaper supplied to the Registrar under
paragraph (1) shall bear the signature, full name and address of the newspaper
distributor.
(3) The Registrar shall keep in his possession the copy of every newspaper
supplied to him under paragraph (1) for a period of not less than 6 months after
which time he may destroy or otherwise dispose of that copy.
(L.N. 95188)

16. [Repealed, L.N. 951881

Exemption
17. (1) The Registrar may exempt any local newspaper from all or any of
the provisions of these regulations.





(2) Any person seeking exemption of a local newspaper under paragraph (1)
who is aggrieved by a decision of the Registrar under that paragraph may appeal by
way of petition to the Governor who

(a)may regard such petition as being complete for the purposes of
considering the appeal; and

(b)may confirm, vary or reverse such decision or substitute therefor such
other decision or make such other order as he may think fit.

(3) The right of appeal provided by paragraph (2) shall not be exercisable by
any person after the expiration of 7 days from the notification to him in writing of
the Registrar's decision.

(L.N. 95188)

Bulletins to registered
newspaper deemed not to he
newspaper

18. Bulletins issued by a news agency which has satisfied the Registrar that
such bulletins are distributed in Hong Kong only to local newspapers registered
under these regulations shall, while the distribution remains so restricted not be
deemed to be a local newspaper for the purpose of these regulations and shall be
exempted therefrom. The Registrar shall declare in writing under his hand whether or
not he has been satisfied as aforesaid.

(L.N. 95188)

Offences and penalties

19. Any person who contravenes regulation 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 13(1), 14 or 15 shall be
guilty of an offence and shall be liable on summary conviction to a fine of $1,000 and
to imprisonment for 6 months provided that a contravention of regulation 15 shall be
punishable only by such fine.

(G.N.A. 27154; L.N. 95188)

SCHEDULE [regs. 3, 5, 11
and 13]
FORM1
REGISTRATION OF LOCAL NEWSPAPERS ORDINANCE
(Chapter 268)

NEWSPAPERS REGISTRATION AND DISTRIBUTION REGULATIONS

PARTICULARS OF PROPRIETOR, PRINTER, PUBLISHER
AND EDITOR OF LOCAL NEWSPAPER

Name of local newspaper ............................................................................................................
......

Address of local newspaper ...................................
.......................................

Frequency of publication ...........................................................................................................
......

quarterly/monthly/fortnight
or otherwise)





Full name of proprietor
....................................................................................................................

Business address of proprietor ......................................................................
.................... Tel.:

*Hong Kong identity card no. of proprietor ................................................................................

Signature or seal of proprietor ------------

Full name of printer
..........................................................................................................................

Business address of printer ..........................................................
.................... Tel.:

*Hong Kong identity card no. of printer
..........................................................................................

Signature or seal of printer
........................................................................................

Full name of publisher
.....................................................................................................................

Business address of publisher .......................
.........................................................

...........................1 1 Tel.:

*Hong Kong identity card no. of publisher
......................................................................................
Signature or seal of publisher
...........................................................................................................

Full name of editor
...................................................................................................
Business address of editor ..............................................................................................

............... 1 Tel.:

*Hong Kong identity card no. of editor
.............................................................................................
Signature or seal of editor
.................................................................................................................

1 certify that the above particulars and my description are
correct.

**Signature of informant:
..............................................

Description of informant: 1

proprietor/printer/publisher/
edit or or otherwise)

Date: ..........................

Note: *(i) Where no Hong Kong identity card is held a passport or other travel document
no. should be
inserted.
In the case of a company or other body corporate the company registration no. should be inserted.
**(ii) In the case of a company or other body corporate the informant should be a director,
manager,






secretary or other officer of that company or body corporate.
In the case of a firm or partnership the informant should he a partner of that firm or partnership.





1988 Ed.] Newspapers Registration and
Distribution Regulations




FORM 2

Licence No. ... ................................

REGISTRATION OF LOCAL NEWSPAPERS ORDINANCE
(Chapter 268)

NEWSPAPERS REGISTRATION AND DISTRIBUTION REGULATIONS

NEWSPAPER DISTRIBUTOR'S LICENCE

................................ (full name)

of
....................................................................................................................................
..................

............................................. . (business address)
............................................. . (Hong Kong identity card no.)

is licensed as a newspaper distributor at
............................................................................................

............... (address or location) for the period ending 31 December 19 .

Fee: $ Payment received.

(photograph of
licensee)

...............................

Registrar of Newspapers

Date .................................................






FORM 3

REGISTRATION OF LOCAL NEWSPAPERS ORDINANCE

(Chapter 268)

NEWSPAPERS REGISTRATION AND DISTRIBUTION REGULATIONS

CHANGE OF PARTICULARS OF LOCAL NEWSPAPER

***Dale of
Particulars Existing SubstitutedChange

Name of local

newspaper ...........................
.................

Address of local

newspaper ................................... ;
..................................... ......

Frequency of

publication.............................
daily or otherwise)

Full name of

proprietor ............................................... ..........................................

Business address of

proprietor .......................................... ...........
...................







Tel.:- .......... Tei.: ...................................





***Date of
Particulars Existing Substituted Change

*Hong Kong identity
card no. of
proprietor

Signature or seal of
new proprietor

Full name of
printer

Business address of
printer

'Fei.: .....Tei.:

*Hong Kong
identity card no.
of printer

Signature or seal of new
printer

Full name of
publisher

Business address of
publisher

Tel.: ......Tel.:

*Hong Kong identity
card no. of publisher

Signature or seal of
new publisher

Full name of
editor

Business address of
editor

Tel.: ........Tel.:
*Hong Kong identity
card no. of editor................................................. ..........................................

Signature or seal of new

editor ........................................................

1 certify that the above particulars and my description are
correct.

**Signature of informant:
..................................................

Description of informant:
...............................................

(proprietor/printer/publisher/
editor/or otherwise)







Date:..............................................................................





Note: *(i) Where no Hong Kong identity card is held a passport or other travel document
no. should be
inserted.
In the case of a company or other body corporate the company registration no. should be inserted.
**(ii) In the case of a company or other body corporate the informant should be a director, manager,
secretary or other officer of that company or body corporate.
In the case of a firm or partnership the informant should he a partner of that firm or partnership.
***(iii) Insert 'No change' where furnished particulars remain unchanged.




1988 Ed.] Newspapers Registration and Distribution Regulations

Abstract



Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3052

Edition

1964

Volume

v17

Subsequent Cap No.

268

Number of Pages

12
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:14:45 +0800
<![CDATA[NEWS AGENCIES REGISTRATION REGULATIONS]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3051

Title

NEWS AGENCIES REGISTRATION REGULATIONS

Description






NEWS AGENCIES REGISTRATION REGULATIONS

ARRANGEMENT OF REGULATIONS

Regulation Page

1.......................................Citation A 2
2.......................................Application A 2
3.......................................Registration of news agencies A 2

4. Particulars to be furnished to Registrar ....................... A 2

5.......................................Particulars to be certified by proprietor, etc . A 2

6. Substituted particulars to be furnished and certified when any change occurs

or any inaccuracy is discovered ...A 2

7. Change of identity of editor ................................ A 3

8. How a certificate is to he given in the case of a company or firm A 3
9. Printing and publication prohibited unless regulations are complied with A 3
10.......................................News agency register A 3
11.......................................Fees for search inspection and extract from news agency A 3
12.......................................Copies of particulars A 3
13.......................................Registration fees, etc . A 4

14. Exemption .................................... A 4

15.......................................Offences and penalties A 4
Schedule..................................Forms A4





NEWS AGENCIES REGISTRATION REGULATIONS
(Cap. 268, section 18)
[1 July 1951]

15 of 1951, Second Schedule, Part III- G.N.A. 27/54, 57 of 1955, L.N. 1/78, L.N. 94/88

Citation

1. These regulations may be cited as the News Agencies Registration
Regulations.

Application

2. These regulations shall apply to any news agency in respect of the
bulletins of which the Registrar has under regulation 18 of the Newspapers
Registration and Distribution Regulations (Cap. 268, sub. leg.) declared himself
to be satisfied that they are distributed in Hong Kong only to local newspapers
registered under such regulations.
(L.N. 94/88)

Registration of news agencies

3. Every news agency shall be registered in accordance with these
regulations.

Particulars to he furnished to Registrar

4. In order to effect registration, one of the persons specified in
regulation 5 shall furnish to the Registrar the particulars specified in Form 1
in the Schedule and such other particulars of the proprietor and manager
of the news agency and the printer, publisher or editor of the bulletin dis-
tributed by the news agency as the Registrar shall in his absolute discretion
require and shall certify the correctness of such particulars and of his own
description.
(L.N. 94/88)

Particulars to be certified by proprietor, etc.

5. The particulars specified shall be furnished and certified by the
proprietor or manager of the news agency.

Substituted particulars to be furnished and certified when
any change occurs or any inaccuracy is discovered

6. If any change occurs or if any inaccuracy is discovered, in any of
the specified particulars, the persons specified in regulation 5 shall, within
7 days, furnish to the Registrar substituted particulars in Form 2 in the
Schedule noting any change in the particulars furnished under regulation 4 and
shall certify the correctness of such substituted particulars and of their own
descriptions: (L.N. 94/88)





Provided that if one of such persons complies with the requirements of this
regulation the obligations imposed by this regulation on any other person shall
be deemed to have been discharged as regards the substituted particulars so
furnished.

Change of identity of editor
7. A change shall be deemed to have occurred in the identity of the editor
if the editor is absent from Hong Kong or if he ceases substantially to exercise
the functions of an editor.
(L.N. 94/88)

How a certificate is to be given in the case of a company
or firm

8. If the particulars are furnished by a company the certificate shall be
given by a director, manager, secretary or other officer of the company, and if
the particulars are furnished by a firm the certificate shall be given by a partner
of the firm.

Printing and publication probibited unless regulations are
complied with

9. No person shall print or publish or act as editor of, or continue to
print or publish or act as editor of, any news agency unless all the requirements
of these regulations with respect to such news agency have been complied with.

News agency register

10. The particulars furnished in accordance with the provisions of these
regulations shall be kept by the Registrar as a register of news agencies.
(L.N. 94/88)

Fees for search inspection and extract from news agency
11. Any person may search and inspect any news agency register on
payment of $15 for every such search and inspection, and any person may
require an extract from any news agency register to be certified by the Registrar
on payment of $65 for every such extract.
(L.N. 94/88)

Copies of particulars

12. The Registrar shall-

(a)upon the registration of a news agency following the furnishing under
regulation 4 of particulars specified in Form 1 in the Schedule; and
(b)upon the furnishing under regulation 6 of substituted particulars
specified in Form 2 in the Schedule,
send by post a copy of Form 1 or Form 2, as the case may be, to each person
named therein.
(L.N. 94/88)





Registration fees, etc.

13. (1) A fee of $450 shall be payable on registration under regulation 3.

(2) An annual fee of $450 shall be payable for every year other than the first
during which such registration remains in force and shall become due on the
anniversary of the day upon which the registration was effected.

(3) A fee of $45 shall be payable on every occasion upon which substituted
particulars are furnished under regulation 6.

(L.N. 94188)

Exemption

14. (1) The Registrar may exempt any news agency from all or any of the
provisions of these regulations.

(2) Any person seeking exemption of a news agency under paragraph (1) who
is aggrieved by a decision of the Registrar under that paragraph may appeal by way
of petition to the Governor who

(a)may regard such petition as being complete for the purposes of
considering the appeal; and

(b)may confirm, vary or reverse such decision or substitute therefor such
other decision or make such other order as he may think fit.

(3) The right of appeal provided by paragraph (2) shall not be exercisable by
any person after the expiration of 7 days from the notification to him in writing of the
Registrar's decision.

(L.N. 94188)

Offences and penalties

15. Any person who contravenes regulation 3, 4, 5, 6 or 9 shall be guilty of an
offence and shall be liable on summary conviction to a fine of $1,000 and to
imprisonment for 6 months.

(G.N.A. 27154; L.N. 94188)

SCHEDULE [regs. 4, 6 and 121

FORM 1

REGISTRATION OF LOCAL NEWSPAPERS ORDINANCE

(Chapter 268)

NEWS AGENCIES REGISTRATION REGULATIONS

PARTICULARS OF PROPRIETOR AND MANAGER
OF NEWS AGENCY AND PRINTER, PUBLISHER
AND EDITOR OF BULLETIN

Name of news agency
.......................................................................................................................
Address of news agency
.....................................................................................................................





Full name of proprietor ....................................
....................................

Business address of proprietor ...................
........................................................................

....................... . Tel.:

*Hong Kong identity card no. of proprietor ..........................................
Signature or seal of proprietor .........................................

Full name of manager
.......................................................................................................................

Business address of manager ........................................................................................................
.....

................................................................. ............................
Tel.:

*Hong Kong identity card no. of manager .................
............................

Signature or seal of manager ...................................
Full name of printer of bulletin .................................................
..................................................

Business address of printer
..............................................................................................

............... .......... Tel.:

*Hong Kong identity card no, of printer
...........................................................................................

Signature or seal of printer ..........................................
Full name of publisher of bulletin ...................................
............................
Business address of publisher ............
......................

................................................................. Tel.:

*Hong Kong identity card no. of publisher ...

Signature or seal of publisher .....................................................................................................
.......

Full name of editor of bulletin .......

Business address of editor
..................................................................................................................

............. ....... ............................... Tel.:

*Hong Kong identity card no. of editor ............

Signature or seal of editor ....
..........................................................................

I certify that the above particulars and my description are correct.

**Signature of informant: ............. ................................
Description of informant:







(proprietor/manager/
or otherwise)

Date: ......................................

Note: *(i) Where no Hong Kong identity card is held a passport or other travel document
no. should be
inserted.
In the case of a company or other body corporate the company registration no. should be inserted.
**(ii) In the case of a company or other body corporate the informant should be a director,
manager,
secretary or other officer of that company or body corporate.
In the case of a firm or partnership the informant should be a partner of that firm or partnership.





1988 Ed.] Newa Agencies Registration Regulations




FORM 2

REGISTRATION OF LOCAL NEWSPAPERS ORDINANCE

(Chapter 268)

NEWS AGENCIES REGISTRATION REGULATIONS

CHANGE OF PARTICULARS OF NEWS

AGENCY OR BULLETIN
***Date of
Particulars Existing SubstitutedChange

Name of news agency................................................ ..........................................
Address of news agency............................................. ..........................................

............ ..........................................
............ ..........................................

Full name of proprietor............................................ ....................................

Business address of

proprietor........................................................ ..........................................

............ ..........................................
............ ..........................................

Tel.: ......Tel.:

*Hong Kong identity

card no. of proprietor............................................ ..........................................

Signature or seal of new

proprietor ........................................................
Full name of manager............................................... ..........................................

Business address of

manager .......................................... ..........................................

............ ..........................................
............ ..........................................

Tel.:...........................................
Tel.:...........................................





***Date
of
Particulars Existing Substituted
Change

*Hong Kong identity
card no. of manager ............................

Signature or seal of
new manager

Full name of printer of
bulletin ............................

Business address of
printer ..........................................

............ ..........................................

Tel.: ......Tel.:

*Hong Kong identity

card no. of printer............................................... ..........................................

Signature or seal of new

printer ........................................................

Full name of publisher

of bulletin....................................................... ..........................................

Business address of

publisher .......................................... ..........................................

............

Tel.: ......Tel.:

*Hong Kong identity

card no. of publisher............................................. ........................................

Signature or seal of new

publisher ......................................................

Full name of editor of

bulletin .......................................... ........................................

Business address of

editor .......................................... ..........................................

............

Tel.:...........................................
Tel.:...........................................

*Hong Kong identity

card no. of editor ................................................







Signature or seal of new
editor ..........................................

1 certify that the above particulars and my description are
correct.

**Signature of informant:
..................................................

Description of informant:
...............................................

(proprietor/manager
/ or otherwise)

Date:..............................................
.......................................





Note: *(i) Where no Hong Kong identity card is held a passport or other travel document
no. should be
inserted.
In the case of a company or other body corporate the company registration no. should be inserted.
**(ii)In the case of a company or other body corporate the informant should be a director, manager,
secretary or other officer of that company or body corporate.
In the case of a firm or partnership the informant should be a partner of that firm or partnership.
***(iii) Insert 'No change' where furnished particulars remain unchanged.






1988 Ed.] News Agencies Registation Registations

Abstract



Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3051

Edition

1964

Volume

v17

Subsequent Cap No.

268

Number of Pages

10
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:14:44 +0800
<![CDATA[REGISTRATION OF LOCAL NEWSPAPERS ORDINANCE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3050

Title

REGISTRATION OF LOCAL NEWSPAPERS ORDINANCE

Description






LAWS OF HONG KONG

REGISTRATION OF LOCAL NEWSPAPERS

ORDINANCE

CHAPTER 268





CHAPTER 268

REGISTRATION OF LOCAL NEWSPAPERS ORDINANCE

ARRANGEMENT OF SECTIONS

Section Page

1. Short title ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 2
2. Interpretation ...
... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 2
3-6. [Repealed 1 ... ...
... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 3
7. Registration of local newspapers ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 3
8-10. [Repealed] ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 3
11. Unlawful to furnish incorrect particulars ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 3
12. Certified extract from local newspaper register to be admissible in evidence ... ...
3
13. Presumption as to printer ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 3
14. [Repealed] ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 3
15. Vicarious responsibility of proprietor, printer, publisher and editor ... ... ... 4
16. Service of process ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 4
17. Copies of local newspapers to be delivered to Registrar ... ... ... ... ... ... 4
17A. Evidence for civil or criminal proceedings ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 4
18. Regulations ... ...
... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 5
19. Cessation of publication, etc . ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 6
20. Penalties ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 6
21. Amendment of Schedule ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 6

Schedule. Publications excluded from definition of newspaper ... ... ... ... ...
... 6





CHAPTER 268

REGISTRATION OF LOCAL NEWSPAPERS

To provide for the registration of local newspapers and news agencies
and the licensing of newspaper distributors and for matters
connected therewith. (Replaced, 15 of 1987, s. 2)

[1 July 1951.]

1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Registration of Local
Newspapers Ordinance.

(Amended, 15 of 1987, s. 3)

2. In this Ordinance, unless the context otherwise requires-

'address' in the case of an individual means his residence or usual
place of business, and in the case of a corporation means the head
office of such corporation within Hong Kong; (Amended, 15 of
1987, s. 4)

'contravene' includes a failure to comply;

,,editor' means the chief editor if there are more editors than one, and
includes any person acting as chief editor or performing any of the
usual functions of a chief editor;

'local newspaper' means a newspaper printed or produced in Hong
Kong; (Replaced, 15 of 1987, s. 4)

'newspaper' means any paper or other publication and any supplement
thereto available to the general public which

(a)contains news, intelligence, occurrences or any remarks,
observations or comments in relation to such news,
intelligence, or occurrences or to any other matter of public
interest; and

(b)is printed or produced for sale or free distribution and
published either periodically (whether half-yearly, quarterly,
monthly, fortnightly, weekly, daily or otherwise) or in parts or
numbers at intervals not exceeding 6 months; and

(c)does not comprise exclusively any item or items specified in
the Schedule; (Replaced, 15 of 1987, s. 4)

'printed document' includes every piece of paper, cloth or other similar
material, bearing any words, pictures or signs which were or appear
to have been wholly or partly produced by any mechanical,
electrical or other copying process in Hong Kong and the collection
of such pieces of paper, cloth or other material in any bound or
other permanent form (Replaced, 15 of 1987, s. 4)





'proprietor' includes lessee;

'Registrar' means such officer as may be appointed by the Governor to
act as registrar of newspapers, and includes any person appointed
by the Governor to act as deputy registrar of newspapers.

3-6. [Repealed, 15 of 1987, s. 5]

7. (1) Every local newspaper shall be registered in accordance with
regulations made under section 18.

(2) The proprietor of any local newspaper may at any time give
notice to the Registrar that he desires the registration of that local
newspaper to cease and the Registrar shall, on the receipt of such
notice, cancel the registration of that local newspaper which shall cease
to be registered from the date of such cancellation.

(Replaced, 15 of 1987, s. 6)

8-10. [Repealed, 15 of 1987, s. 7]

11. Where any particular is by this Ordinance or by any
regulation made thereunder thereunder required to be furnished and
any
particular furnished by way of compliance with such requirement is
incorrect, the person who certified the correctness of such particular
shall be deemed to have committed an offence against this Ordin-
ance unless he proves-

(a)that he believed that the particular furnished was correct; and

(b)that he could not with the exercise of reasonable diligence
have discovered its incorrectness.

12. In any proceedings whatsoever against the proprietor, printer,
publisher or editor of any local newspaper, it shall be lawful for the
complainant or plaintiff to put in any entry in or certified extract from any
register of local newspapers kept by the Registrar in accordance with
regulations made under section 18, either(Amended, 15 of 1987, s. 8)

(a)as evidence of the truth of the matters stated in such entry or
extract; or

(b)as evidence that the particulars appearing in such entry or
extract were furnished and certified by the informant by whom
they purport to have been furnished and certified.

13. In any proceedings whatsoever it shall, unless the contrary is
proved, be presumed that the person whose name appears in any local
newspaper or other document as the printer of that local newspaper or
other document is in fact the printer.

(Replaced, 15 of 1987, s. 9)

14. [Repealed, 15 of 1987, s. 10]





15. On the trial of the proprietor, printer, publisher or editor
of any local newspaper, or the printer of any other document, for
any offence in which an ingredient is the publication of matter
contained in any issue of such local newspaper or in such document,
the accused person shall be presumed to have published all matter
contained in such issue or in such document, as the case may be,
unless he proves that the publication was made without his author-
ity, consent or knowledge, and that the publication did not arise
from want of the due care or caution on his part.
(Replaced, 57of 1955,s. 3. Amended, 15 of 1987,s.]])

16. Without prejudice to any other method of service, any
process whatsoever, civil or criminal, addressed to the proprietor,
printer, publisher or editor of any local newspaper shall for all
purposes be deemed to be duly served if left with some adult at or
sent by registered post to the registered address of the office of the
local newspaper.
(Amended, 15 of 1987, s. 12)

17. (1) The publisher or, failing him, the printer of every local
newspaper shall, on every day on which that local newspaper is
published or on the day next following (other than a holiday),
deliver or cause to be delivered to the Registrar a copy of that local
newspaper and of every published second or other varied edition or
impression thereof.

(2) The copy of every local newspaper delivered to the Regis-
trar under subsection (1) shall bear the signature, full name and
address of the printer or publisher thereof or the signature, full name
and address of some other person appointed and authorized by that
printer or publisher for that purpose and whose appointment and
authority have been lodged with the Registrar.

(3) The Registrar shall keep in his possession the copy of every
local newspaper delivered to him under subsection (1) for a period of
not less than 6 months after which time he may destroy or otherwise
dispose of that copy.
(Replaced, 15 of 1987, s. 13)

17A. (1) Where any person requires a copy of a local newspa-
per delivered to the Registrar under section 17(1) to be produced in
evidence in any civil or criminal proceedings, the Registrar shall
cause the copy of that local newspaper to be produced in court at the
expense of the person applying for it, or shall deliver the copy to that
person taking reasonable security for its return.

(2) A copy of a local newspaper produced or delivered under
subsection (1) shall be sufficient evidence of any matter or thing
contained therein.

(3) Every proprietor, printer, publisher or editor of a copy of a
local newspaper produced or delivered under subsection (1) shall be
deemed to be the proprietor, printer, publisher or editor respectively





of all local newspapers which are of the same title, purport or effect
as the copy of the local newspaper so produced or delivered (any
minor variations being disregarded) unless the proprietor, printer,
publisher or editor proves that those local newspapers were not
printed, published or edited by him or with his knowledge or
consent.
(Added, 15 of 1987, s. 13)

18. The Governor in Council may by regulation provide for-

(a)the registration of local newspapers and news agencies and
their proprietors, printers, publishers and editors and the
keeping of registers for that purpose; (Replaced, 15 of
1987,s. 14)

(b)the licensing of newspaper distributors upon such condi-
tions as may be prescribed by regulation;

(c)the prohibition of the distribution of newspapers except by
newspaper distributors licensed for that purpose;

(d)the regulation of the distribution with or in newspapers of
documents not forming an integral part thereof,

(e)the supply by newspaper distributors to the Registrar of a
copy of newspapers printed or produced outside Hong
Kong;

[Deleted, 15 of 1987, s. 14]

(g)the particulars to be furnished in connexion with registra-
tion or licensing, notification of any change in the required
particulars and the manner in which and the conditions
upon which effect may be given or refused to be given.. to
any such change;

(h)the manner in which the identity of the printer of any local
newspaper or other printed document and the time of
printing or publication shall be established, and in particu-
lar for the printing of the printer's name and address on
local newspapers and other printed documents;

(i)the prohibition of the editing, printing, publication,
possession and distribution of local newspapers and other
printed documents which do not comply with the require-
ments of any regulations made pursuant to this section;

(j)the retention by the printer of copies of local newspapers
and other printed documents, the particulars to be inscribed
on such retained copies and the production of retained
copies to such persons as may be prescribed;

(k) [Deleted, 15 of 1987, s. 141

(1)granting exemption from all or any of the provisions of
this Ordinance or of any of the regulations made there-
under;





(m) fees;

(n) forms;

(o)anything which is by this Ordinance to be provided by
regulation.

(Replaced, 57 of 1955, s. 4. Amended, 15 of 1987, s. 14)

19. If any local newspaper ceases publication, or any news agency
ceases to issue bulletins, for a consecutive period of not less than 6
months, the registration thereof under any regulations for the time being
in force shall be deemed to have lapsed.

(Added, 57 of 1955, s. 5. Amended, 15 of 1987, s. 15)

20. (1) Any person who commits an offence against this Ordinance
shall be liable

(a)on summary conviction to a fine of $5,000 and to imprisonment
for 1 year; and

(b)upon conviction on indictment to a fine of $ 15,000 and to
imprisonment for 3 years.

(2) Every printer or publisher of a local newspaper who
contravenes the provisions of section 17 as to the delivery of copies of
such local newspaper at the office of the Registrar shall be liable on
summary conviction to a fine of $1,000.

(Amended, 15 of 1987, s. 16)

21. The Governor in Council may, by notice published in the
Gazette, amend the Schedule.

(Added, 15 of 1987, s. 17)

SCHEDULE [ss. 2 & 2 1.1

PUBLICATIONS EXCLUDED FROM DEFINITION
OF NEWSPAPER

Item Description
1. Academic journals.
2. Almanacs.
3. Cartoons and comic strips.

4. Collections of photographic images (with or without captions).
5. Commercial advertisements and corn commercial advertising circulars and

brochures.

6. Commercial circulars.
7. Company and partnership reports and company prospectuses.
8. Consumer information and reports.
9. Election pamphlets and posters.
10. Financial, economic and statistical reports.
11. Information sheets and newsletters relating to clubs, educational

institutions, professional associations, societies, trade unions and other
organizations.





12. Maps, charts and tables.
13. Price lists.
14. Public speeches and statements.
15. Racing tips, racing form reports and other related materials.
16. Religious materials.
17. Sales catalogues.
18. Sheet music.
19. Trade catalogues and journals.
20. Travel brochures.
(Replaced, 15 of 1987, s. 18)
Originally 15 of 1951. 57 of 1955. 8 of 1977. 40 of 1985. 15 of 1987. G.N.A.114/51. Short title. Interpretation. Schedule. Registration of local newspapers. Unlawful to furnish incorrect particulars. Certified extract from local newspaper register to be admissible in evidence. Presumption as to printer. Vicarious responsibility of proprietor, printer, publisher and editor. Service of process. Copies of local newspapers to be delivered to Registrar. Evidence for civil or criminal proceedings. Regulations. Cessation of publication, etc. Penalties. Amendment of Schedule.

Abstract

Originally 15 of 1951. 57 of 1955. 8 of 1977. 40 of 1985. 15 of 1987. G.N.A.114/51. Short title. Interpretation. Schedule. Registration of local newspapers. Unlawful to furnish incorrect particulars. Certified extract from local newspaper register to be admissible in evidence. Presumption as to printer. Vicarious responsibility of proprietor, printer, publisher and editor. Service of process. Copies of local newspapers to be delivered to Registrar. Evidence for civil or criminal proceedings. Regulations. Cessation of publication, etc. Penalties. Amendment of Schedule.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3050

Edition

1964

Volume

v17

Subsequent Cap No.

268

Number of Pages

8
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:14:43 +0800
<![CDATA[CONSULAR CONVENTIONS (CONSOLIDATION) ORDER]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3049

Title

CONSULAR CONVENTIONS (CONSOLIDATION) ORDER

Description






CONSULAR CONVENTIONS (CONSOLIDATION) ORDER
(Cap. 267, section 5)
[16 November 19511

G.N.A. 203 of 1951, G.N.A. 185 of 1952, G.N.A. 32 of 1954, G.N.A. 47 of 1954, G.N.A. 101 of
1955, G.N.A. 27 of 1958, G.N.A. 28 of 1958, L.N. 41 of 1964, L.N. 42 of 1964, L.N. 79 of
1964, L.N. 124 of 1965, L.N. 11 of 1966, R. Ed. 1972, L.N. 41 of 1987

1. Citation

This order may be cited as the Consular Conventions (Consolidation) Order.

2. Application of section 3 of Ordinance

Section 3 of the Consular Conventions Ordinance (Cap. 267) shall apply to-
(a) the Kingdom of Norway; (G.N.A. 203 of 195 1) (1)
(b) the Kingdom of Sweden; (G.N.A. 185 of 1952) (2)
(c) the French Republic; (G.N.A. 32 of 1954) (3)
(d) the Kingdom of Greece; (G.N.A. 47 of 1954) (4)
(e) the United States of Mexico; (G.N.A. 101 of 1955) (5)
(f) the Italian Republic; (G.N.A. 27 of 1958) (6)
(g) the Federal Republic of Germany; (G.N.A. 28 of 1958) (7)
(h) Spain; (L.N. 41 of 1964) (8)
(i) the Kingkom of Denmark; (L.N. 42 of 1964) (9)
(j) the Republic of Austria; (L.N. 79 of 1964) (10)
(k) the Kingdom of Belgium; (L.N. 124 of 1965) (11)
(1) Japan; (L.N. 11 of 1966) (12)

(m) the Arab Republic of Egypt.(L.N. 41 of 1987) (13)

November 1951. (2)-31
October 1952. (3)-19
March 1954. (4)-15
April 1954. (5)-23
September 1955. (6)-30
May 1958. (7)-30 May
1958. (8)-26 March
1964. (9)-26 March
1964. (10)-5 June
1964. (11)-24
September 1965. (12)-4
February 1966. (13)-17
January 1989.

Abstract



Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3049

Edition

1964

Volume

v17

Subsequent Cap No.

267

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:14:43 +0800
<![CDATA[CONSULAR CONVENTIONS ORDINANCE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3048

Title

CONSULAR CONVENTIONS ORDINANCE

Description






LAWS OF HONG KONG

CONSULAR CONVENTIONS ORDINANCE

CHAPTER 267





CHAPTER 267

CONSULAR CONVENTIONS

Toconfer upon the consular officers of foreign States with which
consular conventions are concluded by Her Majesty certain
powers relating to the administration of the estates and prop-
erty of deceased persons.

[20th April, 1951.]

1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Consular Conven-
tions Ordinance.

2. In this Ordinance, unless the context otherwise requires-

-consular office' means any building or part of a building which
is exclusively occupied for the purposes of the official business
of a consular officer.

3. (1) Where any person who is a national of a State to
which this section applies is named as executor in the will of a
deceased person disposing of property in Hong Kong, or is other-
wise a person to whom a grant of representation to the estate in
Hong Kong of a deceased person may be made, then if the court
is satisfied, on the application of a consular officer of the said
State, that the said national is not resident in Hong Kong, and if
no application for a grant of such representation is made by a
person duly authorized by power of attorney to act for him in
that behalf, the court shall make to that officer any such grant of
representation to the estate of the deceased as would be made to
him if he were so authorized as aforesaid.

(2) Where any person who is a national of a State to which
this section applies-

(a)is entitled to any money or other property in Hong Kong
forming part of the estate of a deceased person, or to
receive payment in Hong Kong of any money becoming
due on the death of a deceased person; or

(b)is among the persons to whom any money or other property
of a deceased person may under any Ordinance, whether
passed before or after the commencement of this Ordinance,
be paid or delivered without grant of probate or other proof
of title,

then if the said national is not resident in Hong Kong a consular
officer of that State shall have the like right and power to receive
and give a valid discharge for any such money or property as if
he were duly authorized by power of attorney to act for him in
that behalf:





Provided that no person shall be authorized or required by this
subsection to pay or deliver any money or property to a consular officer
if it is within his knowledge that any other person in Hong Kong has
been expressly authorized to receive that money or property on behalf
of the said national.

(Amended, 26 of 1971, s. 76)

4. Notwithstanding any rule of law conferring immunity or privilege
in respect of the official acts and documents of consular officers, a
consular officer shall not be entitled to any immunity or privilege in
respect of any act done by virtue of powers conferred on him by or
under section 3 or in respect of any document for the time being in his
possession relating thereto.

5. The Governor may by order signified in the Gazette direct that
section 3 shall apply to any foreign State specified in the Order, being a
State with which a consular convention providing for matters for which
provision is made by that section has been concluded by Her Majesty.

(Amended, 17 of 1970, s. 14)
Originally 12 of 1951. 17 of 1970. 26 of 1971. Short title. Interpretation. 1949 c. 29, s. 4(3). Powers of consular officers in relation to property in Hong Kong of deceased persons. 1949 c. 29, s. 1. Supplementary provisions as to section 3. 1949 c. 29, s. 3. Section 3 to apply to any foreign State by order of the Governor. 1949 c. 29, s. 6.

Abstract

Originally 12 of 1951. 17 of 1970. 26 of 1971. Short title. Interpretation. 1949 c. 29, s. 4(3). Powers of consular officers in relation to property in Hong Kong of deceased persons. 1949 c. 29, s. 1. Supplementary provisions as to section 3. 1949 c. 29, s. 3. Section 3 to apply to any foreign State by order of the Governor. 1949 c. 29, s. 6.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3048

Edition

1964

Volume

v17

Subsequent Cap No.

267

Number of Pages

3
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:14:42 +0800
<![CDATA[MASSAGE ESTABLISHMENTS REGULATIONS]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3047

Title

MASSAGE ESTABLISHMENTS REGULATIONS

Description






MASSAGE ESTABLISHMENTS REGULATIONS
(Cap. 266, section 12)
[18 November 19881

L.N. 301188

Citation

1. These regulations may be cited as the Massage Establishments Regulations.

Form of application for licence and renewal

2. The prescribed form of an application for a licence and for the renewal of a
licence shall be that in Form 1 in Schedule 1.

Application for licence and renewal of licence

3. (1) An application for a licence and for the renewal of a licence shall be
lodged with the licensing authority and shall be accompanied by 2 copies of a
recent photograph of the applicant and such documents as may be prescribed in
Part 11 of Form 1 in Schedule 1.

(2) Where the prescribed document is a sketch or plan, it shall be signed by the
applicant certifying that it is a true copy.

Fee for licence

4. The prescribed fee for the issue of a licence and for the renewal of a licence
shall be that in Schedule 2.

Licence

5. The prescribed form of a licence and a renewal of a licence shall be that in
Form 2 in Schedule 1.

SCHEDULE1 [regs. 2, 3 51
FoRm 1 [reg. 21

Application No . ..................................................

MASSAGE ESTABLISHMENTS ORDINANCE
(Chapter 266)

MASSAGE ESTABLISHMENTS REGULATIONS

To the Commissioner of Police





APPLICATION FOR THE ISSUE/RENEWAL OF
A MASSAGE ESTABLISHMENTS LICENCE

...........................................................................................................
hereby apply for a licence to

operate a massage establishment at
..................................................................................................

............................................

In support of my application I submit the following information and particulars-

PART I

PERSONAL DETAILS OF APPLICANT

1 Name (in English and in Chinese)

.................................... 1

2..........................Identity Card No . (C.C.C. No . )

3. Residential address

...........................................1
(Telephone No . ......... )

4. Business address

.........................
(Telephone No . .........)

5. Date and place of birth
6. Nationality

Note: If you are not a Hong Kong permanent resident, you are required to
attach proof of entitlement to take up
employment in Hong Kong.

7. Indicate by deleting as necessary whether you are literate in-
(a) the Chinese language only;
(b) the English language only; or
(c) both the Chinese language and the English language.

BUSINESS DETAILS

8. Name (in English and in Chinese) of the proposed massage establishment
...............................

9. Address of the proposed massage establishment (including floor, and flat/shop/unit

number as appropriate)
.......................................................................

10. Indicate by deleting as necessary whether the proposed massage establishment will be
in premises that are-
(a) a wholly commercial building;
(b) a wholly residential building; or
(c) a mixed commercial and residential building.

11. If the premises is a mixed commercial and residential building is there direct
access from the commercial to the residential area? YES/NO


12. Indicate by deleting as necessary whether you are-
(a) the owner of the premises in which the massage establishment will be situated;
(b) the principal tenant of such premises; or
(c) a sub-tenant of such premises.





13.If you are not the owner of such premises, you are required to supply the owner's name and
address, and details of any agent through whom the owner may be contacted

(a) Name of owner (in English and in Chinese) .......................................................................

...........
...............................................................................................................................
.

Address ........................................................................................................................
......

........................................

(b) Name of agent of owner (in English and in Chinese) .........................................................

........................................

Address ........................................................................................................................
......

........................................

14, Indicate by deleting as necessary whether the massage establishment will be owned by-
(a) you;
(b) another individual;
(c) a partnership; or
(d) a body corporate.

15.If the massage establishment is to be owned by another individual you are required in respect
of that individual, to supply name in English and in Chinese, CM if applicable, Hong Kong
Identity Card number, residential and business addresses and telephone numbers

............... .............
................................

..........................................
..........................................

16. If the massage establishment is to be owned by a partnership you are required to
state-

(a) The date the partnership was formed
.................................................................................
(b) Details of partners:

Name (in Residential
English and Identity Date of address and contact
in Chinese) Card No. birthtelephone number

(1)..................................... ....................... ..........................
............................................
(2)..................................... ....................... ..........................
............................................
(3)..................................... ....................... ..........................
............................................
(4)..................................... ....................... ..........................
............................................

17. If the massage establishment is to be owned by a body corporate you are required to
state-

(a) Company name
..................................................................................................................
(b) Registered office ......................................................................................
...........................

............................................... ........................
....................

(c) Date and place of incorporation ........................................................................................
(d) Details of directors:

Name (in Residential
English and Identity Date of address and contact
in Chinese) Card No. birtht elephone number

(1)...................................... ....................... ..........................
............................................

(2)............................................................. .......................
............................................

(3)...................................... ....................... ..........................
............................................

(4).......................................... ..................
..........................................................................





18.In respect of each bank at which an account is maintained or is intended to be maintained in
connection with the operation of the massage establishment you are required to state

Date
Name and Account Account

address of bank No. opened

(1) ..................................... ..............................
(2) ..........................................
...............................

(3) .............. ................ ................. ...............................

(4) ............................................... ..
...............................

19.If any person is to be employed as a manager, assistant manager or in any way assist you in
the management of the massage establishment you are required to provide

Residential
address and
Name (in Identity Datecontact Nature
English and Card of telephone of
in Chinese) No.birth number employment

(1) ...................................................... .......................... .....................
(2) ...................................................... .......................... .....................
(3) ...................................................... .......................... .....................

(4) ...................................................... .......................... ....... 1,

OTHER INFORMATION

20. (a) Have you ever previously applied for a massage establishment licence? YES/NO

(b) If 'Yes' state-

(i) Date of application
.....................................................................................................

(ii) Name and address of the premises in respect of which application was made ............

.....................................
.....................................

(iii) Whether the application was successful? YES/NO

21. (a) Have you ever been convicted in Hong Kong or elsewhere for any offence (except a
traffic
ofrence for which you were fined $1,000 HK Dollars or its equivalent in other currencies

or less and did not suffer the loss of your driving licence)? YES/NO

(b) If 'Yes' state-

Penalty Court

Date of (if any) which tried
hearing The offence imposed the offence

(1)............................... ................................. ........................
.................................
(2)............................... ................................. ........................
.................................







(3)............................... ................................. ........
.................................

(4)............................... ................................. ........................
.................................

Note: The provisions in section 2 of the Rehabilitation of Offenders Ordinance
(Chapter 297) do not by reason of section 4 of that Ordinance apply to proceedings
related to a person's suitability to be granted or to continue to hold a licence. No
conviction will be regarded as 'spent' and details of all convictions must therefore be
included.





PART II

DOCUMENTS TO BE SUBMITTED BY APPLICANT

22. You are required to submit, together with this application, the following documents

(a) 2 recent passport size photographs of yourself,

(b)a copy of the Occupation Permit issued by the Building Authority in respect of the
premises where the proposed massage establishment will be situated;

(c) 3 copies of a floor plan of the proposed massage establishment showing-

(i) all internal partitions, screens, doors and the like and the materials used or intended
to be used for their construction;

(ii) to what use each part of the massage establishment will be put;

(iii) the dimensions of each such part;

(iv) the locations of fire-fighting equipment; and

(v) the manner in which areas that are to be designated for massage treatment will be
open to general view;

Note: (1)Each copy must be signed by you certifying that it is a true copy of the
floor plan.

(2) In the case of-

(a) new applications; and

(b)applications for renewal which involve structural alterations to the
premises,

you are also required under the Buildings Ordinance (Chapter 123) to
submit plans through an 'authorized person' to the Building Authority for
approval.

(d)3 copies of a sketch of the sign which will be erected to advertise the massage
establishment. The sketch must indicate the wording, size and materials to be used in
respect of the sign. If the sign is to be illuminated you are required to indicate the
method of illumination;

Note: Each copy must be signed by you certifying that it is a true copy of the sign.

(e) 3 copies of a sketch showing the location of the sign referred to in (d);

Note: Each copy must be signed by you certifying that it is a true copy of the sign.

if the massage establishment is to be owned by a partnership, a copy of the partnership
agreement and business registration certificate of that partnership; and

(g)if the massage establishment is to be owned by a body corporate, a copy of the
Certificate of Incorporation issued by the Registrar of Companies.

I DECLARE that the information and particulars submitted by me in support of this application
are, to the best of my knowledge and belief, both true and correct. I have read the Massage
Establishments Ordinance (Chapter 266) and the Massage Establishments Regulations made
thereunder. 1 understand that section 13(3) of the Ordinance provides that any person who
makes any false or misleading statement or furnishes any 'false or misleading information in
connection with any application for the issue or renewal of a licence commits an ofrence and
shall be liable to a fine of $50,000 and to imprisonment for 6 months.

Dated this day of 19







Signed
.................................................................

Applicant.




1988 Ed.] Massage Establishments Regulations



1988 Ed.] Massage Establishment Regulations




1988 Ed.] massage Establishments Regulations




1988 Ed.] Massage Exablishments Regulations





FORM 2 [reg. 5]

Licence No . ..............................................

MASSAGE ESTABLISHMENTS
ORDINANCE

(Chapter 266)

MASSAGE ESTABLISHMENT LICENCE

LICENCE is granted this ..............day of 19 to
(name) .............(Hong Kong Identity Card No .

to operate a massage establishment at (address of premises)
..............................................................

.........................
..........................................................................................

for a period of 12 months from date of grant. THIS LICENCE is subject to those conditions
endorsed on the document attached hereto.

Fee:

Photograph

.......................

for Commissioner of Police.






SCHEDULE2 [reg. 4]

Fee for a licence and renewal of a licence $3,320

Abstract



Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3047

Edition

1964

Volume

v17

Subsequent Cap No.

266

Number of Pages

11
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:14:41 +0800
<![CDATA[MASSAGE ESTABLISHMENTS ORDINANCE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3046

Title

MASSAGE ESTABLISHMENTS ORDINANCE

Description






LAWS OF HONG KONG

MASSAGE ESTABLISHMENTS ORDINANCE

CHAPTER 266





CHAPTER 266

MASSAGE ESTABLISHMENTS ORDINANCE

ARRANGEMENT OF SECTIONS

section Page
1. Short title 2

PART I

PRELIMINARY

2. Interpretation 2
3. Application of Ordinance 2
4. Prohibition on operating etc. massage establishment without a licence 3
PART II
LICENCES

Authorized officer ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 3

6. Application for and grant of licence ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ...

Renewal of a licence . ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 4 8. Revocation and suspension ...
... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 5

9. Transfer ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 5

to. Appeal ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ...

PART III

MISCELLANEOUS

11. Power of licensing authority and police to enter massage establishment ... ... 5

12.........Regulations ....................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 6

13..................Offences in relation to licences ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 6

14.......Penalty .......................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 6
15.......Aids in proof .................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 6

16. Power of the Governor to amend Schedule ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 7

17.........Transitional ...................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 7

Schedule.............................. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 7





CHAPTER 266

MASSAGE ESTABLISHMENTS

To provide for the control and licensing qf massage establishments
and for matters connected therewith or incidental thereto.

[5 December 1983,]

1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Massage Establishments
Ordinance.

PART I

PRELIMINARY

2. (1) In this Ordinance. unless the context otherwise requires

---conditionsof the licence--- means any conditions imposed by the
licensing authority under section 6(2) or under section 17(2):

'licence' means a licence to operate a massage establishment granted
under section 6 or renewed under section 7:

**licensee' means a person to whom a licence has been issued:

licensing authority--- means a person referred to in section 5:

massage establishment--- means any place used or intended to be used
or represented as being used for the reception or treatment of
persons requiring massage or other similar service or treat-

3. This Ordinance shall not apply to-

(a)a hospital or maternity home maintained by the Crown or
registered under the Hospitals, Nursing Homes and Maternity
Homes Registration Ordinance:

(b)an establishment for medical treatment operated by a medical
practitioner registered under the Medical Registration
Ordinance.

(c)the premises of a hairdresser, or of a beauty parlour. where
face or scalp massage is administered to female customers
only or is administered in the premises in full view of
customers resorting thereto;

(d)an establishment for physiotherapy operated by a
physiotherapist registered under the Supplementary Medical
Professions Ordinance; or





(e)a physiotherapy clinic licensed under the Miscellaneous
Licences Ordinance.

4. (1) Any person who on any occasion operates. keeps. manages,
assists in any capacity in the operation of. or assists in the management
of, a massage establishment for the operation of which a licence is not
in force commits an offence.

(2) For the avoidance of doubt it is hereby declared that it shall not
be a defence that a person charged with an offence under subsection (1)
did not know that the operation of the massage establishment which is
the subject of the offence was not licensed.

(3) Any person who commits an offence under subsection (1) shall
subject to subsection (4) be liable

(a)on first conviction to a fine of S50,000 and to imprisonment
for 6 months..

(b)on a second or subsequent conviction to a tine of SI 00.000
and to imprisonment for 2 years.

(4) A person convicted of an offence under subsection (1 shall be
liable to the penalty prescribed by subsection (3)(b) if 3 years prior to
the dIte of his conviction another person was convicted of an offence
against that subsection committed it] rela- to the sarrie place or a part
thereof to which his conviction relates unless lie satisfies the court that
at the time of the oRnce under subsection 1 for w hich he is conv inted
lie did not know and had no reason to suspect that another person had
been so convicted.

PART II

LICENCES

5. Any person specified in the Schedule may exercise the powers
conferred on the licensing authority by this Ordinance.

6. (1) An application by a person for a licence shall be made to the
licensing authority in the prescribed form and in the prescribed manner.

(2) Subject to subsections (3) and (4), the licensing authority may,
in his absolute discretion. grant a licence and may impose such
conditions as he thinks fit.

(3) The licensing authority shall not grant a licence unless he is
satisfied that

(a)the applicant is a fit and proper person to operate a massage
establishment.

(b)the applicant will adequately and personally supervise the
massage establishment;





(e)the premises and the situation thereof are suitable for the
operation of a massage establishment.,

(d)the massage establishment will not be operated in a manner
contrary to the public interest.

(4) The licensing authority shall not grant a licence to a person
other than a natural person.

(5) A licence granted under this section shall be in the prescribed
form.

(6) A licence granted under this section shall not be issued and
shall not be valid except on payment to the licensing authority of the
prescribed fee.

(7) A licence shall authorize the licensee to operate a massage
establishment at the premises specified therein for a period of 12 months
from the date on which it is granted and in accordance with any
conditions imposed under subsection (2).

7. (1) A licensee may apply for the renewal of his licence.

This section does not apply to a licensee whose licence is
revoked.

(3) An application by a licensee for the renewal of a licence shall--

(a)be made not more than 3 months and not less than 2 months
prior to the expiration of the licence or within such other
period prior to the expiration thereof as the licensing authority
may in writing permit.

(b)be made to the licensing authority in the prescribed form and
in the prescribed manner.

(4) Subject to section 8. subsections (6) and (7) of section 6 shall
apply mutatis mutandis to an application for renewal made under this
section as it applies to an application under section 6 and for the
avoidance of doubt it is hereby declared that the licensing authority
may in respect of the renewed licence impose any condi- in addition to
or instead of any condition previously imposed by him.

(5) Any licence in respect of which an application for renewal Is
made under and in accordance with this section and which expires prior
to the determination of such application shall, unless such application is
withdrawn, or the licence is revoked or suspended under section 8, be
deemed to continue in force until the determination by the licensing
authority of such application.

(6) A renewal of a licence granted under this section shall-

(a)not be issued and shall not be valid except on payment to the
licensing authority of the prescribed fee;





(b)be deemed to be granted from the day following the day upon
which the licence being renewed would have expired but for
subsection (5).

8. (1) The licensing authority may revoke, suspend or refuse to
renew any licence if in the opinion of the licensing authority

(a)the licensee has been in breach of any conditions of the
licence;

(b)the licensee has ceased to satisfy any condition relating to the
operation of the massage establishment in respect of which
the licensing authority is required to be satisfied under section
6(3); or

(e)the massage establishment the subject of the licence has been
operated on any occasion since the date on which the licence
was granted in any manner contrary to the public interest.

(2) Where a person is convicted of an offlence contrary, to section
139 of the Crimes Ordinance--

(a)the licensing authority shall revoke any licence that was held
by the convicted person at the time the offence was
committed and which is still in force.

(b)where the convicted person does not hold a licence but the
conviction was for an offence which was. in the opinion of the
licensing authority, related to or connected with premises
specified in a licence, and was committed whilst the licence
was in force, the licensing authority may revoke the licence.

9. (1) Except as provided in this section, a licence shall not be
transferable.

(2) The licensing authority may, on sufficient cause being shown
to his satisfaction and subject to any conditions as he may think fit to
impose, permit the transfer of an existing licence until its expiration to
another person and such transfer shall be endorsed on the licence.

10. Any person who is aggrieved by a decision of the licensing
authority under sections 6, 7, 8 and 9 may appeal by way of petition to
the Governor in Council.

PART III

MISCELLANEOUS

11. (1) For the purpose of ascertaining whether the provisions of
this Ordinance are being complied with the licensing authority, a police
officer of the rank of sergeant or above or any person authorized in
writing by the licensing authority in that behalf may on production of
his authority (if required) enter and inspect





any premises in relation to which a licence has been issued to operate a
massage establishment.

(2) If it is made to appear to a magistrate or a justice of the peace by
information upon oath that there is reason to believe that an offence
against section 4 is being committed in any place, the magistrate or
justice of the peace may issue a warrant authorizing any police officer to
enter and search such place.

12. The Governor in Council may by regulation-

(a)prescribe anything required or permitted to be prescribed
under this Ordinance;

(b)specify the particulars which an applicant for a licence shall
furnish to the licensing authority;

(c)empower the licensing authority to exempt any place, trade,
business or occupation situated or carried on within specified
areas from the operation of this Ordinance or of any part
thereof or of any regulations made thereunder. and specifying
and varying the boundaries of such areas; and

(d)provide for the better carrying into effect of the provisions
and purposes of this Ordinance.

13. (1) Any person who on am, occasion operates. keeps.
manages. assists in any capacity in the operation of. or assists in the
management of, a massage establishment in regard to the operation
of which a licence has been issued under this Ordinance otherwise than
in accordance with the conditions of the licence commits an offence.

(2) Where a condition of the licence is contravened the licensee
shall be guilty of an offence unless lie satisfies the court that

(a)he did not know and had no reason to suspect the existence
of the circumstances giving rise to the contravention.. and

(b)he could not, by the exercise of reasonable supervision and
reasonable diligence. have prevented those circumstances
arising.

(3) Any person who makes any false or misleading statement or
furnishes any false or misleading information in connexion with any
application for the issue or renewal of a licence commits an offence.

14. Any person who commits an offence under section 13. shall be
liable to a fine of 550,000 and to imprisonment for 6 months.

15. For the purpose of any proceedings under this Ordinance a
document purporting to be a

(a)copy of a licence and of any conditions to which the licence
is subject certified to be a true copy by a police officer of the





rank of Superintendent or above shall be received in evidence
evidence on its production without further proof and. until
the contrary is proved, it shall be presumed that-

(1) the document is a true copy of the licence..

(ii) the person who certified the document was a police
officer of the rank stated in the certificate; and

(iii) the licence was issued in respect of the premises stated
in the document to the person stated in the document and is
subject to those conditions;

(b)certificate signed by a police officer of the rank of Superin- or
above that the person named in the certificate was on the date
specified in the certificate convicted of an offence contrary to
section 4 and that the offence was committed in relation to any
place stated in the certificate shall be admitted in evidence iii
any proceedings under section 4 on its production and
without without further proof and. until the contrary is proved.
it shall be presumed that

(i) the person who signed the certificate was a police officer
of the rank stated in the certificate: and

(ii) any person named in the certificate was on any date
specified in the certificate conivcted convicted of an offence
contrary to section 4 and that the offence was committed in
relation to any place stated in the certificate.

16. The Governor may by notice in theamend the
Schedule.

17. (1) A massage establishment licence issued under the
Miscellaneous Licences Ordinance and in force shall. at the day on
which this section comes into operation. be deemed to be a licence
issued under this Ordinance.

(2) The licensing authority may, in regard any licence to which
subsection (1) applies. by notice in writing served upon the licensee or
sent by registered post to the address of the licensee appearing on the
licence, impose such conditions on the licence as he thinks fit and ariv
such conditions shall take effect as if they were imposed under section
6(2) on the day on which the notice was served or. in the case of a
notice sent by registered post, if the notice is not returned undelivered.
on the seventh day following the day on which the notice was posted.

SCHEDULE

Commissioner of Police
Originally 53 of 1983. L.N. 381/83. Short title. Interpretation. Application of Ordinance. (Cap. 165.) (Cap. 161.) (Cap. 359.) (Cap. 114.) Prohibition on operating etc. massage establishment without a license. Authorized officer. Schedule. Application for and grant of license. Renewal of a license. Revocation and suspension. (Cap. 200.) Transfer. Appeal. Power of licensing authority and police to enter massage establishment. Regulations. Offences in relation to licenses. Penalty. Aids in proof. Power of the Governor to amend Schedule. Transitional. (Cap. 114.)

Abstract

Originally 53 of 1983. L.N. 381/83. Short title. Interpretation. Application of Ordinance. (Cap. 165.) (Cap. 161.) (Cap. 359.) (Cap. 114.) Prohibition on operating etc. massage establishment without a license. Authorized officer. Schedule. Application for and grant of license. Renewal of a license. Revocation and suspension. (Cap. 200.) Transfer. Appeal. Power of licensing authority and police to enter massage establishment. Regulations. Offences in relation to licenses. Penalty. Aids in proof. Power of the Governor to amend Schedule. Transitional. (Cap. 114.)

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3046

Edition

1964

Volume

v17

Subsequent Cap No.

266

Number of Pages

8
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:14:40 +0800
<![CDATA[GRANT OF RIGHT TO RUN AND OPERATE TRAMWAY NOTICE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3045

Title

GRANT OF RIGHT TO RUN AND OPERATE TRAMWAY NOTICE

Description






GRANT OF RIGHT TO RUN AND OPERATE TRAMWAY NOTICE
(Cap. 265, section 2A(2))
[2 September 19881

L.N. 243/88-
Citation

1. This notice may be cited as the Grant of Right to Run and Operate Tramway
Notice.

Grant to Peak Tramways Company Limited

2. The Peak Tramways Company Limited is granted the right to run and operate
the tramway authorized by the Ordinance along the route specified in section 3 of
the Ordinance, for a further period of 10 years commencing immediately after the
expiration of the period granted to the Peak Tramways Company Limited in section
2A(I) of the Ordinance.

Abstract



Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3045

Edition

1964

Volume

v17

Subsequent Cap No.

265

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:14:40 +0800
<![CDATA[PEAK TRAMWAY BY-LAWS]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3044

Title

PEAK TRAMWAY BY-LAWS

Description







TRAMWAY BY-LAWS

OF BY-LAWS

By-law Page

PART I

GENERAL

1. Citation .............................B3

2. Application of by-laws ........................................................................... B3
3. Interpretation ............................................................... B3
4. No liability for injury .............. R 3

PART II

CONDUCT OF PASSENGERS

5. Compliance with notices .................................. B 3
6. Boarding and leaving tramcar ......... B4

7. Maximum number of passengers on tramcar B 4
8. Damage to tramcar ....................B 4
9. Non-smoking area .....................B 4
10. Prohibition of musical instruments etc . B 4

11. Prohibition of spitting etc . ........................... B 4
12. Conduct of passengers ...............B 5
13. Animals etc . .......................B 5
14. Consumption of food and drink ....... B 5
15. Damage to Company property ..........B 5
16. Wearing of suitable clothing on tramway B 5
17. Boarding of tramway with luggage, food etc . B 6
PART III
TRESPASS To PREMISES
18. Entry onto premises .................B6
19. Refusal of admission ................B6

PART IV

ARRANGEMENT


TICKETS AND FARES

20. Carriage on tramway etc . ............................................ B 6
21. Issue of tickets etc . ................................... B 7
22. Monthly and season tickets .......... B 7
23. Payment of fare .......................................... B 8
24. Display of ticket ...................B 8





By-law Page

PART V
FIREARMS AND DANGEROUS SUBSTANCES
25. Firearms .............................B 8
26. Dangerous substances .................B 8
PART VI
LOST PROPERTY
27. Lost property to be handed to official B 8
28. Storage of lost property etc . .......B9
PART VII
ENFORCEMENT AND PENALTIES
29. No intentional obstruction ...........B9
30. Removal from Company premises ........B9
31. Penalties for committing offence .....B9
32. Copies of by-laws ....................B 10
Schedule. Penalties ......................B 10





PEAK TRAMWAY BY-LAWS

(Cap. 265, section 15A)
[14 July 1989]

L.N. 237 of 1989

PART I

GENERAL

1. Citation

These by-laws may be cited as the Peak Tramway By-laws.

2. Application of by-laws

These by-laws shall apply to the premises (as defined) including tramcars,

and all places with respect to which the Company has powers to make by-laws.

3. Interpretation

In these by-laws

'Company' means the Peak Tramways Company Limited;

'tramcar' includes all tramcars, cars and trucks or similar vehicles used upon the
tramway;

'official' means any officer or employee of the Company and includes any
conductor having charge of any tramcar and any ticket inspector;

'premises' includes all premises of whatsoever nature used in connection with the
tramway, including the termini and the tramcars;

'passengers' means members of the public using the tramway or lawfully upon the
premises in order to use the tramway.

4. No liability for injury

The Company accepts no liability for any loss or damage, whether physical

injury or damage, or otherwise, suffered by any persons while on the premises

(including the tramcars) except to the extent that such loss or damage involves
death

or physical injury and is directly attributable to the negligence of the Company.

PART II

CONDUCT OF PASSENGERS

5. Compliance with notices

Every person while on the premises shall comply with all notices, signs,

indicators and all reasonable directions and requests of any official.





6. Boarding and leaving tramcar

When a tramcar stops, no person shall board the tramcar until directed to
do so by an official. In no circumstances shall any person enter, mount or leave,
or attempt to enter, mount or leave any tramcar whilst it is in motion.

7. Maximum number of passengers on tramcar

Each tramcar is authorized to carry a maximum number of passengers. If
an official determines that a tramcar is full, no person shall enter such tramcar
and any passenger shall promptly leave such tramcar if directed by such official
to do so.

8. Damage to tramcar

If at any time a tramcar becomes in any way damaged, or from any cause
unable to proceed, the passengers shall upon the request of an official leave the
tramcar under the direction of the official, and if such passengers have paid
their fares, they shall not be entitled to demand back the amount of their fares
so paid, but on production of their tickets shall be allowed to travel by the next
available tramcar the remainder of the distance in respect of which they have
paid their fares. No person shall except with the leave of an official enter a
damaged tramcar which is not in use, or is to be withdrawn from use.

9. Non-smoking areas

No passenger shall smoke or carry a lighted pipe, cigar or cigarette in
any area within the premises designated by the Company by notice to be a
non-smoking area.

10. Prohibition of musical instruments etc.

No passenger or other person shall play or perform upon any musical
instrument, portable radio, cassette player or other audio equipment while
upon the premises.

11. Prohibition of spitting etc.

No passenger shall-
(i) spit in, on, from or against any tramcar, or on the premises;
(ii) swear, or use vulgar or abusive language, whilst on the premises;
(iii) place or throw any litter or rubbish upon the premises including
in or from the tramcars, except into marked receptacles provided
for that purpose;





(iv) place his feet on a seat in any part of the premises including the
tramcars; or
(v)otherwise intentionally interfere with the comfort of any other
passenger.

12. Conduct of passengers

No person shall conduct himself on any tramcar or in any other part of the
premises so as to cause, or be likely in the opinion of an official to cause, a
nuisance or annoyance to other passengers.

13. Animals etc.

No person shall bring any animal or other livestock into or upon any part
of the premises, other than a guide-dog accompanying a blind person.

14. Consumption of food and drink

(i) No person shall consume, or attempt to consume, any food
(including ice-cream) or beverage (whether alcoholic or non-
alcoholic) in any tramcar;
(ii) no person in a state of intoxication shall be permitted upon any
part of the premises, or to enter or mount upon any tramcar, and
if any official believes a person to be in a state of intoxication he
may require that person to leave the premises immediately, upon
the fare, if already paid, being returned.

15. Damage to Company property

No person shall damage in any way whatsoever any of the premises or
property belonging to the Company including any tramcar, or remove or deface
any printed or other notice, in or on the premises, or break or scratch any
window of any tramcar. Any person acting in contravention of this by-law shall
be liable to pay the amount of any damage done, in addition to the penalty
prescribed by these by-laws for contravention of this by-law.

16. Wearing of suitable clothing on tramway

Suitable dress or clothing must be worn at all times by persons upon any
part of the premises. Any person whose dress or clothing might in the opinion
of an official soil or injure the premises or the dress or clothing of any other
passenger, or which in the opinion of an official might for any other reason be





offensive to passengers, shall not mount, enter or remain on or in any part of the
premises, including any tramcar, and may be prevented from so doing; and shall, on
request by an official, leave the same upon the fare, if previously paid, being
returned.

17. Broading of tramway with luggage, food etc.

No person shall

(i) carry or attempt to carry upon the tramway any luggage, article or
other thing which cannot be carried or otherwise accommodated on
the tramway without risk of damage to the tramway and without
causing a nuisance or inconvenience to other passengers; or

(ii) be allowed to board any tramcar or enter any areas of the tramway for
the use of passengers carrying any item, food or package that might
in the opinion of an official be offensive to other passengers or might
soil or damage the premises (including the tramcar), or the property of
other passengers.

PART III

TRESPASS TO PREMISES

18. Entry onto premises

No person, not being an official, or duly authorized by the Company, shall enter
any part of the tramway line or track or any other part of the premises not
specifically provided for the use of passengers.

19. Refusal of admission

The Company reserves the right to refuse to admit any person onto the
premises or any part thereof at any time, and shall not be required to state any
reason for such refusal.

PART IV

TICKETS AND FARES

20. Carriage on tramway etc.

The purchase of a ticket for carriage upon the tramway does not guarantee that
a passenger will be conveyed on any particular tramcar, or that any tramcar shall
depart or arrive at a particular time and the Company will not be





liable to any person for any loss or damage caused by the alteration, suspension
or withdrawal of the Company's tramway services (or a part thereof) for any
reason whatsoever. All time-tables issued by the Company are issued by way of
guidance only and any departure and arrival times for any tramcar are
estimates only.

21. Issue of tickets etc.

(i) All tickets issued by or on behalf of the Company are issued
subject to these by-laws.
(ii) Any person to whom or on whose behalf a ticket is issued or
otherwise acquires a ticket shall be deemed to have knowledge of
and to have agreed to these by-laws.
(iii) The fares appearing in notices, lists or tables published from time
to time by the Company and posted at all locations for the
purchase of tickets for carriage upon the tramway are the
authorized fares for travel upon the tramway.

22. Monthly and season tickets

(i) The Company may issue monthly or season tickets carrying no
special rights or privileges which shall be for the use only of the
passenger who is named thereon, who shall immediately upon
issue sign such monthly or season ticket.
(ii) No person shall use, or attempt to use, any season ticket which is
not issued in his name, and no monthly or season ticket holder
shall sell or transfer, or attempt to sell or transfer any monthly or
season ticket of which he is the holder to any other person.
(iii) All monthly and season tickets shall be produced for inspection
by an official whenever the holder is entering upon or leaving the
premises, or in default the monthly or season ticket holder shall
pay the same fare for the journey as that legally demandable
from a passenger who is not a monthly or season ticket holder.
(iv)In the event of any monthly or season ticket holder contravening
any of these by-laws the Company shall be entitled, on being
satisfied that an offence has been committed to impound, retain
and forfeit such monthly or season ticket and shall be under no
liability to make any refund in respect thereof.

23. Payment of fare

No person shall, without lawful authority or reasonable excuse travel or
attempt to travel upon any part of the tramway without first paying the





appropriate fare and obtaining the appropriate ticket. Any person leaving the
premises shall be deemed to have completed his journey and shall deliver up his
ticket (unless the same is an unexpired monthly or season ticket) upon request of an
official.

24. Display of ticket

Every passenger shall show his ticket (whether a monthly or season ticket, or
other form of ticket) when requested by an offical.

PART V

FIREARMS AND DANGEROUS SUBSTANCES

25. Firearms

No person not being a member of Her Majesty's forces, a police officer, a
member of the Customs and Excise Service or an officer of the Independent
Commission against Corruption shall carry or have with him any firearms or
ammunition on any part of the premises.

26. Dangerous substances

No person not being duly authorized in that behalf shall bring on to any part of
the premises any substance or other thing which is subject to the provisions of the
Dangerous Goods Ordinance (Cap. 295).

PART VI

LOST PROPERTY

27. Lost property to he handed to official

Any person who finds any property which appears to have been lost or
misplaced by another person in or upon any part of the premises shall hand the
same to an official, and no person other than an official shall remove from any
tramcar any such property save for the purpose of handing over the same
immediately to an official.

28. Storage of lost property etc.

(i) All lost or misplaced property which comes into the possession of the
Company shall be dealt with as follows





(a)perishable, noxious or otherwise offensive goods or articles may
be disposed of by the Company as soon as practicable after
they have come into its possession by sale or otherwise as it
sees fit;

(b)all other goods or articles shall be retained by the Company for a
period of 3 months after they have come into its possession and,
if at the end of that period they remain unclaimed, they shall be
deemed to become the property of the Company free of all rights
and encumbrances, and the Company may dispose of them by
sale or otherwise as it sees fit and retain any proceeds of sale
thereof, and no claim for damages or compensation shall be
brought against it by any person in respect of such goods or
articles.

(ii) Any person claiming ownership of any lost property shall be

required to identify it to the reasonable satisfaction of the Company
before the Company shall return such property to such person.

PART VII

ENFORCEMENT AND
PENALTIES

29. No intentional obstruction

No person shall intentionally obstruct or impede any official in the execution of
his duty upon or in connection with any tramcar or other property of the Company.

30. Removal from Company premises

Every official shall have the power to remove (if necessary by the use of
reasonable force) from the premises, or any part thereof, any person whom he
reasonably suspects of committing or attempting to commit any breach of these by-
laws; and in the case where such breach is an offence as herein provided he shall
have the power to detain such person until he can be delivered into the custody of a
police officer to be dealt with according to the law. Where any person so removed
shall have paid his fare he shall not be entitled to claim its return.

31. Penalties for committing offence

Any person who offends against or commits a breach of any of the by-laws set
out in the first column of the Schedule commits an offence and is liable to the
penalty set out in the third column of that Schedule opposite the reference to that
by-law.





32. Copies of by-laws

There shall be placed and kept in a conspicuous position at the Company's
termini and at its registered office printed copies in the English and Chinese
languages of these by-laws.

SCHEDULE [by-law 31]

PENALTIES

By-law Summary of Offence Penalty

6 Improperly boarding a tramcar $1,000
9 Smoking in non-smoking area $5,000
10 Playing a musical instrument etc. $1,000
11 Spitting, swearing etc. $1,000

12 Causing a nuisance $3,000 + 6 months
imprisonment
13 Bringing animals onto the premises$1,000
14 Consuming food in tramcar $1,000
14 Intoxication $3,000 + 6 months
imprisonment
15 Causing damage $5,000 + 6 months
imprisonment
16 Wearing unsuitable clothing $1,000

17 Carrying excessive luggage, or offensive items $1,000

18 Trespass $5,000
23 Travelling without a ticket $3,000
24 Failure to show ticket $3,000
25 Carrying firearms $5,000
26 Carrying dangerous goods $5,000
29 Obstruction of officials $5,000 + 6 months
imprisonment

Abstract



Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3044

Edition

1964

Volume

v17

Subsequent Cap No.

265

Number of Pages

10
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:14:39 +0800
<![CDATA[PEAK TRAMWAY (SAFETY) REGULATIONS]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3043

Title

PEAK TRAMWAY (SAFETY) REGULATIONS

Description






PEAK TRAMWAY (SAFETY) REGULATIONS

ARRANGEMENT OF REGULATIONS

Regulation Page

PART I

PRELIMINARY

1. Citation.............................................................
........................A3

2. InterpretATION ...........................A 3

PART II

EMPLOYMENT AND DUTIES OF SURVEYOR

3. Employment of surveyor ...............A 3

4. Duties of surveyor ...................A 4

PART III

EMPLOYMENT AND DUTIES OF ENGINEERING SUPERINTENDENT

5. Employment of engineering suprintendent A 4

6. Duties of engineering superintendent .............. A 5

7. Duty to keep daily record ............A 5

8. Duty to carry out examination ........A 6

9. Duty to keep maintenance programme, etc A 6

10. Duty of keep maintenance log ........A 7

11. Duty relating to hauling rope .......A 7

12. Duty to instruct operators and duty technicians relating to safety precautions A 8

13. Duty relating to rescue and rescue equipment ............. A 8

14. Duty relating to operation of tramway in accordance with manual A 9

PARTIV
EMPLOYMENT AND DUTIES OF DUTY TECHNICIAN

15. Employment of duty technician .......A 9

16. Duties of duty technician .................. A10

PART V

EMPLOYMENT AND DUTIES OF OPERATOR


17. Employment of operator ..............A10

18. Duties of operator ..................A10

PART VI

RESPONSIBILITIES OF COMPANY

19. Tramway to be examined every year ...A10

20. Duty to report certain occurrences ..All





Regulation Page
21.......................................Duty relating to number of passengers All
22.......................................Duty not to operate tramway when passenger safety endangered All
23. Assistance to be provided by company in relation to duties of engineering
superintendent, duty technician and operator All
24.......................................Company to keep operation manual and maintenance manual All
25. Company not to operate tramway without adequate rescue facilities and
equipment ............................A 12
26. Company to replace hauling rope ......A 12
27. Company to maintain safety of persons using or being in vicinity of tramway A 12
28. Company to ensure safety generally ...A 13
29. Company to provide first aid at terminals A 14
30. Company to furnish information .......A 14
PART VII
OFFENCES
31. Offence by surveyor ..................A 14
32. Offences by engineering superintendent A 15
33. Offence by duty technician ...........A 15
34. Offence by operator ..................A 15
35. Offences by company ..................A 15
Schedule..................................Contents of first aid boxes . A15





PEAK TRAMWAY (SAFETY) REGULATIONS
(Cap. 265, section 15)
[1 September 1989]

L.N. 300 of 1989 -

PART I

PRELIMINARY

1. Citation

These regulations may be cited as the Peak Tramway (Safety) Regulations.

2. Interpretation

In these regulations, unless the context otherwise requires-
'Director' means the Director of Electrical and Mechanical Services;
'duty technician' means a person employed by the company as a duty
technician under these regulations;
,,engineering Superintendent' means a person employed by the company as an
engineering superintendent under these regulations;
,,operator' means a person employed by the company as an operator under
these regulations;
'Secretary' means the Secretary for Transport;
'surveyor' means a person employed by the company as a surveyor under these
regulations;
'technical institute' has the meaning assigned to it by section 2 of the
Vocational Training Council Ordinance (Cap. 1130);
'tramcar' means the articulated car (including both compartments) used upon
the tramway.

PART II

EMPLOYMENT AND DUTIES OF SURVEYOR

3. Employment of surveyor

(1) The company shall employ a person as a surveyor for the purposes of
this Part.





(2) The company shall not employ any person as a surveyor without the prior
written approval of the Secretary.

(3) The Secretary shall give approval under subregulation (2) if the person
whom the company seeks to employ is a person

(a) who

(i) is a corporate member of the Hong Kong Institution of Engineers,
or of the Institution of Mechanical Engineers, Institution of
Marine Engineers, Institution of Electrical Engineers of the
United Kingdom or of such other equivalent institution as may
be acceptable to the Secretary; and

(ii)satisfies the Secretary that he has not less than 3 years practical
experience of or in connection with the maintenance, operation,
inspection and examination of a funicular railway; or

(b)who satisfies the Secretary that by reason of his education, training,
professional experience, knowledge and skill he is a fit and proper
person to be employed by the company as a surveyor for the
purposes of this Part.

4. Duties of surveyor

(1) A person employed as a surveyor shall, when so instructed by the company

(a)examine the emergency braking system of each tramcar and record
the braking distances under dummy load conditions;

(b) test all safety circuits of the tramway; and

(c)examine the haulage rope by gauging the circumference, visual
inspection and defectorgraph reading over the entire length of the
rope where accessible,

and provide a written report thereon to the company.

(2) The examinations and tests under subregulation (1) shall be carried out with
due regard to any Code of Practice issued from time to time under section 14A of the
Ordinance.

PART III

EMPLOYMENT AND DUTIES OF ENGINEERING
SUPERINTENDENT

5. Employment of engineering superintendent

(1) The company shall employ a person as an engineering superintendent for
the purposes of this Part.





(2) The company shall not employ any person as an engineering
superintendent without the prior written approval of the Secretary.

(3) The Secretary shall give approval under subregulation (2) if the person
whom the company seeks to employ is a person

(a) who

(i) has a higher diploma or higher certificate in mechanical,

marine or electrical engineering from the Hong Kong
Polytechnic or a technical institute or such equivalent or
higher qualifications as may be acceptable to the Secretary;
and

(ii) satisfies the Secretary that he has not less than

(A)3 years practical experience of or in connection with the
maintenance and operation of a funicular railway; or

(B) 10 years relevant practical experience in engineering; or

(b)who satisfies the Secretary that by reason of his education, training,
professional experience, knowledge and skill he is a fit and proper
person to be employed by the company as an engineering
superintendent for the purposes of this Part.

6. Duties of engineering superintendent

A person employed as an engineering superintendent shall supervise the
operation and maintenance of the tramway including for that purpose the carrying
out of duties mentioned in this Part.

7. Duty to keep daily record

(1) The engineering superintendent shall cause to be kept and maintained a
daily record containing the following information

(a) the date of each daily record;

(b)the names and duties of the operators and duty technicians operating
the tramway and the number of hours on duty;

(c) the operating hours of the tramway;

(d)confirmation of compliance with daily visual examinations required
under regulation 16(d);

(e)the readings of all installed instruments indicating steady state
conditions, at not greater than 4-hourly intervals, including

(i) the main incoming supply voltage;

(ii) the brake system hydraulic pressures; and
(iii) the main gear box oil temperature;

details of any accident, malfunction or abnormal occurrence,
including

(i) fire;

(ii) landslide;





(iii) the operation of the emergency brake;
(iv) the tripping of the safety switches; (v)
wash-out; and (vi) trees fallen on the track;

(g) details of any rescue operation or practice thereof, and

(h)any other information or occurrence relating to the safety of the
tramway which may reasonably be required by the Director.

(2) The daily record kept and maintained under subregulation (1) shall in the
case of information

(a)referred in subregulation (1)(a) to (e), be retained by the company for
a period of not less than 1 year; and

(b)referred in subregulation (1)(f) to (h), be retained by the company for
a period of not less than 3 years,

after the date of such daily record.

8. Duty to carry out examination

(1) At least once every 3 months the engineering superintendent shall

(a)check the service brake under no load conditions and record the
braking distances;

(b)examine the haulage rope by gauging the circumference and by the
visual inspection of the rope;

(c)check the tramcars for the proper operation of doors, lights, security
of all screws, bolts, rivets and welding seams;

(d)examine all electric motors, with particular reference to the wear of
commutators and brushes and carry out insulation tests for all
motors; and

(e)inspect all haulage equipment and tramcars including all bearings,
hydraulic system and limit switches,

and shall provide a written report thereon to the company.

(2) The engineering superintendent or if the Secretary thinks it advisable, an
engineer approved by the Secretary, shall thoroughly examine all viaducts, cuttings,
embankments, cross drainage, track bed and station works at least once every 3
months, and during every period of heavy and constant rain, and after earth tremors,
and shall provide a written report thereon to the company.

9. Duty to keep maintenance programme, etc.

The engineering superintendent shall prepare and keep, in relation to the
maintenance of the tramway, a programme, which shall include

(a) types of lubricants required and the frequency of servicing;

(b) the monitoring of normal wear and tear and excessive wear; and

(c)the frequency of servicing of special components and the periodic
inspections to be carried out,





and shall ensure that the tramway is maintained in accordance with the
programme.

10. Duty to keep maintenance log
The engineering superintendent shall cause a log to be kept in relation to
the maintenance of the tramway which shall-
(a) specify the execution of any maintenance work carried out;
(b)state the components serviced, the condition of such components
and the replacement of components; and
(c)include the names of the persons carrying out the maintenance
work.

11. Duty relating to hauling rope
(1) The engineering superintendent shall ensure that the company is
immediately informed if at any time-
(a)spliced rope is used for hauling in the operation of the tramway;
or
(b) due to wear, corrosion, broken or damaged wires-
(i)there is a reduction of 25% in effective bearing cross
sectional area within a rope length equal to 40 times rope
diameter; or
(ii) the condition of the rope or its performance leaves any
doubt as to its integrity and safety in operation.
(2) For the purpose of calculation of the reduction in effective bearing
cross sectional area in subregulation (1)-
(a)if the reduction of cross sectional area is the result of broken
wires, the sum of all the cross sectional areas of all the broken
wires within the relevant length shall constitute the total amount
of the reduction;
(b)if there are several breaks in one and the same wire within the
relevant length, only one wire's cross sectional area has to be
taken into account; and
(c)loose wires and wires with strand deformation shall be considered
as broken.
(3) The engineering superintendent shall cause a record to be kept in
relation to the hauling rope containing the following information-
(a) the specification;
(b)a certified copy of the manufacturer's report on the test of the
rope;
(c) the date the rope was installed;
(d)a record of lubrication including the type of lubricant and the
date on which it was applied;





(e)a record of all visual examinations and reports thereon and all
defectograph readings, including the record obtained as a result of
subregulation (5)(a); and

any other information which may reasonably be required by the
Director.

(4) The engineering superintendent shall visually examine the hauling rope

(a)in the case of a new hauling rope, prior to the commencement of use
of the rope;

(b)in the case of an existing hauling rope, at intervals not exceeding one
month; and

(e)in any case, at such other times and in such other circumstances as
the Director may reasonably require.

(5) The engineering superintendent shall examine the hauling rope with a
defectograph

(a)in the case of new hauling rope, not later than 50 hours after the
commencement of the running of the new rope;

(b) in any case-
(i) after any occurrence which may have caused damage to the
rope;

(ii)at such other times and in such other circumstances as the
Director may reasonably require.

(6) The engineering superintendent shall, in the case where a hauling rope has
been subjected to any occurrence which may have resulted in broken wires,
immediately examine the rope both visually and with a defectorgraph.

12. Duty to instruct operators and duty technicians

relating to safety precautions

The engineering superintendent shall assist any person employed by the
company as a duty technician or operator under these regulations and, in relation to
general safety precautions, shall prepare and issue to each duty technician and
operator- written instructions on the action to be taken by them

(a)where there is such stoppage of the tramway as may be directed in
the instructions;

(b)on any occasion on which any of the emergency braking systems
has operated;

(c) in the event of a rescue of passengers; and

(d) on the occasion of any fire or accident.

13. Duty relating to rescue and rescue equipment

The engineering superintendent shall-





(a)carry out practice rescue operations on the tramway at such intervals
as may reasonably be required by the Director;

(b) test all rescue equipment-

(i) to twice the normal rescue load immediately prior to any practice
rescue operation;

(ii) once a year to the manufacturer's recommended proof loading;

(e)immediately after any practice rescue operation, examine all rescue
equipment and ensure that all damaged equipment is repaired
forthwith and then tested to the manufacturer's recommended proof
loading; and

(d)immediately after any rescue equipment has been used in the rescue
of passengers, examine all rescue equipment and repair or replace
such equipment, if necessary, before the tramway resumes operation.

14. Duty relating to operation of tramway

in accordance with manual

The engineering superintendent shall

(a)cause a manual to be kept in relation to the operation of the tramway;
and

(b)ensure that the tramway is operated in accordance with the manual.

PART IV

EMPLOYMENT AND DUTIES OF DUTY TECHNICIAN

15. Employment of duty technician

(1) The company shall employ a person as a duty technician for the purposes of
this Part.

(2) The company shall not employ any person as a duty technician unless that
person is a person who has

(a)a higher diploma or higher certificate in mechanical or electrical or
marine engineering from the Hong Kong Polytechnic or a technical
institute or such equivalent or higher qualifications as may be
acceptable to the Secretary and not less than 1 year working
experience in mechanical or electrical or marine engineering;

(b)not less than 10 years practical experience in mechanical, marine or
electrical engineering; or

(c)such other education, training, professional experience or skill
relevant to the duties of a duty technician as may be acceptable to the
Secretary.





16. Duties of duty technician

A person employed as a duty technician shall

(a)assist any person employed as an engineering superintendent in
carrying out the duties of an engineering superintendent under these
regulations;

(b)ensure that the tramway is not operated for the carriage of
passengers unless the duty technician can maintain communications
with the operator;

(c)ensure that the tramway is not operated for the carriage of
passengers at an average speed exceeding 6 m/s and a speed at any
point exceeding 6.24 m/s; and

(d)carry out a daily visual examination, prior to the commencement of the
operation of the tramway for the carriage of passengers, of such
indications, controls and safety devices as the Director may
reasonably require.

PART V

EMPLOYMENT AND DUTIES OF
OPERATOR

17. Employment of operator

(1) The company shall employ persons as operators for the purposes of this
Part.

(2) The company shall not employ any person as an operator unless the
engineering superintendent is satisfied that that person has received sufficient
training relevant to the duties of an operator as may be necessary to permit the safe
operation of tramway.

18. Duties of operator

A person employed as an operator shall

(a)ensure that the tramway is not operated for the carriage of
passengers unless the doors of the tramcar are securely closed;

(b)monitor and observe the readings of the instruments of control of the
tramcar when the tramway is operated for the carriage of passengers;
and

(c) comply with any instructions issued under regulation 12.

PART VI

RESPONSIBILITIES OF
COMPANY

19. Tramway to he examined every year

The company shall at least once every 12 months cause the tramway to be
examined and tested by a surveyor in accordance with regulation 4.





20. Duty to report certain occurrences
The company shall as soon as is practicable thereafter report to the
Director the occurrence of any of the following---
(a) the death of or injury to any person on the tramway;
(b) the breakage of the hauling rope;
(c)the failure of the main drive other than by reason of the failure of
the main power supply;
(d) the failure of any braking system;
(e) any rescue operation required along the track;
(f) any fire;
(g) any landslide;
(h) any wash-out; and
(i)any other occurrence as may reasonably be required from time to
time by the Director.

21. Duty relating to number of passengers
The company shall ensure that no tramcar contains more than 120
passengers.

22. Duty not to operate tramway when
passenger safety endangered
The company shall ensure that the tramway is not operated for the
carriage of passengers in any circumstances when it has been notified by the
engineering superintendent that, in his opinion, such operation would endanger
or be likely to endanger the safety of any passenger travelling or being upon the
tramway.

23.Assistance to he provided by company in relation
to duties of engineering superintendent, duty
technician and operator
The company in relation to the duties under these regulations of any
person employed as an engineering superintendent, duty technician or operator
shall provide all such assistance, equipment, facilities and information as may
be necessary for the proper carrying out of such duties and shall ensure that the
duties of a duty technician and of an operator are carried out under the general
supervision of an engineering superintendent.

24. Company to keep operation manual
and maintenance manual
(1) The company shall keep-
(a)an operation manual prepared by the designer or manufacturer
of the tramway describing the function and operation of the





components of the tramway and instructions for the safe running
of the tramway; and
(b)a maintenance manual prepared by the designer or manufacturer
describing the recommended maintenance procedures for the
tramway, including types of lubricants required and the
frequency of application, definitions and measurements to
determine excessive wear, the recommended frequency of
servicing of specific components and the periodic inspections to
be carried out.
(2) Where the designer or manufacturer of the tramway amends the
operation manual or maintenance manual prepared by him, the company shall
notify the Director of such amendment as soon as reasonably possible after the
company receives the amendment from the designer or manufacturer.

25. Company not to operate tramway without
adequate rescue facilities and equipment

(1) The company shall, to the satisfaction of the Director, provide
adequate equipment and facilities for the rescue of passengers in the event of an
accident or emergency.
(2) Without prejudice to the generality of subregulation (1), the company
shall ensure that-
(a)rescue equipment is located at suitable points along the length of
the tramway;
(b)all rescue equipment is adequately protected from damage,
deterioration by weather and loss by theft.

26. Company to replace hauling rope

The company, upon being informed by the engineering superintendent
of the existence of a matter referred to in regulation 11 (1)(a) or (b), shall
immediately replace the hauling rope or take other appropriate safety mea-
sures, as the case may be.

27. Company to maintain safety of persons
using or being in vicinity of tramway

(1) The company shall, to the satisfaction of the Director, provide
reasonable numbers of personnel and facilities for the control and safety of
persons using, or being in the vicinity of, the tramway.
(2) The company shall ensure that arrangements are made at each
terminal on the tramway for the marshalling and control of persons using or





intending to use the tramway so as to provide for safe and orderly embarkation and
disembarkation.

(3) Except in an emergency, the company shall not use any place other than its
stations for the purpose of taking up or depositing passengers.

28. Company to ensure safety generally

The company shall ensure that-

(a)all electric circuits, overload devices, circuit breakers, switchgear and
protective devices are kept in a safe and proper state of repair and are
examined in accordance with these regulations and good electrical
engineering practice;

(b)every station along the tramway is adequately lit when the tramway is
in operation;

(e)all rails and barriers used for the marshalling and control of
passengers are kept at all times in a good state of repair;

(d)all areas within a station are kept in a good state of repair and in a
clean and orderly condition and that all floors within a station are
kept in a non-slippery condition;

(e)all guards and other devices for the protection of persons employed
on the tramway and of the public are kept in a safe state of repair and
are not removed;

no tramcar is used for the carriage of members of the public if-

(i)the tramcar door interlocking safety system is not in working
order; or

(ii) any structural part thereof is deformed or broken;

(g)notices in Chinese and in English are displayed in every tramcar and
kept in good condition

(i)stating the maximum number of passengers permitted to be
carried;

(ii) stating the maximum weight permitted to be carried;

(h)notices in Chinese and in English are displayed at every station and
kept in good condition warning of any thing that is or is likely to be a
mechanical or electrical danger to persons being in or in the vicinity
of the station;

(i)protection against injury of persons employed by the company in the
operation of the tramway is provided by

(i)the display of notices in Chinese and in English warning of any
thing that is or is likely to be a mechanical or electrical danger to
such persons;

(ii) the issue of safety belts to be worn by such persons when
working at height or on a steep slope.





29. Company to provide first aid at terminals

(1) The company shall provide and maintain at each terminal a first aid box
containing the items listed in the Schedule.

(2) The company shall ensure that

(a)the items in the first aid box are maintained in a serviceable and
sanitary condition;

(b)all materials for dressings in the first aid box are those designated in,
and are of a grade not lower than the standards specified by, the
British Pharmaceutical Code or by any supplement to it;

(c)nothing except appliances and requisites for first aid are kept in a first
aid box; and

(d) each first aid box is clearly and legibly marked 'FIRST AID'
and

30. Company to furnish information

(1) The company shall, as soon as practicable, furnish to the Director a copy of
each of the following

(a)the written report of the surveyor provided in accordance with
regulation 4(1);

(b)any written report of the engineering superintendent provided in
accordance with regulation 8;

(c)the maintenance programme prepared in accordance with regulation
9;

(d)any training programme conducted by the company for operators in
relation to regulation 17(2); and

(e)the operation and maintenance manuals mentioned in regulation
24(1).

(2) The company shall upon request by the Director afford to him sufficient
facilities for obtaining information with respect to the operation of the tramway for
the carriage of passengers and shall, in such manner and at such times as the
Director may reasonably require, furnish him with reports, records, schedules, logs,
manuals required to be kept or made under these regulations and other information
with respect thereto and afford to him facilities for the verification of information
furnished.

PART VII

OFFENCES

31. Offence of surveyor

A surveyor who fails to comply with regulation 4 commits an ofrence and is
liable to a fine of $10,000 and imprisonment for 6 months.





32. Offences by engineering superintendent

An engineering superintendent who fails to comply with any of the provisions
of regulations 6 to 14 commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $5,000 and
imprisonment for 3 months.

33. Ofrence by duty technician

A duty technician who fails to comply with regulation 16 commits an offence
and is liable to a fine of $2,000 and imprisonment for 1 month.

34. Offence by operator

An operator who fails to comply with regulation 18 commits an offence and is
liable to a fine of $1,000.

35. Offences by company

If the company fails to comply with any of the provisions of regulations 3(1) or
(2), 5(1) or (2), 15, 17, 19 to 30 the company commits an offence and is liable to a fine
of $50,000 and to a further fine of $1,000 for each day on which the offence
continues.

SCHEDULE [reg. 29(1)]

CONTENTS OF FIRST AID BOXES

(a) A copy of a leaflet issued by the Director of Health giving advice on first-aid
treatment.

(b) A sufficient number of small sterilized unmedicated dressings for injured fingers.

(c)A sufficient number of medium-sized sterilized unmedicated dressings for injured hands or
feet.

(d)A sufficient number of large sterilized unmedicated dressings for other injured parts of the
body.

(e) A sufficient number of waterproof adhesive wound dressings of assorted sizes.

(f)A sufficient number of triangular bandages of unbleached calico, the longest side of each
bandage measuring not less than 1300 mm and each of the other sides of each bandage
measuring not less than 900 nun.

(g)A sufficient supply of rolls of zinc oxide adhesive plaster, each roll to be at least 4.5 m
by 25 mm.

(h) A sufficient number of 30 grams packets of absorbent cotton wool.

(i) A pressure bandage.

(j) A sufficient number of safety pins.

Abstract



Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3043

Edition

1964

Volume

v17

Subsequent Cap No.

265

Number of Pages

15
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:14:38 +0800
<![CDATA[PEAK TRAMWAY ORDINANCE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3042

Title

PEAK TRAMWAY ORDINANCE

Description






LAWS OF HONG KONG

PEAK TRAMWAY ORDINANCE

CHAPTER 265





CHAPTER 265

PEAK TRAMWAY ORDINANCE

ARRANGEMENT OF SECTIONS

Section Page

1. Short title ..........................3

2. Interpretation ................................................................................................................
.............3

2A. Right to run and operate the tramway 3

3. Power to construct and work certain tramways ...................................... 4
4. Power to alter levels of ground, etc . 4
5. Power to make additional crossings, etc . 5
6. (Repealed) ...........................5
7. Protection of sewers, etc . .......... 5

8. Settlement of differences between company and Director 6
9. Discontinuance of tramway by company .6
10. Proceedings in case of insolvency of company 7
11. Purchase by Government of tramway ...7

12. Motive power, etc . .......................................... 8
13. Construction of tramcars ............ 8
14. Design and construction ............. 8
14A. Code of Practice in relation to design 9
14B. Appointment of inspectors .......... 8
14C. General powers of inspectors ....... 9

14D. Secretary for Transport may order that defects be remedied 10
14E. Closure of tramway for safety reasons 11
14F. Closure of tramway for repairs or alterations 11
14G. Offence of interfering with tramway etc . 11

14H. Offence of negligence by employee .......................... 12
is. Regulations ..........................12
1 SA. By-laws ............................13
16. Power to sell undertaking ............ 13
17. Power to let undertaking ............. 14
18. Power to mortgage undertaking ........ 14
19. Right of user by Government .......... 14
20-21A. (Repealed) ................................. 14
22. Fares ................................15
23. Limitation of obligation to carry passengers is





Section Page
24-29. (Repealed) ........................15
30. Service of summons, etc . ............15
31. Form and delivery of notice ..........15
32. Tender of amends .....................16
33. Recovery of fares, etc . .............16
34. Responsibility of company for damage .16
35. (Repealed) ...........................17
36. Saving ...............................17





CHAPTER 265

PEAK TRAMWAY

To authorize the construction of the Peak Tramway.

(Amended 8 of 1912 s. 25)

[3 November 18831

Originally 6of 1883 (Cap. 3041950 Ed.) -18 of 1883,29 of 1901,9 of 1902,14 of 1909,12 of
1910, 13 of 1911, 19 of1911, 50 of 1911, 51 of 1911, 62 of 1911, 63 of 1911, 8 of 1912,
18 of 1923, 5 of 1924, 10 of 1926, 17 of 1935, 27 of 1937, G.N. 671 of 1946, 20 of 1948,
24 of 1950, 4 of 1951, 31 of 1956, 48 of 1972, L.N. 189 of 1972, 66 of 1972, L.N. 241 of
1975, 77 of 1975, L.N. 156 of 1977, L.N. 277 of 1979, L.N. 47 of 1980, L.N. 76 of 1982,
L.N. 222 of 1982, L.N. 298 of 1982, 67 of 1982,13 of 1984, L.N. 127 of 1986,57 of 1986,
R. Ed. 1986,26 of 1989.

1. Short title

This Ordinance may be cited as the Peak Tramway Ordinance.

(Amended 8 of 1912 s. 25; 5 of 1924 s. 6)

2. Interpretation

In this Ordinance, unless the context otherwise requires-

'company' means the Peak Tramways Company Limited; (Amended 10 of 1926s.2)

'tramway' includes cars and trucks used upon the tramway; (Added 26 of 1989s.2)

'works' or 'undertaking' means the works or undertaking of whatever nature which
by this Ordinance are or is authorized to be executed. (Amended 20 of 1948 s.
4)

2A. Right to run and operate the tramway

(1) Upon the payment to the Government by the company of a non

refundable premium of $2,790,000 within 14 days after the commencement of
the Peak Tramway (Amendment) Ordinance 1986 (57 of 1986), the company
shall have the right to run and operate the tramway authorized by this
Ordinance, along the route specified in section 3, for a period of 10 years
commencing on 1 January 1984.
(2) The Secretary for Transport shall-

(a)if within 2 years after the commencement of the Peak Tramway
(Amendment) Ordinance 1986 (57 of 1986) there is produced to him
evidence of a commitment by the company to the carrying out of
approved works for the modernization and improvement of the
tramway and ancillary equipment; and





(b)if such commitment is of a kind and in a form satisfactory to him,

by notice in the Gazette grant to the company the right referred to in subsection (1)
for a further period of 10 years commencing immediately after the expiration of the
first such period.

(3) For the purposes of subsection (2) 'approved works' means works
approved by the Secretary for Transport.

(4) The right conferred by subsections (1) and (2) shall be subject to this
Ordinance.

(Added57of 1986s. 2)

3. Power to construct and work certain tramways

(1) The company may construct and maintain, subject to the provisions of this
Ordinance and in accordance with the plan which has been deposited as hereinafter
mentioned, the tramway hereinafter described, with all proper stations, crossings,
passing places, sidings, junctions, rails, turn-tables, plates, offices, weighbridges,
sheds, works, and conveniences connected therewith or for the purposes thereof,
and may work and use the same. (Amended 51 of 1911; 63 of 1911 Schedule; 8 of
1912 s. 25)

(2) The tramway authorized by this Ordinance is a partly single and partly
double line, commencing from the southwest boundary of Inland Lot 7977, thence
passing in a southerly direction up the hillside, crossing over Kennedy Road by
means of a bridge and under Macdonnell Road, Magazine Gap Road and May Road
Bridges to the terminus at Victoria Gap terminating on the boundary of Rural
Building Lots 768, 762 and 858, as shown on plan No. MH2528b dated 23 September
1985 deposited in the Land Office, Victoria and signed on behalf of the Director of
Lands and on behalf of the company:

Provided that such alteration as the company thinks fit may be made to the
position of the rail-tracks of the tramway as shown on the said plan so long as they
are within the limits of deviation shown on the said plan. (Replaced 57 of 1986s.3)

4. Power to alter levels of ground etc.

Subject to the approval of the Secretary for Transport, the company may alter
the levels of the ground on which the tramway is laid, make and construct all
necessary cuttings and embankments, bridges, viaducts, culverts, catch-water
drains, and other works, and divert streams:

Provided that the earth excavated and thrown to waste is disposed of in such
manner as to prevent its being washed down by rain into the harbour.

(Amended50 of 1911; 51 of 1911; 62 of 1911 Schedule; 63 of 1911
Schedule; 8 of 1912 s. 25; 26 of 1989 s. 7)





5. Power to make additional crossings, etc.

Subject to the approval of the Secretary for Transport, after timely and adequate
notification by public advertisement or otherwise of the intention of the company to
apply for such approval, the company may construct and maintain, subject to the
provisions of this Ordinance and in accordance with plans to be previously
deposited with the Secretary for Transport, all such crossings, passing places,
sidings, junctions, turn-tables, and other works in addition to those particularly
specified in and authorized by this Ordinance as may be approved by the Secretary
for Transport, and may work and use the same.

(Amended50 of 1911 s. 4; 62 of 1911 Schedule; 8 of 1912 s. 25; 20 of
1948 s. 4; 26 of 1989 ss. 7 & 8)

6.(Repealed 26 of1989 s.]])

7. Protection of sewers, etc.

(1) Where the tramway, or any work connected therewith, interferes with any
sewer, drain, watercourse, or subway, or in any way affects sewerage or drainage,
the company shall not commence such tramway or work until it has given to the
Secretary for Transport 14 days' notice in writing of its intention to do so together
with all necessary particulars relating thereto, nor until the Secretary for Transport
has signified his approval of the same, unless he does not signify his approval,
disapproval, or other directions within 14 days after service of the said notice and
particulars. (Amended50 of 1911; 51 of 1911 S. 4; 62 of 1911 Schedule; 63 of 1911
Schedule; 20 of 1948 s. 4; 57 of 1986 s. 4; 26 of 1989 ss. 3 & 8)

(2) The company shall comply with the directions of the Secretary for Transport
in the execution of the said works and shall provide by new, altered, or substituted
works, in such manner as he may require, for the proper protection of, and for
preventing injury or impediment to, the sewers and works hereinbefore referred to by
or by reason of the tramway, and shall save harmless the Secretary for Transport
against the expense occasioned thereby. (Amended50 of 1911; 51 of 1911; 62 of
1911 Schedule; 63 of 1911 Schedule; 8 of 1912 s. 25; 20 of 1948 s. 4; 26 of 1989 s.
8)

(3) All such works shall be done by or under the superintendence of the
Secretary for Transport, at the cost and expense of the company. (Amended 51 of
1911 s. 4; 20 of 1948 s. 4)

(4) When any new, altered, or substituted work is completed, the same shall
thereafter be as completely under the control of the Secretary for Transport, and be
maintained by him, as any other sewers or works. (Amended50 of 1911; 51 of 1911
s. 4; 62 of 1911 Schedule; 20 of 1948 s. 4)

(Amended 8 of 1912 s. 25; 26 of 1989 s. 8)





8. Settlement of differences between

company and Director

If any difference arises between the company and the Secretary for Transport
with respect to any interference or control exercised or claimed to be exercised by the
company or the Secretary for Transport, by virtue of this Ordinance, in relation to the
tramway or any work, or in relation to any work or proceeding of the Secretary for
Transport, or with respect to the propriety or the mode of execution of any work
relating to the tramway, or on the question whether any work is such as ought to
satisfy the Secretary for Transport, or with respect to any other subject or thing
regulated by or comprised in this Ordinance, the matter in difference shall (unless
otherwise specially provided for by this Ordinance) be settled by the Governor in
Council, on the application of either party.

(Amended50 of 1911; 51 of 1911 s. 4; 62 of 1911 Schedule; 63 of 1911
Schedule; 8 of 1912 s. 25; 20 of 1948 s. 4; 26 of 1989 s. 8)

9. Discontinuance of tramway by company

(1) If the company discontinues the working of the tramway or of any part
thereof for the space of 6 months, (such discontinuance not being occasioned by
circumstances beyond the control of the company, the want of sufficient funds not
being considered a circumstance beyond its control), the Governor in Council may,
by order, declare that the powers of the company in respect of such tramway, or the
part thereof so discontinued, shall, from the date of such order, be at an end, and
thereupon the said powers of the company shall cease and determine, unless the
tramway is purchased by the Government in the manner provided by this Ordinance.
(Amended50 of 1911; 51 of 1911 s. 4; 62 of 1911 Schedule; 63 of 1911 Schedule; 8
of 1912 s. 25)

(2) Where any such order has been made, the Secretary for Transport may, at
any time after the expiration of 2 months from the date of such order, under the
authority of a certificate to that effect, remove the tramway or part of the tramway so
discontinued, and the company shall pay the cost of such removal which shall be
certified by the Secretary for Transport, and the certificate shall be final and
conclusive. (Amended50 of 1911; 51 of 1911 s. 4; 62 of 1911 Schedule; 63 of 1911
Schedule; 20 of 1948 s. 4)

(3) If the company fails to pay the amount so certified within 2 months after
delivery of such certificate or a true copy thereof, the Secretary for Transport may,
without previous notice to the company (but without prejudice to any other remedy
which he may have for the recovery of the amount), sell and dispose of the materials
so removed, either by public auction or private sale, and for such sum and to such
person as he may think fit, and may, out of the proceeds of such sale, reimburse
himself the amount of the cost certified as





aforesaid and of the cost of sale, and the balance, if any, shall be paid to the
company. (Amended50 of 1911; 51 of 1911 s. 4; 62 of 1911 Schedule; 63 of 1911
Schedule; 8 of 1912 s. 25; 20 of 1948 s. 4; 26 of 1989 s. 8)

10. Proceedings in case of insolvency of company

If it appears to the Governor in Council that the company is insolvent, so that it
is unable to maintain such tramway or work the same with advantage to the public,
the Governor in Council may inquire into the financial affairs of the company, and if it
appears that the company is so insolvent as aforesaid, he may, by order, declare that
the powers of the company shall, at the expiration of 6 months from the making of the
order, be at an end, and the powers of the company shall cease and determine at the
expiration of the said period, unless the tramway is purchased by the Government in
the manner provided by this Ordinance; and thereupon the Secretary for Transport
may remove the tramway in like manner and subject to the same provisions as to the
payment of the cost of such removal, and to the same remedy for recovery of such
cost, in every respect as in cases of removal under section 9.

(Amended50 of 1911; 51 of 1911 s. 4; 62 of 1911 Schedule; 63 of 1911
Schedule; 8 of 1912 s. 25; 5 of 1924 s. 8; 20 of 1948 s. 4; 26 of 1989 s. 8)

11. Purchase by Government of tramway

(1) The Governor in Council may, within 3 months after any order made by the
Governor in Council under section 9 or 10, by notice in writing require the company
to sell, and thereupon the company shall sell, to the Government its undertaking on
the terms of paying the then value (exclusive of any allowance for past or future
profits of the undertaking or any compensation for compulsory sale or other
consideration whatsoever) of the tramway, and all lands, buildings, works, materials,
and plant, suitable to and used for the purposes of its undertaking, such value to be,
in cases of difference, determined upon petition to the court in a summary way:

Provided that, if on any such land the company shall have erected any building,
or any portion of a building, for purposes other than its undertaking, such land and
the whole of such building shall be deemed to be included in the undertaking unless
the Governor in Council by notice in writing declares that such land and building
shall be excluded from the sale. (Amended50 of 1911; 51 of 1911; 62 of 1911 Schedule;
63 of 1911 Schedule; 8 of 1912 s. 25; 17 of 1935 s. 2; 20 of 1948 s. 4; 57 of 1986 s. 5)

(2) When any such sale has been made, all the rights, powers, and authorities
of the company in respect of the undertaking sold, or, where any order has been
made by the Governor in Council under section 9 or 10,





all the rights, powers, and authorities of the company previous to the making of such
order in respect of the undertaking sold, shall be transferred to, vested in, and may
be exercised by the Government. (Amended 5 of 1924 s. 8)

(Amended 8 of 1912 s. 25; 20 of 1948 s. 4)

12. Motive power, etc.

The tramcars, motive power, machinery, and apparatus of any kind whatsoever,
used on or for the tramway shall be subject to the approval of the Secretary for
Transport, and no tramcar, motive power, machinery, or apparatus, which has been
disapproved by the Secretary for Transport shall be used on or for the tramway.

(Replaced 10 of 1926 s. 3. Amended 20 of 1948 s. 4; 26 of 1989 ss. 7,
9 & 10)

13. Construction of tramcars

Every tramcar used on the tramway shall be so constructed as to provide for
the safety of passengers and for their safe entrance to and exit from, and
accommodation in such tramcar, and their protection from the machinery used for
drawing or propelling such tramcar.

(Amended 8 of 1912 s. 25; 20 of 1948 s. 4; 26 of 1989 s. 9)

14. Design and construction

The design and construction of the tramway shall be in accordance with any
Code of Practice issued from time to time under section 14A and shall have regard to
the safety of all persons using, operating or being in the vicinity of the tramway.

(Replaced 26 of 1989 s. 4)

14A. Code of Practice in relation to design

The Director of Electrical and Mechanical Services may issue from time to time
a Code of Practice dealing with the design and construction of the tramway and
notify the issue thereof in the Gazette.

(Added 26 of 1989 s. 4)

14B. Appointment of inspectors

(1) The Secretary for Transport may in writing appoint any person to be an
inspector for the purposes of this section and section 14C.





(2) An inspector who is not a public officer may be paid, as a fee for his
services, such amount as the Financial Secretary thinks fit.

(3) The powers conferred by section 14C or by regulations made under section
15 shall be exercised by an inspector only

(a)for the purpose of testing and examining the tramway following the
carrying out of work thereon; or

(b)for the purpose of ensuring the safety of the tramway or any part
thereof;or

(c)where an inspector is directed to investigate an accident on any part
of the tramway under such regulations, for the purpose of carrying out
such investigation.

(4) Mffiere an inspector exercises any power under this Ordinance, he shall
produce evidence of his identity, and of his appointment, to any person who
requests him to do so.

(5) An inspector may take with him such persons as he reasonably requires to
assist him in the exercise of his powers under this Ordinance.

(Added 26 of 1989 s. 4)

14C. General powers of inspectors

(1) An inspector may at all reasonable times-

(a) enter upon premises to which this subsection applies;

(b)carry out on premises to which this subsection applies, or on any
machinery, plant or equipment thereon, such tests and inspections as
he considers necessary in the exercise of his powers under section
14B(3);

(c) require any person to whom this subsection applies-

(i) to do anything which the inspector reasonably considers to be
necessary for facilitating any test or inspection carried out
under section 14B(3) or paragraph (b) of this subsection;

(ii)to provide the inspector with such information relating to the
tramway or any machinery, plant or equipment connected with
the tramway as the inspector may specify, and to answer any
question or produce for inspection any document which is
necessary for that purpose;

(d)make copies of any document produced to him pursuant to paragraph
(a)(ii).

(2) Subsection (1) applies to

(a)the tramway premises and the premises of any contractor or
subcontractor who is carrying out or has carried out any work on the
tramway; and

(b)any employee of the company, any contractor or subcontractor
mentioned in paragraph (a) and any employee of such a contractor or
subcontractor.





(3) Any person who-
(a)without lawful excuse, fails to comply with a requirement made
under subsection (1)(c);
(b)furnishes to an inspector acting under subsection (1)(c) in-
formation that is false or misleading in a material particular;
(c)obstructs an inspector in the exercise of his powers under sub-
section (1),
commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $5,000 and to imprisonment for 6
months.
(4) Where a person is charged with contravening any of the provisions of
subsection (3), it shall not be a defence to the charge that compliance with a
requirement under subsection (1)(c) would tend to expose that person to any
other proceedings for a criminal ofrence; but nothing done in compliance with a
requirement under subsection (1)(c) shall be admissible in evidence in such
other proceedings.
(Added 26 of 1989 s. 4)
14D.Secretary for Transport may order
that defects he remedied

(1) Where in the opinion of the Secretary for Transport-
(a)the condition of any part of the tramway or of any machinery,
plant or equipment of such part;
(b)the manner in which the tramway or any part thereof is being
operated,
is such as to cause, or to be likely to cause, a risk of injury to any person, the
Secretary for Transport may direct the company to carry out such work, or to
take such steps, as he may specify in the order to ensure that the condition of
the tramway, or of the part or the machinery, plant or equipment in question,
or the manner of operation will cease to constitute such a risk.
(2) A direction under subsection (1) shall be in writing and may specify
the date before which the company shall commence to carry out the specified
work or take the specified steps and the date by which the same shall be
completed.
(3) If the company fails without reasonable excuse to comply with a
direction under this section the company commits an offence and is liable to a
fine of $100,000 and to a further fine of $10,000 for each day during which the
failure to comply with the direction has continued.
(4) A copy of a document which purports to be a direction signed by the
Secretary for Transport for the purposes of subsection (1)~-
(a)shall be admitted in evidence in proceedings for an offence under
subsection (3) on its production without further proof., and





(b)shall be sufficient evidence of the opinion of the Secretary for
Transport.

(Added 26 of 1989 s. 4)

14E. Closure of tramway for safety reasons

(1) The company shall close or partially close the tramway to the use of the
public, if so required by notice in writing by the Secretary for Transport whenever
the Secretary for Transport is not satisfied that the tramway is in safe working order,
and is of opinion that any further operation of the tramway would be, or would likely
to be, dangerous.

(2) If the Secretary for Transport is not satisfied that the tramway is in safe
working order, and is of opinion that no immediate danger will arise from further
operation of the tramway, he may, by notice in writing, require the company to put
the tramway in safe working order to his satisfaction within a period specified in
such notice.

(3) Upon expiration of the period specified under subsection (2), if the tramway
has not been put in safe working order to his satisfaction, the Secretary for
Transport may, by notice in writing, direct the company to close or partially close
the tramway to the use of the public.

(4) Whenever the tramway is directed to be closed or partially closed under this
section the tramway or such part thereof thereby affected shall not thereafter be
operated for the use of the public without the written consent of the Secretary for
Transport.

(Added 26 of 1989 s. 4)

14F. Closure of tramway for repairs or alterations

(1) The company may close or partially close the tramway to the use of the
public whenever necessary to enable any repairs or alterations to be effected to the
tramway.

(2) The company shall forthwith notify the Secretary for Transport of any
closure or partial closure under subsection (1).

(Added 26 of 1989 s. 4)

14G. Offence of interfering with tramway etc.

(1) A person commits an offence if he wilfully

(a)interferes with, removes, or alters any part of the tramway or of the
works connected therewith; or

(b)places or throws any stones, dirt, wood, refuse, or other materials on
any part of the tramway; or

(c)does or causes to be done anything in such manner as to obstruct
any person using the tramway; or





(d)does or omits to do anything in relation to the tramway that
endangers or is likely to endanger the safety of any person
travelling or being upon the tramway.
(2) Any person who commits an offence under subsection (1) is liable to a
fine of $5,000 and to imprisonment for 6 months.
(Added 26 of 1989 s. 4)

14H. Offence of negligence by employee

(1) An employee of the company commits an offence if, in connection
with his employment, he negligently does or omits to do anything in relation to
the condition or operation of any part of the tramway that endangers or is
likely to endanger the safety of any person travelling or being upon the
tramway.
(2) An employee who commits an offence under subsection (1) is liable to
a fine of $5,000 and to imprisonment for 6 months.
(3) For the purposes of subsection (1) negligence is the failure to exercise
such care or skill as a reasonable employee in the situation would exercise.
(Added 26 of 1989 s. 4)

15. Regulations

(1) The Governor in Council may make regulations for all or any of the
following matters-
(a) controlling and regulating the maintenance and operation of the
tramway and providing for safe systems of operation;
(b) providing for the approval by the Secretary for Transport of the
carrying out of work on the tramway;
(c) regulating the carrying out of any work on the tramway;
(d) providing for the inspection, examination and testing of the
tramway and work being carried out thereon including-
(i) the control by the Secretary for Transport, of the
employment by the company of any person or class of
person, in connection with the carrying out of work on the
tramway or, the maintenance and operation of the tramway
and the imposition of duties on the company and on any
such person or class of person for the purpose of such
control;
(ii) the keeping by the company of records and logs;
(iii)the supply by the company, of information relating to the
tramway;
(iv)the display by the company, of notices relating to the
tramway; and
(v) the reporting of accidents and investigations thereof;





(e)providing for the safety of persons using or being in the vicinity
of, or employed in the operation and maintenance of, the
tramway; and
(f) providing for the better carrying into effect of this Ordinance.
(2) Regulations made under this section may provide that a contravention
of any specified provisions shall be an offence and may prescribe a penalty
therefor not exceeding a fine of $50,000 and imprisonment for 2 years, and in
the case of a continuing offence, a further fine of $1,000 for each day on which
the ofrence continues.
(Replaced 26 of 1989 s. 5)

15A. By-laws

(1) The company may, with the approval of the Legislative Council, make
by-laws-
(a) regulating the conduct of persons travelling or being in or upon
~ the tramway; and
(b)for the prevention of annoyance to persons travelling or being in
or upon the tramway.
(2) The following provisions shall apply to by-laws made under
subsection (1)-
(a)any by-law so made may provide that a contravention of
specified provisions thereof shall be an offence and may prescribe
penalties therefor not exceeding a fine of 55,000 and im-
prisonment for 6 months;
(b)prosecutions for offences under any by-law so made may be
brought in the name of the company;
(e)the company shall cause to be printed copies of all by-laws so
made which shall be kept at its principal office and be available
for sale to any person at a reasonable cost.
(Added 26 of 1989 s. 5)

16. Power to sell undertaking

(1) Subject to the approval of the Governor in Council the company may
sell or assign its undertaking, or any part thereof, to such person, by public
auction or private contract, or partly by public auction and partly by private
contract, and with, under, and subject to such terms and conditions in all
respects, as the company may think fit, with power at any such sale to fix a
reserve price for or buy in the same. (Amended50 of 1911; 51 of 1911; 62 of
1911 Schedule; 63 of 1911 Schedule)
(2) When any such sale or assignment has been made, all the rights,
powers, authorities, obligations, and liabilities of the company in respect to the





undertaking, or part thereof, sold or assigned, shall be transferred to , vested in,
and may be exercised by, and shall attach to, the person to whom the same has
been sold or assigned, in like manner as if the undertaking, or part thereof, sold
or assigned, was constructed by such person under the powers conferred by this
Ordinance, and in reference to the same he shall be deemed to be the company.
(Amended 50 of 1911; 51 of 1911; 62 of 1911 Schedule; 63 of 1911 Schedule)
(Amended 8 of 1912 s. 25; 20 of 1948 s. 4)

17. Power to let undertaking

Subject to the approval of the Governor in Council, the company may
demise its undertaking, or any part thereof, to such person and for such term,
and on such conditions, in all respects as the company may think fit, to take
effect either in possession or at some future date, and either with or without a
premium as a consideration for such demise.
(Amended50 of 1911; 62 of 1911 Schedule; 8 of 1912 s. 25; 20 of 1948
s.4)

18. Power to mortgage undertaking

It shall be lawful for the company to borrow money on mortgage of all or
any part of its undertaking, and for that purpose to assign or demise by way of
mortgage all or any portion of its lands, messuages, or tenements, erections,
buildings, works, rolling stock, plant, machinery, chattels, and effects to any
person, and to enter into all such covenants, provisos, declarations, and
agreements, as the company may think fit.
(Amended50 of 1911; 62 of 1911 Schedule; 8 of 1912 s. 25; 20 of 1948
s.4)

19. Right of user by Government

The Governor in Council may, by order, direct that precedence over the
company and all other persons in the user of the tramway be taken for
defensive or military purposes or for the passage of troops and war material, on
giving to the company, on each occasion of such user, 3 clear days' notice, and
shall direct the payment to the company therefor of such fares as may be agreed
on. If no agreement is come to, then the amount of such fares shall be
determined upon petition to the court in a summary way.
(Amended50 of 1911; 51 of 1911; 62 of 1911 Schedule; 63 of 1911
Schedule; 8 of 1912 s. 25; 20 of 1948 s. 4; 57 of 1986 s. 6)

20. (Repealed 26 of1989 s.]])

21. (Repealed 57of 1986s. 7)





21A. (Repealed 57of 1986s. 7)

22. Fares

(1) Subject to subsection (2), the company may charge such fares for the use of
the tramway as it may fix from time to time, which shall be paid to such persons, at
such places, and in such manner as the company may, by notice annexed to the list
of fares exhibited under subsection (3), appoint.

(2) If any person applies for a monthly ticket for the use of the tramway, the
company shall issue the monthly ticket and the charge for the monthly ticket shall
not exceed 25 times the standard fare for a full distance single journey. (Replaced 26 of
1989 s. 6)

(3) A list, printed in the English and Chinese languages, of all the fares to be
charged and the monthly ticket charge shall be exhibited in a conspicuous place at
the offices of the company and inside each tramcar used upon the tramway.

(Replaced 57 of 1986 s. 8; 26 of 1989 s. 9)

23. Limitation of obligation to carry passengers

If the tramcars during any journey contain their authorized complement of
passengers, the company shall not be bound to find accommodation for any other
passenger, notwithstanding that he may have purchased a ticket entitling him to
travel on the tramway.

(Amended50 of 1911; 51 of 1911; 62 of 1911 Schedule; 63 of 1911
Schedule; 8 of 1912 s. 25; 20 of 1948 s. 4,-26 of 1989 s. 10)

24-29. (Repealed 26 of 1989 s. 11)

30. Service of summons, etc.

Any summons, writ, or other proceeding required to be served on the company
may be served by the same being left at, or sent by post directed to, the principal
office of the company, or being given or sent by post directed to the secretary, or, in
case there is no secretary, the solicitor of the company.

(Amended50 of 1911; 51 of 1911; 62 of 1911 Schedule; 63 of 1911
Schedule; 8 of 1912 s. 25,.20 of 1948 s. 4)

31. Form and delivery of notice

With respect to notices, and to the delivery thereof by or to the company, the
following provisions shall have effect

(a) every notice shall be in writing; and





(b)a notice to be delivered by or to the company to or by any other
company or person may be delivered by being left at the office of such
other company or person, or at the then present or then last-known
place of abode or residence of such person, or of his ostensible agent,
or of other the agent who pays the rents, rates, and taxes payable in
respect of the property of such person, or by being affixed on some
conspicuous part of any lands affected or intended to be affected by
such notice, or by being left at the office of the company, as the case
may be, or by being sent by post in a registered letter addressed, as
the case may be, to the clerk or secretary of such other company at its
principal office, or to such person at his then present or then last-
known place of abode or residence or at his office or business
premises, or by being so sent by post addressed to the ostensible
agent or agents of such person, or other the agent or agents aforesaid,
or to the clerk or secretary of the company at its principal office.

(Amended50 of 1911 s. 4; 62 of 1911 Schedule; 8 of 1912 s. 25; 20 of
1948s.4)

32. Tender of amends

(1) If any party has committed any irregularity, trespass or other wrongful
proceeding in the execution of this Ordinance or by virtue of any power or authority
hereby given, and if, before action brought in respect thereof, such party makes
tender of sufficient amends to the party injured, such last-mentioned party shall not
recover in any such action.

(2) If no such tender has been made, it shall be lawful for the defendant, by
leave of the court wherein such action is pending, at any time before answer filed, to
pay into court such sum of money as he may think fit, and thereupon such
proceedings shall be had as in other cases where defendants are allowed to pay
money into court. (Amended 51 of 1911; 63 of 1911 Schedule)

(Amended 8 of 1912 s. 25; 20 of 1948 s. 4)

33. Recovery of fares, etc.

Any fare, or penalty imposed by this Ordinance, the recovery of which is not
otherwise provided for, may be recovered before a magistrate.

(Amended50 of 1911; 51 of 1911; 62 of 1911 Schedule; 63 of 1911
Schedule; 8 of 1912 s. 25; 20 of 1948 s. 4; 57 of 1986 s. 10)

34. Responsibility of company for damage

The company shall be answerable for all accidents, damages, and injuries
happening through its act or default, or through the act or default of any





person in its employment, by reason or in consequence of any of its works or
tramcars, and shall save harmless all other companies or bodies, collectively
and individually, their officers and servants, from all damages and cost in
respect of such accidents, damages, and injuries.
(Amended 8 of 1912 s. 25; 20 of 1948 s. 4; 26 of 1989 s. 10)

35. (Repealed 57of 1986s.]])

36. Saying

Nothing in this Ordinance shall affect or be deemed to affect the rights of
Her Majesty the Queen, Her Heirs or Successors, or the rights of any body
politic or corporate or of any other persons except such as are mentioned in this
Ordinance and those claiming by, from or under them.
(Replaced 4 of 1951 Schedule)

Abstract



Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3042

Edition

1964

Volume

v17

Subsequent Cap No.

265

Number of Pages

18
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:14:37 +0800
<![CDATA[OIL (CONSERVATION AND CONTROL) ORDINANCE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3041

Title

OIL (CONSERVATION AND CONTROL) ORDINANCE

Description






LAWS OF HONG KONG

OIL (CONSERVATION AND CONTROL) ORDINANCE

CHAPTER 264





CHAPTER 264

OIL (CONSERVATION AND CONTROL) ORDINANCE

ARRANGEMENT OF SECTIONS

section ................................. Page

PART I
PRELIMINAR
Y

1. Short title................................. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 2

2. Interpretation ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 2
3. Appointment of Director of Oil Supplies ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 2
4. Power of Director to appoint authorized officer ... ... ... ... ... ... 2

PART II
REGULATION OF CONSUMPTION AND
SUPPLY

5. Supply etc. of oil, electricity or gas .... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 2

6. Directions as to oil ................... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 3
7. Electricity and gas supply ................ ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 3

8. Transport ................................. ... ... ... ... ... ... 4

9. Requisitioning of oil .................. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 5

PART III
MISCELLANEOUS

10. Powers of Director as to keeping of books, making of returns, entry and

inspection ............................... ... ... ... ... ... ... 5

11.........................Power of arrest of authorized officers ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 7

12......................Ancillary powers of investigation ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 7
13......................Obstruction of authorized officers ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 8
14......................Provisions as to order and directions ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 8

15......................................Director and authorized officers to be subject to Governor's directions ... 8

16......................Power to change Hong Kong Time ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 8





CHAPTER 264

OIL (CONSERVATION AND CONTROL)

To provede for the control of the supply and use of oil, the
conservation of oil supplies and for purposes connected
therewith.

[10 May 1979.]

PART I

PRELIMINARY

1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Oil (Conservation and
Control) Ordinance.

2. In this Ordinance, unless the context otherwise requires-

'authorized officer' means a person authorized by the Director under
section 4;

'dealer' means a supplier carrying on the business of supplying oil as a
retailer;

'Director' means the Director of Oil Supplies appointed under section 3;

'ferry' has the meaning assigned to it in the Ferries Ordinance;

'oil' means mineral oil, products obtained by means of refining mineral oil
and liquified petroleum gas;

'road' includes the tunnel as defined in the Cross-Harbour Tunnel
Ordinance;

'requisition' means, in relation to any oil, take possession of the oil or
require the oil to be placed at the disposal of the Director;

'supplier' means a person carrying on the business of supplying oil;

'vehicle' means any mechanically propelled vehicle intended or
adapted for use on roads but does not include a tram.

3. The Governor may appoint a public officer to be the Director of
Oil Supplies and every such appointment shall be notified in the
Gazette.

4. The Director may authorize in writing any public officer to
exercise the powers and perform the duties conferred or imposed on an
authorized officer by this Ordinance or any order made thereunder.

PART II

REGULATION OF CONSUMPTION AND SUPPLY

5. (1) The Governor in Council may by order regulate or prohibit

(a)the storage, supply, acquisition, disposal or consumption of
oil; or





(b) the supply or consumption of electricity or gas.

(2) Any order made under subsection (1) may provide that a
contravention or breach thereof shall be an offence and shall be
punishable by such fine not exceeding $50,000 or by such term of
imprisonment not exceeding 1 year as may be specified in the order
or by both such fine and imprisonment.

6. (1) The Director or an authorized officer may give to any
supplier of, or dealer in, oil such directions as to the storage, supply,
use or disposal by him of any oil as he may think fit.

(2) Directions under subsection (1) may in particular-
(a)require any oil to be supplied, in accordance with any such
requirements as may be specified by the directions, to such
persons as may be so specified;
(b)prohibit or restrict the supply of any oil to persons specified
in the directions, or to persons other than those to be
supplied in accordance with a requirement specified in the
directions; and
(c) regulate the price at which oil may be supplied or sold.

(3) Any supplier or dealer who contravenes or fails to comply
with any directions given to him under subsection (1) commits an
offence and is liable to a fine of $100,000 and to imprisonment for
2 years.

7. (1) The Director or an authorized officer may give to any
electricity supply company or to any gas supply company such
directions as he thinks necessary or expedient for conserving and
making the best use of supplies of oil available for the generation
of electricity or the manufacture of gas.

(2) Directions given under subsection (1) may in particular-
(a)regulate the time and place during or at which electricity
or gas may be supplied;
(b)require electricity or gas to be supplied, in accordance with
any such requirements as may be specified by the directions,
to such persons as may be so specified; and
(c)prohibit or restrict the supply of electricity or gas to persons
specified in the directions, or to persons other than those
to be supplied in accordance with a requirement specified
in the directions.
(3) An electricity supply company or gas supply company may
disregard or otherwise breach any obligation imposed by or under
any enactment to give or continue to give supplies of electricity or
gas so long as, in so doing, it is acting under and in accordance
with any directions given to it under this section.

(4) Any company that contravenes or fails to comply with any
direction given to it under this section commits an offence and is
liable to a fine of $100,000.





8. (1) The Governor in Council may by order regulate the
use of vehicles on roads and the use of aircraft, vessels, trains and
trams.

(2) An order made under subsection (1) may in particular-
(a)determine the routes to be followed by any particular class
of vehicles proceeding on roads, either generally or in such
circumstances as may be specified in the order;
(b)prohibit or regulate the use of vehicles or any class of
vehicles on roads or the use by vehicles of specified roads
or classes of roads, either generally or in such circums-
tances as may be specified in the order; or
(c)require persons or goods to be carried to and from places
specified in the order.

(3) Without prejudice to the power conferred by subsection (1)
the Director or an authorized officer may give to any person carrying
on the business of operating public passenger transport vehicles,
trams or a ferry directions regulating the use of such vehicles, trams
or ferry and the services provided by such vehicles, trams or ferry.

(4) Directions given under subsection (3) may in particular-
(a)determine the routes to be followed by public passenger
transport vehicles, or any class thereof, or by any ferry
vessel, or class thereof;
(b)prohibit or regulate the use of public passenger transport
vehicles or ferry vessels, or any class thereof, or trams,
either generally or in such circumstances as may be specified
in the directions;
(c)require persons to be carried to and from places specified
in the directions; or
(d)prohibit the carriage of persons to and from places specified
in the directions.

(5) A person carrying on the business of operating public
passenger transport vehicles, trams or a ferry under or in accordance
with any enactment, licence or franchise may disregard or otherwise
breach any obligation imposed on him by or under such enactment,
licence or franchise to provide services for the transport of passen-
gers so long as, in so doing he is acting under and in accordance
with any order made or direction given to him under this section.

(6) Any order made under subsection (1) may provide that a
contravention or breach thereof shall be an offence and shall be
punishable by such fine not exceeding $50,000 or by such term of
imprisonment not exceeding 1 year as may be specified in the order
or by both such fine and imprisonment.

(7) Any person who contravenes or fails to comply with any
direction given to him under subsection (3) commits an offence and
is liable to a fine of $50,000 and to imprisonment for 1 year.





9. (1) The Director may, if it appears to him to be necessary
or expedient for conserving and making the best use of supplies of
oil in Hong Kong, requisition any stock of oil and may give such
directions as appear to him to be necessary or expedient in con-
nexion with the requisition.

(2) Where the Director requisitions any stock of oil under this
section, the Director may use or deal with, or authorize the use of,
or dealing with, the oil for such purpose and in such manner as
he thinks expedient for the purposes mentioned in subsection (1)
and may hold, or sell or otherwise dispose of, the oil as if he were
the owner thereof and as if the oil were free from the rights of any
other person.

(3) Where any stock of oil is requisitioned under this section,
there shall be paid to the owner of the oil, and to any other person
interested in the oil who suffers damage owing to the requisition,
such compensation as may be agreed or as may, in default of
agreement, be determined by arbitration to be just having regard
to all the circumstances of the particular case.

(4) Any compensation payable under this section shall be paid
from the general revenue of Hong Kong.

PART III

MISCELLANEOUS

10. (1) The Director may, for the purposes of this Ordinance
or any order, direction or requirement made or given thereunder,
by notice in writing require any person-
(a)to keep such books, accounts and records relating to any
business as may be specified in the notice; and
(b)to furnish, at such times, in such manner and in such form
as may be so specified, such estimates, returns or informa-
tion as may be so specified,

and if such person fails to comply with any such requirement, he
shall be guilty of an offence and shall be liable to a fine of $10,000
and to imprisonment for 6 months.

(2) Subject to subsection (6), any authorized officer may for the
purposes of this Ordinance or any order or direction made or given
thereunder-
(a) enter and search any premises-
(i) for the purpose of enabling the Director to exercise
any of the powers conferred on him by this Ordinance or
any order made thereunder, or to determine whether, and
if so in what manner, any of those powers ought to be
exercised;
(ii) for the purpose of securing compliance with any
order, direction or requirement made or given under this
Ordinance;





(iii) for the purpose of ascertaining whether an offence
under this Ordinance, or any order or direction made or
given thereunder, has been or is being committed in or
on the premises;
(iv) if he suspects that there is in or on the premises,
any article in respect of which an offence has been com-
mitted under this Ordinance, or any order or direction
made or given thereunder or which is, or contains evidence
of the commission of such offence;
(v) for the purpose of verifying any information fur-
nished to the Director; or
(vi) for the purpose of securing that the work carried
on in such premises is performed in such manner as the
Director considers best calculated to conserve and make
best use of supplies of oil available for the carrying on that
work;

(b)stop, board, search and detain any vehicle, vessel, aircraft,
train or tram;

(c) require the production of-
(i) any licence or permit;
(ii) any document which relates to the origin or nature
of any oil; or
(iii) any book, account or record required to be kept
under this Ordinance or any order, direction or requirement
made or given thereunder;

(d)examine and take copies of any licence, permit, book,
account, record or document referred to in paragraph (c);

(e)take, without payment, such sample of any oil as may be
required by the Director for the purpose of examination
and investigation; or

seize any article-
(i) in respect of which he suspects that an offence has
been committed under this Ordinance, or any order or
direction made or given thereunder; or
(ii) which he suspects to be, or to contain, evidence of
the commission of such an ofrence.

(3) No vessel having a tonnage exceeding 250 gross tons shall
be detained under subsection (2)(b) for more than 12 hours without
the consent of the Director, who may, by order in writing, detain
such a vessel for further periods of not more than 12 hours at a
time.

(4) No aircraft shall be detained under subsection (1)(b) for
more than 6 hours without the consent of the Director, who may,
by order in writing, detain an aircraft for further periods of not
more than 6 hours at a time.





(5) Any order made by the Director under subsection (3) or
(4) shall state the times from which and for which the order shall be
effective.

(6) Domestic premises shall not be entered or searched by an
authorized officer except with the approval of the Director.

11. (1) Any authorized officer may, subject to subsection (2),
arrest or detain for further inquiries without warrant any person
whom he reasonably suspects of having committed any offence under
this Ordinance or under any order made or direction given under
this Ordinance.
(2) Any authorized officer who arrests any person under sub-
section (1) shall take the person to a police station, or first to any
office of the Director and then to a police station, there to be dealt
with in accordance with the Police Force Ordinance:
Provided that in no case shall any person be detained for more
than 48 hours without being charged and brought before a magistrate.

(3) If any person forcibly resists or attempts to evade arrest
under this section, the authorized officer may use such force as is
reasonably necessary to effect the arrest.
(4) If any authorized officer has reason to believe that a person
whom he intends to arrest (hereinafter in this section referred to as
the suspected offender) has entered into or is in any place or premises,
any person residing in or in charge of such place or premises shall,
on demand by the authorized officer, allow him free entry thereto
and afford all reasonable facilities to search for the suspected
offender.
(5) If entry to such premises or place cannot be obtained under
subsection (4) an authorized officer may enter the premises or place
and therein search for the suspected offender and for the purpose of
entry or search may break open any outer or inner door or window
of the premises or place.

12. Any authorized officer may-
(a)use such force as is reasonably necessary to enter any place
or premises which he is empowered by this Ordinance to
enter and search;
(b)use such force as is reasonably necessary to stop, board,
detain and search any vehicle, vessel, aircraft, train or
tram which he is empowered by this Ordinance to stop,
board, detain and search;
(c)use such force as is reasonably necessary to remove any
person or thing obstructing him in the exercise of any
power conferred on him by this Ordinance or any order
made thereunder;
(d)detain any person found in any premises or place which
he is empowered by this Ordinance to search until such
premises or place has been searched; and





(e)prevent any person from approaching, boarding or leaving any
vehicle, vessel, aircraft, train or tram which he is empowered by
this Ordinance to stop, board and search until it has been
searched.

13. (1) Any person who---

(a)obstructs an authorized officer in the exercise of any power or
the performance of any duty conferred or imposed on
authorized officers by this Ordinance; or

(b)fails to comply with any requirement, direction or demand
given or made by an authorized officer in the exercise or
performance of any such power or duty,

commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $10,000 and to imprisonment
for 6 months.

(2) Any person who knowingly makes a report which is false in a
material particular, or furnishes any information which is false or
misleading in a material particular, to the Director or to any authorized
officer in the performance of his duties under this Ordinance commits an
offence and is liable to a fine of $10,000 and to imprisonment for 6
months.

14. Any power of giving directions conferred by any provision of
this Ordinance may be exercised by means of an order applicable to all
persons to whom directions may be given under that provision, or to
such of them as fall within any class or description specified in the
order.

15. (1) The Governor may give such directions as he thinks fit,
either generally or in any particular case, with respect to the exercise or
performance by the Director or any authorized officer of any powers or
functions under this Ordinance or any order made thereunder.

(2) The Director and every authorized officer shall, in the exercise or
performance of any power or functions under this Ordinance, comply
with any directions given by the Governor under subsection (1).

16. For the purpose of conserving oil, the Legislative Council may
by resolution determine that for the whole or part of a year or for any
period, Hong Kong Time shall be such period in advance of Greenwich
Mean Time as shall be specified in the resolution.
Originally 27 of 1979. Short title. Interpretation. (Cap. 104.) (Cap. 203.) Appointment of Director of Oil Supplies. Power of Director to appoint authorized officer. Supply etc. o foil electricity or gas. Directions as to oil. Electricity and gas supply. Transport. Requisitioning of oil. Powers of Director as to keeping of books, making of returns, entry and inspection. Power of arrest of authorized officers. (Cap. 232.) Ancillary powers of investigation. Obstruction of authorized officers. Provisions as to order and directions. Director and authorized officers to be subject to Governor's directions. Power to change Hong Kong Time.

Abstract

Originally 27 of 1979. Short title. Interpretation. (Cap. 104.) (Cap. 203.) Appointment of Director of Oil Supplies. Power of Director to appoint authorized officer. Supply etc. o foil electricity or gas. Directions as to oil. Electricity and gas supply. Transport. Requisitioning of oil. Powers of Director as to keeping of books, making of returns, entry and inspection. Power of arrest of authorized officers. (Cap. 232.) Ancillary powers of investigation. Obstruction of authorized officers. Provisions as to order and directions. Director and authorized officers to be subject to Governor's directions. Power to change Hong Kong Time.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3041

Edition

1964

Volume

v17

Subsequent Cap No.

264

Number of Pages

9
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:14:37 +0800
<![CDATA[TRADE MARKS (EMERGENCY) RULES]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3040

Title

TRADE MARKS (EMERGENCY) RULES

Description






[Subsidiary]

TRADE MARKS (EMERGENCY) RULES

ARRANGEMENT OF RULES

Rule Page

1. Citation ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 2

2. Interpretation ... . ... ... ... 1.1 ... ... ... ... .1 . ... ... . A 2

3. Fees . ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... . 1. ... ... A 2

4. Forms . ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... . . ... ... ... ... ... ... A 2

5. Documents ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... . ... ... ... ... ... ... A 2

6. Agency ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... . ... ... ... A 3

7. Applications under the Ordinance... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A 3

8. Evidence and statement of applicant's request ... ... ... ... . ... ... ... A 3

9. Copies to accompany application ... ... ... ...
A3

10. Opposition ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... A4

11. Grant of registration of trade mark under section 4 where here registration fee
has not

been paid ... ... ... ... ... ... . ... ... ... ... ... ... A4
First Schedule. Fees ... ... ... A5

Second Schedule. Forms ... ... ... ... ... ... . ... ... ... ... ... . A 5





TRADE MARKS (EMERGENCY) RULES

(Cap. 263, section 8)

[19 April 1940.1

1. These rules may be cited as the Trade Marks (Emergency)
Rules.

2. (1) In these rules, unless the context otherwise requires-

'person' includes any Government Department;

'Ordinance' means the Trade Marks (Emergency) Ordinance;

'Registry' means the Trade Marks Registry, Hong Kong.

(2) The Interpretation and General Clauses Ordinance shall
apply to the interpretation of these rules as it applies to the
interpretation of an Ordinance.

3. The fees to be paid on applications and oppositions under
these rules shall be those specified in the First Schedule.

4. The Forms hereinafter referred to are those contained in
the Second Schedule.

5. (1) All documents and copies of documents sent to or left
at the Registry or otherwise furnished to the Registrar shall conform
to the requirements of rule 95 of the Trade Marks Rules.

(2) Any application, notice or other documents authorized
or required to be left. made, or given at the Registry, or to the
Registrar, or to any other person under the Ordinance or these
rules, may be sent by a prepaid letter through the post, and if so
sent shall be deemed to have been left, made, or given at the time
when the letter containing the same would be delivered in the
ordinary course of post. In proving such sending, it shall be
sufficient to prove that the letter was properly addressed and put
into the post.

(3) Any written communication addressed to the registered
proprietor of a trade mark or other person at his address for service
in Hong Kong furnished in connexion with the registration or at his
address in non-enemy territory as it appears on the register of trade
marks, or to any applicant or opponent in any proceedings under
the Ordinance or these rules at the address appearing on the
application or notice of opposition or given for service as hereinafter
provided, shall be deemed to be properly addressed.

Note: The references in the margin.---RV. etc., are to the English Patents,
Designs. Copyright and Trade Marks (Emergency) Rules 1939.





6. (1) All communications to the Registrar under the Ordinance and
these rules (except the applications set out in rule 7) may be signed by,
and all attendances upon the Registrar may be made by or through, an
agent duly authorized to the satisfaction of the Registrar, and resident
or having a place of business in Hong Kong. Service upon such an
agent of any document relating to the proceeding or matter in which he
is authorized shall be deemed to be service upon the person so
appointing him, and all communications directed to be made to such
person in respect of the proceeding or matter may be addressed to such
agent. In any particular case the Registrar may, if he thinks fit, require
the personal signature or presence of an applicant, opponent. or other
person.

(2) The Registrar shall not be bound to recognize as such agent. or
to receive communications in respect of any business under the
Ordinance from, any person whom he is not bound to recognize as an
agent under rule 102 of the Trade Marks Rules.

7. (1) An application under section 3 of the Ordinance for an order
for the suspension of rights in connexion with a trade mark shall be
made on and in accordance with Form 1.

(2) An application for the revocation or variation of an order
suspending rights in connexion with a trade mark under section 3 shall
be made on and In accordance with Form 2. and shall state the
applicant's reasons for his request.

8. An application made as prescribed in rule 7 shall, where
necessary, be accompanied by evidence, in the form of or covered by a
statutory declaration, showing that any conditions laid down by. or
requirements of, the Ordinance in connexion with the application in
question are satisfied. Where a licence, or the variation of a licence, is
asked for, the application shall be accompanied by a statement setting
out the principal conditions upon which the applicant desires a licence
to be granted, or the variations which he desires shall be made in any
conditions of the licence, as the case may be.

9. An application as aforesaid shall be accompanied by a copy
thereof and by a copy of any evidence or statement accompanying it. A
copy of the application and of any such evidence or statement shall,
unless, having regard to the circumstances, the Registrar considers it
inexpedient (as to the whole or a part of those documents) or
impossible, be sent by the Registrar to the registered proprietor of the
trade mark at his address for service in Hong Kong, or at any other
address that may appear to the Registrar to be proper., to any other
person whose name, with an address in Hong Kong, appears upon the
relevant Registrar to indicate that he has an interest in the trade mark in
question, and to any other person





who may appear to the Registrar to be sufficiently interested in the
matter.

10. If any person to whom copies are sent under rule 9, or any other
person who may be considered by the Registrar to be sufficiently
interested in the matter, intends to oppose the application, he shall.
within 14 days of the dispatch of such copies, or such further time, not
exceeding 14 days or in exceptional circumstances 28 days, as the
Registrar may, on good reason being shown, and whether or not the
time extended had expired before the request for extension was made,
allow, give notice of his opposition on and in accordance with Form 3,
setting out the grounds upon which he opposes the application. Such
notice shall be accompanied by a copy thereof. and there may be filed
therewith, in duplicate, any relevant evidence that the opponent desires
to furnish. A copy of the notice and of any evidence accompanying it
shall be sent by the Registrar to the applicant. No further evidence shall
be filed by any party except by leave. or on requisition, of the Registrar.
After such last-mentioned copies have been so sent. or if no notice of
opposition is given, the Registrar shall in due course appoint a hearing
unless, having regard to the circumstances, he considers it inexpedient
or impossible so to do, or the parties have stated that they do not desire
to be beard. The Registrar shall give all the parties at least 10 days'
notice of such hearing unless in any case the parties agree to accept
shorter notice or the Registrar for any special reason otherwise directs.
At any such hearing. the applicant. and any person who has given
notice of opposition as aforesaid. may appear and be heard:

Provided that. in any case in which it is proved to the satisfaction
of the Registrar that it is desirable in the public interest that any order to
be made upon an application as aforesaid should be made at an early
date. he may consider the application and. if he decides to make an order
thereon, make the order as soon as may be. without giving opportunity
for the filing of a notice of opposition to the application and without
considering any such notice that may have been filed or hearing any
person who may have filed such a notice.

11. Where an application has been made for the registration of a
trade mark which, if granted, would satisfy the conditions of section 3(1)
of the Ordinance as regards the name of the person in which the trade
mark would be registered, or as to its proprietorship. and the application
is in order for the registration of the trade mark except that the
registration fee has not been paid, then, any person who proposes to
apply under section 3 of the Ordinance for the suspension of rights in
connexion with the trade mark when registered. may pay the registration
fee, and the Registrar may thereupon register the trade mark in
accordance with section 4 of the Ordinance.













SECOND SCHEDULE [r. 4.]

FORM 1

TRADE MARKS (EMERGENCY)
ORDINANCE
(Chapter 263)

(To be accompanied by a copy and (where necessary) by evidence and a
statement, as in rules 8 and 9. and copies thereof).

Application fin. Suspension of rights in connexion with a

(a) 1 (or We) ....................................................................
.........

hereby apply, under section 3 of the Ordinance for an order that the rights in

connexion with the trade mark registered in Class ..................

under No ........ and standing in the name of ...................

of ................................................................
..................................................

be suspended for years to the following extent-(b)

(c) I (or We) propose to deal in the course of trade with

... ......................under the description

or reference
...............................................................................

MY (or Our) address for service in Hong Kong is-

Dated this ..day of 19
.............(d)

To the REGISTRAR OF TRADE MARKS,

Trade Marks Registry. Hong Kong.





FORM 2

TRADE MARKS (EMERGENCY) ORDINANCE
(Chapter 263)

Application for re vocation or variation of Registrar's Order.

.(a) I (or We)
.............................................................................................
......... 1

hereby request that the Order of the Registrar dated the ............................

day of ........................................ 19 made under section 3 of the
Ordinance

suspending rights in connexion with Registered Trade Mark No. (b) ........................

............. ........................

in favour of
.............................................................................................
may be revoked (c) (or may be varied in the following manner . ...............................

........................................................................................................ ...............

My (or Our) reasons for making this request are as follows.........................

.........................

My (or Our) address for service ice in Hong Kong is

Dated this ............... day of 19

(d).................. ......

To the REGISTRAR OF TRA13F MARKS.

Trade Marks Registry., Hong Kong.

FORM 3

TRADE MARKS (EMERGENCY) ORDINANCE
(Chapter 263)

(To be accompanied by a copy and (where necessary) by evidence in duplicate
as in rule 10).

Opposition to
Application.

(a) I (or We) ..................................................

.......................
....





hereby give Notice of Opposition to the Application made by ...................

...................... of

.......... ...........on the ....... day

of ....19 .for (b) ...................

upon the grounds (c)
................................................................................
..

My (or Our) address for service in Hong Kong is-

Dated this ...............day of 19

(d).....................
.

To the REGISTRAR OF TRADE MARKS,

Trade Marks Registry. Hong Kong.
G.N. 422/40. G.N. 1346/41. Citation. R 1.* Interpretation. R 2. (Cap. 263.) (Cap. 1.) Fees. R 3. Forms. R 4. Documents; R 5(1). (Cap. 43, sub. leg.) leaving and serving documents R 5(2). Agency. R 6. (Cap. 43, sub. leg.) Applications under the Ordinance. R 7(3). Form 1. Form 2. Evidence and statement of applicant's request. R 8. Copies to accompany application. R 9. G.N. 1346/41. Opposition; R 10. Form 3. Hearing R 10. Grant of registration of trade mark under section 4 where registration fee has not been paid. R 11. (a) Here insert (in full) name, address, calling and nationality of person or persons applying. (b) Here insert particulars of the suspension desired. (c) Here insert particulars of the article or substance with which the applicant proposes to deal and the description or reference which he proposes to use in connexion with it. (d) To be signed by the applicant or applicants. (a) Here insert (in full) name, address, calling and nationality of person or persons applying. (b) Here insert number of trade mark. (c) Cancel the words not applicable. (d) To be signed by the applicant or applicants for revocation or variation. (a) Here insert (in full) name, address, calling and nationality of the opponent or opponents. (b) Here insert particulars of the Application opposed. (c) Here state the grounds upon which the Application is opposed. (d) To be signed by the opponent or opponents, or his or their duly authorized agent.

Abstract

G.N. 422/40. G.N. 1346/41. Citation. R 1.* Interpretation. R 2. (Cap. 263.) (Cap. 1.) Fees. R 3. Forms. R 4. Documents; R 5(1). (Cap. 43, sub. leg.) leaving and serving documents R 5(2). Agency. R 6. (Cap. 43, sub. leg.) Applications under the Ordinance. R 7(3). Form 1. Form 2. Evidence and statement of applicant's request. R 8. Copies to accompany application. R 9. G.N. 1346/41. Opposition; R 10. Form 3. Hearing R 10. Grant of registration of trade mark under section 4 where registration fee has not been paid. R 11. (a) Here insert (in full) name, address, calling and nationality of person or persons applying. (b) Here insert particulars of the suspension desired. (c) Here insert particulars of the article or substance with which the applicant proposes to deal and the description or reference which he proposes to use in connexion with it. (d) To be signed by the applicant or applicants. (a) Here insert (in full) name, address, calling and nationality of person or persons applying. (b) Here insert number of trade mark. (c) Cancel the words not applicable. (d) To be signed by the applicant or applicants for revocation or variation. (a) Here insert (in full) name, address, calling and nationality of the opponent or opponents. (b) Here insert particulars of the Application opposed. (c) Here state the grounds upon which the Application is opposed. (d) To be signed by the opponent or opponents, or his or their duly authorized agent.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3040

Edition

1964

Volume

v17

Subsequent Cap No.

263

Number of Pages

7
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:14:36 +0800
<![CDATA[TRADE MARKS (EMERGENCY) ORDINANCE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3039

Title

TRADE MARKS (EMERGENCY) ORDINANCE

Description






LAWS OF HONG KONG

TRADE MARKS (EMERGENCY) ORDINANCE

CHAPTER 263



OF





CHAPTER 263.

TRADE MARKS (EMERGENCY) ORDINANCE.

ARRANGEMENT OF SECTIONS.

Section.
page
.

1. Short title ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 2

2. Interpretation ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 2

3. Power of Registrar to suspend trade mark rights of an enemy or an enemy
subject ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 2

4. Effect of war on registration of trade marks ... ... ... ... ... ... 3

5. Power of Registrar to extend time limits having regard to war circumstances ... 1 ..
... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 4

6. Evidence relating to nationality and place of residence, and decisions relating
to enemy character ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 4

7. Persons to be heard before making of orders ... ... ... ... ... ... 5

8. Rules and fees ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 5





CHAPTER 263.

TRADE MARKS (EMERGENCY).

To make such special provision with respect to trade marks as is
expedient to meet any emergency which may arise as a result of
war.

[3rd September, 1939.1

1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Trade Marks (Emergency)
Ordinance.

2. (1) In this Ordinance, unless the context otherwise requires

,,enemy' and 'enemy subject' have the meanings respectively assigned
to them by the Trading with the Enemy Ordinance 1914;

'Registrar' means the Registrar within the meaning of the Trade Marks
Ordinance.

(2) References in this Ordinance to any enactment shall be
construed as references to that enactment as amended by any
subsequent enactment. including, except where the context otherwise
requires, this Ordinance.

3. (1) Where it is made to appear to the Registrar that it is difficult or
impracticable to describe or refer to an article or substance without the
use of a trade mark registered in respect of that article or substance,
being a trade mark which is, or has at any time since the beginning of the
third day of September nineteen hundred and thirty-nine been registered
in the name of an enemy or an enemy subject, whether alone or jointly
with another, or which is, or has at any such time as aforesaid been, in
the proprietorship of an enemy or an enemy subject, whether alone or
jointly with another, the following provisions of this section shall have
effect.

(2) On the application of any person who proposes to deal in the
course of trade in Hong Kong with an article or substance which is or is
intended to be the same as, or equivalent to or a substitute for, the
article or substance in respect of which the trade mark is registered. the
Registrar may order that the right to the use of the trade mark given by
the registration thereof shall be suspended

(a)so far as regards use thereof by the applicant and any such
use thereof by the other person in relation to goods
connected in the course of trade with the applicant as would
not be an infringement of the said right if the applicant were
the proprietor of the trade mark;





(b)to such extent and for such period as the Registrar may
consider necessary for enabling the applicant to render
well-known and established some description of, or means
of reference to, the article or substance with which he
proposes to deal in the course of trade, being a descrip-
tion or means of reference which does not involve the
use of the trade mark.

(3) Where an order has been made, under subsection (2), no
action for passing off shall lie on the part of any person interested
in the trade mark in respect of any use thereof which, by virtue of
the order, is not an infringement of the right to the use thereof
given by the registration thereof.

(4) An order under this section may be varied or revoked by
a subsequent order made by the Registrar.

4. (1) Notwithstanding the provisions of section 5 of the
Trading with the Enemy Ordinance 1914, or any rule of law
relating to intercourse or dealings with or for the benefit of
enemies, it shall be lawful, subject to the provisions of this Ordin-
ance, for a trade mark to be registered under the Trade Marks
Ordinance on the application of an enemy:

Provided that, where such a registration as aforesaid is effected
on the application of an enemy-

(a)the person registered shall not be entitled to require the
issue of the certificate of registration; and

(b)the rights conferred by the registration shall be subject to
any relevant provisions of any enactment for the time
being in force relating to the property of an enemy.

(2) The Registrar may, in any case in which in his opinion it
is desirable in the public interest so to do, refuse to take, or
suspend the taking of, any proceedings on or in relation to an
application of an enemy for the registration of a trade mark.

(3) No act requisite for enabling such a registration as afore-
said to be effected, in so far as it is done for that purpose and
for that purpose only, shall, whether the registration is effected or
not, be treated as a contravention of any of the provisions of
section 5 of the Trading with the Enemy Ordinance 1914, or of
any rule of law relating to intercourse or dealings with or for the
benefit of enemies.

(4) References in this section to an application of an enemy
Shan be construed as including references to an application of an
enemy jointly with any other person, whether an enemy or not.





5. (1) The Registrar may, subject to such conditions, if any, as he
thinks fit to impose, extend the time limited by or under the Trade Marks
Ordinance, or this Ordinance, for doing any act where he is satisfied

(a)that the doing of the act within the time so limited was
prevented by a person's being on active service or by any
other circumstances arising from the existence of a state of war
which, in the opinion of the Registrar, justify an extension of
the time. so limited; or

(b)that, by reason of circumstances arising from the existence of
a state of war, the doing of the act within the time so limited
would have been or would be injurious to the rights or
interests of the person by or on whose behalf the act is or was
to be done or to the public interest.

(2) An extension under this section of the time for doing any act

(a)may be for any period that the Registrar thinks fit,
notwithstanding that by or under any Ordinance power is
conferred to extend the time for doing that act for a specified
period only; and

(b)may be granted notwithstanding that that time expired before
any application or request for extension was made, or that, by
reason of that act not having been done within that time, the
relevant application, registration or proceeding has ceased or
expired, or become void or invalid, or been treated as
abandoned.

(3) The powers conferred by this section may be exercised
notwithstanding that the exercise thereof benefits, whether directly or
indirectly, an enemy or an enemy subject.

6. (1) For the purposes of this Ordinance-

(a)the fact that the address of any person registered in the
register of trade marks kept under the Trade Marks Ordinance
is an address in enemy territory within the meaning of the
Trading with the Enemy Ordinance 1914. shall be prima facie
evidence that that person is resident in that territory; and

(b)the fact that in any such register a person is stated to be of a
particular nationality shall be prima facie evidence that he is of
that nationality.

(2) No order made by the Registrar under this Ordinance shall be
held to be invalid by reason only that any decision made for the
purposes of the order that a particular person is an enemy or an enemy
subject is wrong.





7. Before deciding as to the making of any order under this
Ordinance, the Registrar shall, unless having regard to the circum-
stances he considers it inexpedient or impossible so to do, give to
any person who appears to the Registrar to be interested such
opportunity of being heard as appears to him to be just.

8. (1) The Chief Justice with the approval of the Legislative
Council may make rules for regulating the practice under this
Ordinance, including rules providing for oppositions and rules
regulating the service of documents and the time within which
any act authorized or required by this Ordinance or the rules
may or must be done.

(2) There shall be paid in respect of applications and other
matters under this Ordinance such fees as may be prescribed by
the Chief Justice with the concurrence of the Legislative Council.
Originally 8 of 1940. Short title. Interpretation. 2 & 3 Geo. 6, c. 107, s. 10(1). (Cap. 188.) (Cap. 43.) Power of Registrar to suspend trade mark rights of an enemy or an enemy subject. 2 & 3 Geo. 6, c. 107, s. 3. Effect of war on registration of trade marks. 2 & 3 Geo. 6, c. 107, s. 4. (Cap. 188.) (Cap. 43.) Power of Registrar to extend time limits having regard to war circumstances. 2 & 3 Geo. 6, c. 107, s. 6. (Cap. 43.) Evidence relating to nationality and place of residence, and decisions relating to enemy character. 2 & 3 Geo. 6, c. 107, s. 7. (Cap. 43.) (Cap. 188.) Persons to be heard before making of orders. 2 & 3 Geo. 6,c. 107, s. 8. Rules and fees. 2 & 3 Geo. 6,c. 107, s. 9.

Abstract

Originally 8 of 1940. Short title. Interpretation. 2 & 3 Geo. 6, c. 107, s. 10(1). (Cap. 188.) (Cap. 43.) Power of Registrar to suspend trade mark rights of an enemy or an enemy subject. 2 & 3 Geo. 6, c. 107, s. 3. Effect of war on registration of trade marks. 2 & 3 Geo. 6, c. 107, s. 4. (Cap. 188.) (Cap. 43.) Power of Registrar to extend time limits having regard to war circumstances. 2 & 3 Geo. 6, c. 107, s. 6. (Cap. 43.) Evidence relating to nationality and place of residence, and decisions relating to enemy character. 2 & 3 Geo. 6, c. 107, s. 7. (Cap. 43.) (Cap. 188.) Persons to be heard before making of orders. 2 & 3 Geo. 6,c. 107, s. 8. Rules and fees. 2 & 3 Geo. 6,c. 107, s. 9.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3039

Edition

1964

Volume

v17

Subsequent Cap No.

263

Number of Pages

6
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:14:35 +0800
<![CDATA[CHIT-FUND BUSINESSES (PROHIBITION) ORDINANCE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3038

Title

CHIT-FUND BUSINESSES (PROHIBITION) ORDINANCE

Description






LAWS OF HONG KONG

CHIT-FUND BUSINESSES (PROHIBITION)

ORDINANCE

CHAPTER 262





CHAPTER 262

CHIT-FUND BUSINESSES (PROHIBITION)

To prohibit chit-fund businesses and to make provision for other
connected purposes.

[12 May 1972.]

1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Chit-Fund Businesses
(Prohibition) Ordinance.

2. In this Ordinance, unless the context otherwise requires-

'chit-fund' means a scheme or arrangement, whether known as chit-
fund or 'hwei' or by any other name, whereby or as part of which
the participants subscribe periodically or otherwise to a common
fund and that common fund is put up for sale or payment to the
participants by auction, tender, bid, ballot or otherwise;

'operate- includes manage, form, conduct, organize, advertise and aid,
assist or take part in operating,

'Registrar' means the Registrar of Companies.

3. (1) Subject to section 5 and to subsection (2). any person who
operates a chit-fund commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $20,000
and to imprisonment for 3 years.

(2) Notwithstanding subsection (1), if an offence is committed
under this section by reason only of the breach of one or both of
paragraphs (a) and (c.) of section 5(2), the offender is liable to a fine of
$2,000 and to imprisonment for 1 year.

(Amended, 71 of 1985, s. 2)

4. [Repealed, 71 of 1985, s. 3]

5. (1) Section 3 shall not have effect-

(a)-(b) [Deleted, 71 of 1985, s. 41

(c)in respect of a chit-fund operated in accordance with
subsection (2).

(2) A chit-fund may be operated if-

(a) there are not more than 30 participants;

(b)the operator is not at the same time operating another chit-
fund;

(c)the common fund put up for sale or payment to the
participants does not exceed $20,000; and

(d)no benefit accrues to the operator other than a right to receive
the first subscription free of interest.





(3) Notwithstanding anything contained in this section any person
who advertises a chit-fund. whether in a newspaper or by any other
means, commits an offence and is liable to a fine of $20,000 and to
imprisonment for 3 years.

(4) The Legislative Council may, by resolution. amend the amount
specified in subsection (2)((,). (Added, 71 of 1985, s. 4)

(Amended, 71 of1985, s. 4)

6. A company which has as its object or as one of its objects the
operation of chit-funds shall not be registered under the Companies
Ordinance after the commencement of this Ordinance.

7. [Repealed, 71 qf 198-5, s. 51

8. [Repealed, 71 of'1985. s. 61

9. (1) If an offence under this Ordinance has been committed by a
body of persons. whether corporate or unincorporate, any person who
was, at the time of the offence. a director, partner. member, manager.
secretary or principal officer of or employed by such body, or who was
purporting to act in any such capacity. shall be guilty of a like offence.

(2) Where any person referred to in subsection (1) is charged with
an offence under this Ordinance. it shall he a defence for bin, to prove
that the offence was committed without his consent or connivance, and
that he exercised such diligence to prevent the commission of the
offence as he ought to have exercised having regard to the nature of his
functions and to all other circumstances.

(3) Where the agent or servant of a person (hereinafter referred to
in this section as'the principsl' does or omits to do anything which. if
done or omitted to be done by the principal. would constitute an offence
under this Ordinance. then the agent or servant and the principal shall
be deemed to have committed an offence and shall be liable to be
proceeded against and punished accordingly.

(4) Where the principal is charged with an offence under this
Ordinance, it shall be a defence for him to prove

(a)that he did not ratify the act or omission complained of; and

(b)that the act or omission was not within the ordinary scope of
the employrnent of the agent or servant,

but it shall be no defence that he had no knowledge of the act or
omission.

10. Nothing in this Ordinance shall prejudice the enforcement by
any person of any right or claim against any person ceasing to carry on
business or to operate chit-funds, by virtue of this Ordinance.
Originally 29 of 1972. 71 of 1985. Short title. Interpretation. Chit-fund business an offence. Application of section 3. Prohibition on registration of chit-fund companies. (Cap. 32.) Liability of directors, managers, etc., under section 3 and 4. Saving of rights and claims.

Abstract

Originally 29 of 1972. 71 of 1985. Short title. Interpretation. Chit-fund business an offence. Application of section 3. Prohibition on registration of chit-fund companies. (Cap. 32.) Liability of directors, managers, etc., under section 3 and 4. Saving of rights and claims.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3038

Edition

1964

Volume

v17

Subsequent Cap No.

262

Number of Pages

3
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:14:34 +0800
<![CDATA[HONG KONG EXAMINATIONS AUTHORITY ORDINANCE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3037

Title

HONG KONG EXAMINATIONS AUTHORITY ORDINANCE

Description






LAWS OF HONG KONG

HONG KONG EXAMINATIONS AUTHORITY

ORDINANCE

CHAPTER 261





CHAPTER 261

HONG KONG EXAMINATIONS AUTHORITY
ORDINANCE

ARRANGEMENT OF SECTIONS

Section Page
1. Short title ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 2
2. Interpretation ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 2
3. Establishment of Authority ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 2
4. Transaction of business by circulation of papers ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 4
5. Incorporation ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 4
6. [Repealed] ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 4
7. Powers and duties of the Authority ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 4
8. Amendment of Schedule ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 6
8A. Publication of examination results ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 6
9. Resources of the Authority ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 6
10. Programme and estimates ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 6
11. Accounts and statements ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 7
12. Administration fee ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 7
12A. Investment of surplus moneys ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 7
13. Power of the Governor to give directions ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 8
14. Authority not servant or agent of the Crown ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 8
15. Secrecy ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 8
16. Impersonation of members or employees of Authority ... ... ... ... ... ... 9

Schedule. Examinations ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 9





CHAPTER 261

HONG KONG EXAMINATIONS AUTHORITY

To provide for the establishment of the Hong Kong Examinations
Authority and connected matters.

[1 August 1977.]

1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Hong Kong Examinations
Authority Ordinance.

2. In this Ordinance, unless the context otherwise requires

'Authority' means The Hong Kong Examinations Authority
established under section 3;

'specified examinations' means the examinations specified in the
Schedule.

3. (1) The Hong Kong Examinations Authority is hereby
established.

(2) The Authority shall consist of

(a) the following who shall be ex officio members

(i) the Vice-Chancellor of each university established in
Hong Kong by enactment, or his representative; (Replaced,
14 of 1987, s. 2)

(ii) the Director of each polytechnic established in Hong
Kong by enactment, or his representative; (Replaced, 14 of
1987, s. 2)

(iii) the President of the Hong Kong Baptist College, or his
representative; (Replaced, 14 of 1987, s. 2)

(iv) the Director of Education, or his representative;

(v) the Secretary of the Authority appointed under section
7(2)(e) who shall be chief executive of the Authority;
(Amended, 14 of 1987, s. 2)

(b) the following who shall be appointed by the Governor

(i) 2 public officers; (Amended, 14 of 1987, s. 2)

(ii) 1 person nominated by the Senate of the University of
Hong Kong;

(iii) 1 person nominated by the Senate of The Chinese
University of Hong Kong;

(iv) [Deleted, 14 of 1987, s. 2]

(v) 1 person experienced in training teachers in Hong
Kong;

(vi) 1 person who is President of a College registered under
the Post-Secondary Colleges Ordinance;

(vii) 5 persons who are principals of registered schools
providing secondary education within the meaning of the







Education Ordinance;(Amended, 14 of 1987, s. 2)





(viii) 3 persons who are registered teachers in registered
schools providing secondary education within the meaning
of the Education Ordinance; and
(ix) 3 persons experienced in commerce, industry or a
profession in Hong Kong; (Amended, 14 of 1987, s. 2)

(c)such other persons, not exceeding 3, as the Governor may
appoint.

(3) The appointment of a member of the Authority under
subsection (2)(b) or (c) shall be for a term not exceeding 3 years.

(4) On the expiration of his period of appointment or re-
appointment, as the case may be, any member of the Authority
appointed under subsection (2)(b) or (c) shall be eligible for re-
appointment.

(5)(a) The Governor shall appoint 1 member to be Chair-
man and 1 member to be Deputy Chairman of the Author-
ity, each for a term not exceeding 3 years.

(b)On the expiration of his period of appointment or re-
appointment, as the case may be, any member of the
Authority appointed to be Chairman or Deputy Chairman
under paragraph (a) shall be eligible for reappointment.
(Amended, 14 of 1987, s. 2)

(5A) The function of the Deputy Chairman shall be to act in
place of the Chairman whenever the Chairman is absent from Hong
Kong or is for any other reason unable to exercise the powers or
perform the duties of his office as Chairman or whenever there is a
vacancy in the office of Chairman. (Added, 14 of 1987, s. 2)

(6) A member of the Authority appointed under subsection
(2)(b) or (c) may at any time resign his office by notice in writing
addressed to the Governor.

(7) If any member of the Authority appointed under subsec-
tion (2)(b) or (c) is absent from Hong Kong or is for any other
reason unable to exercise the powers or perform the duties of his
office as member, the Governor may appoint another person to be a
temporary member in his place during his absence or incapacity.

(8) If a member has a pecuniary interest, whether direct or
indirect, in any contract or proposed contract or in any other
matter, and is present at a meeting of the Authority at which the
contract or other matter is the subject of consideration, he shall, as
soon as practicable after the commencement of the meeting, disclose
to the Authority the fact and nature of his interest.

(9) Such member shall, if so required by the meeting, with-
draw from the meeting while the Authority is considering the
contract or matter and in any case shall not vote thereon.

(10) A quorum shall be 9 members.

(11) Subject to this Ordinance the Authority shall have power
to regulate its own procedure.





(12) The Chairman of the Authority or in his absence the
Deputy Chairman, shall preside at meetings of the Authority, and,
in the absence of both the Chairman and the Deputy Chairman,
such member shall preside as the members present select. (Re-
placed, 14 of 1987, s. 2)

4. The Authority may transact any of its business by the
circulation of papers, and a resolution in writing which is approved
in writing by a majority of the members shall be a's valid and
effectual as if it had been passed at a meeting of the Authority by the
votes of the members so approving the resolution.

5. The Hong Kong Examinations Authority shall be a body
corporate with perpetual succession and a common seal and shall be
capable of holding and disposing of all kinds of property, of suing
and being sued and, subject to this Ordinance, of doing and suffering
all such other acts and things as bodies corporate may lawfully do
and suffer.

6. [Repealed, 14 of 1987, s. 31

7. (1) Subject to section 13, the Authority shall have powers
to do all such things as are necessary or advantageous and proper in
planning and conducting examinations in Hong Kong and shall-

(a) conduct the specified examinations;

(b)determine the educational requirements necessary for can-
didates to be eligible to sit specified examinations;

(c)make rules to regulate the conduct of candidates sitting
specified examinations and the exclusion of candidates
from sitting specified examinations for breach of any such
rule;

(d) approve syllabuses for specified examinations;

(e)award certificates to candidates who attain a standard
determined by the Authority in specified examinations.

(2) Without restricting subsection (1), the Authority may for
the purposes referred to therein-

(a) appoint such committees as it thinks fit;

(b)subject to approval by the Governor under section 10, fix
fees to be paid by candidates sitting the specified examina-
tions; (Amended, 14 of 1987, s. 4)

(c)conduct any examination or category of examinations,
other than specified examinations, as the Governor may
approve and make rules to regulate the conduct of candi-
dates sitting those examinations and the exclusion of
candidates for breach of any such rule; (Replaced, 14 of
1987,s.4)





(d)fix the fees to be paid by candidates sitting examinations
conducted under paragraph (c); (Amended, 14 of 1987,
s.4)

(e)appoint, on such terms and conditions of service as it
thinks fit, the Secretary of the Authority and such staff,
advisers and consultants as the Authority considers neces-
sary; (Amended, 14 of 1987, s. 4)

(f)enter into arrangements with persons, firms or agencies for
the supply of services or facilities;

(g)enter into arrangements with any educational institution
for the use of such institution's accommodation, per-
sonnel, facilities and services for the purpose of conducting
examinations under this Ordinance; (Replaced, 14 of
1987,s.4)

(h)make use of personnel, facilities and services of any depart-
ment of the Government to any extent which, in the
opinion of the Chief Secretary, will not impair the proper
and efficient discharge by such department of its functions;

(i)hold, acquire or lease all kinds of property, whether
movable or immovable;

(j)sell or otherwise dispose of all kinds of property whether
movable or immovable;

(k)enter into, assign or accept the assignment of, and vary or
rescind any contract or obligation;

(1)subject to subsection (3), meet expenditure on any item
shown in the approved estimates of expenditure of the
Authority, borrow or otherwise raise money on such
security as may be necessary, and for that purpose, charge
all or any of the property of the Authority;

(m)make charges for the use of any facility or service provided
by the Authority;

(n) delegate-
(i) to any member of the Authority;
(ii) to any committee of the Authority;
(iii) to any member of the staff of the Authority,

to the extent provided in the resolution of delegation, any'
of the powers conferred by this subsection, other than
paragraph (b). (Amended, 14 of 1987, s. 4)

(3) Except with the prior approval of the Financial Secretary,
no sum shall be borrowed or otherwise raised under subsection (2)(/)
which itself, or together with all other sums previously borrowed or
otherwise raised under that subsection and still outstanding, ex-
ceeds, or in the aggregate exceeds, 10 per cent of the approved total
estimated expenditure for the current financial year.





8. The Governor in Council may, by order published in the Gazette,
amend the Schedule.

(Replaced, 14 of 1987, s. 5)

8A. The Authority may publish or disclose the results of any
examination conducted by it, in such manner as it thinks fit.

(Added, 14 of 1987, s. 6)

9. The resources of the Authority shall consist of-

(a) the fees paid by candidates sitting the specified examina-
tions or examinations conducted under section 7(2)(c);

(b)such sums as the Authority may borrow under section 7(2)(1);

(c)such subsidies as may be made available from time to time by
the Government to assist towards the cost of conducting the
specified examinations;

(d)payments received under section 7(2)(m) for services rendered
by the Authority;

(e)such other sums and property as may be received by the
Authority in the exercise of its powers and duties. (Added, 14
of 1987, s. 7)

10. (1) The Authority may, from time to time, with the prior approval
of the Governor, fix a period to be the financial year of the Authority.

(2) In each such financial year, before a date to be appointed by the
Governor, the Authority shall submit to the Governor a programme of its
proposed activities and estimates of income and expenditure of the
Authority for the next financial year. (Amended, 14 of 1987, s. 8)

(3) The estimates of income submitted under subsection (2) shall
include details of the fees which the Authority proposes to charge
candidates sitting the specified examinations and a statement of any
proposed increase in such fees. (Amended, 14 of 1987, s. 8)

(4) The Governor shall consider the programme, estimates and
proposed fees submitted to him under subsection (2) and may approve
or reject them, and, in the case of rejection, may require the Authority to
resubmit the programme or estimates or proposed fees, or all or any of
them modified in such manner and within such time as the Governor may
direct.

(5) The Authority may from time to time vary the estimates of
income and expenditure approved under subsection (4), excluding the
fees payable in respect of the specified examinations, and shall, as soon
as practicable, deliver to the Governor details of any

variation.(Amended, 14 of 1987, s. 8)





(6) The Authority shall cause to be published in the Gazette
any fees payable in respect of the specified examinations approved
under subsection (4) within 28 days of the date upon which it
receives notice of such approval.

(7) [Deleted, 14 of 1987, s. 8]

11. (1) The Authority shall keep such accounts of its transac-
tions as the Director of Accounting Services may require and shall
prepare, for each financial year of the Authority, a statement of the
accounts of the Authority, which statement shall include an income
and expenditure account and balance sheet and shall be signed by
the Chairman of the Authority. (Replaced, 14 of 1987, s. 9)

(2) The signed statement of the accounts of the Authority shall
be submitted by the Chairman to an auditor appointed by the
Authority with the prior approval of the Governor not later than 6
months following the end of the period to which it relates or by such
later date as the Governor may allow.

(3) The accounts of the Authority and the signed statement of
the accounts shall be audited by the appointed auditor, who shall
certify such statement subject to such report, if any, as he may think
fit.

(4) A copy of the signed and audited statement of accounts
together with the. report, if any, of the appointed auditor and a
report by the Authority on its activities during the period covered by
the audited accounts, shall be submitted to the Governor and laid on
the table of the Legislative Council within 3 months of the receipt by
the Authority of the signed and audited statement of accounts from
the appointed auditor.

12. The Financial Secretary may direct that an annual fee,
determined by him, to cover the costs of any service provided by the
Government shall be charged against the income of the Authority
and paid into the general revenue of Hong Kong.
(Amended, 14 of 1987, s. 10)

12A. All moneys of the Authority which are not immediately
required may be-

(a)deposited in Hong Kong currency on fixed term or call
deposit or in a savings account, in any bank or deposit-
taking company licensed under the Banking Ordinance;

(b)invested in Hong Kong dollar certificates of deposit issued
by any bank or deposit-taking company licensed under the
Banking Ordinance; or

(c)invested in bonds or other securities issued or guaranteed
by the Government.
(Added, 14 of 1987, s. 11)





13. (1) The Governor may give the Authority directions of a
general character as to the discharge by the Authority of its
functions in relation to matters appearing to the Governor to affect
the public interest.

(2) The Authority shall, in the exercise or performance of any
power or duty under this Ordinance, comply with any directions
given by the Governor under subsection (1).

14. The Authority is not the servant or agent of the Crown and
does not enjoy any status, immunity or privilege of the Crown.

15. (1) Except as may be appropriate for the exercise or
performance of any duty or function under this Ordinance or for
carrying into effect the provisions of this Ordinance, every person
who has been appointed under or who is or has been employed in
carrying out or assisting any person to carry out the provisions of
this Ordinance-

(a)shall preserve and aid in preserving secrecy with regard to
all matters coming to his knowledge in the exercise or
performance of any duty or function under this Ordinance;

(b) shall not communicate any such matter to any person; and

(c)shall not suffer or permit any person to have access to any
records in the possession, custody or control of any person
to whom this subsection applies.

(2) Subsection (1) does not apply-

(a)to the disclosure of any information authorized to be
disclosed or furnished by the Authority; or

(b)to the disclosure of information for the purpose of any
legal proceedings brought under this Ordinance, or for the
purpose of any report of any such proceedings; or

(c)to the disclosure of information for the purpose of any
investigation by an officer of the Independent Commission
Against Corruption or member of the Royal Hong Kong
Police Force of any offence or suspected ofrence under this
or any other Ordinance or law of Hong Kong.

(3) Any person who-

(a) contravenes subsection (1); or

(b)aids, abets, counsels or procures any person to contravene
subsection (1),

commits an offence and is liable on conviction to a fine of $10,000
and to imprisonment for 6 months.





16. Any person who, by any act or omission and whether or not
with intent to procure any advantage or reward, falsely pretends that he
is an employee, servant, agent or member of the Authority or aids,
abets, counsels or procures any person to so pretend, commits an
offence and is liable on conviction to a fine of $10,000 and to
imprisonment for 6 months.

SCHEDULE [ss. 2 & 8.]

Examinations

The examination known at the commencement of this Ordinance as The Hong
Kong Certificate of Education Examination.

The examination known at the commencement of the Hong Kong Examinations
Authority (Amendment) Ordinance 1987 as The Hong Kong Higher Level
Examination.

The examination known at the commencement of the Hong Kong Examinations
Authority (Amendment) Ordinance 1987 as The Hong Kong Advanced Level
Examination.

(Replaced, 14 of 1987, s. 12)
Originally 23 of 1977. 14 of 1987. L.N. 190/77. Short title. Interpretation. Schedule. Establishment of Authority. (Cap. 320.) (Cap. 279.) Transaction of business by circulation of papers. Incorporation. Powers and duties of the Authority. Amendment of Schedule. Publication of examination results. Resources of the Authority. Programme and estimates. Accounts and statements. Administration fee. Investment of surplus moneys. (Cap. 155.) Power of the Governor to give directions. Authority not servant or agent of the Crown. Secrecy. Impersonation of members or employees of Authority.

Abstract

Originally 23 of 1977. 14 of 1987. L.N. 190/77. Short title. Interpretation. Schedule. Establishment of Authority. (Cap. 320.) (Cap. 279.) Transaction of business by circulation of papers. Incorporation. Powers and duties of the Authority. Amendment of Schedule. Publication of examination results. Resources of the Authority. Programme and estimates. Accounts and statements. Administration fee. Investment of surplus moneys. (Cap. 155.) Power of the Governor to give directions. Authority not servant or agent of the Crown. Secrecy. Impersonation of members or employees of Authority.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3037

Edition

1964

Volume

v17

Subsequent Cap No.

261

Number of Pages

10
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:14:33 +0800
<![CDATA[PROTECTED PLACES (SAFETY) (AUTHORIZED GUARDS) ORDER]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3036

Title

PROTECTED PLACES (SAFETY) (AUTHORIZED GUARDS) ORDER

Description






PROTECTED PLACES (SAFETY) (AUTHORIZED GUARDS)
ORDER

(Cap. 260, section 3)

[17 January 1964.]

1. This order may be cited as the Protected Places (Safety)
(Authorized Guards) Order.

2. In respect of any protected place under the control of the Senior
Military Officer in command of Her Majesty's regular troops in the
Colony, the following persons, that is to say

(a) any member of Her Majesty's armed forces, and

(b) any person employed by The Ministry of Defence (The

Army Department) as a member of its Police Force, are
hereby authorized to act as authorized guards.

3. In respect of any protected place under the control of the
Captain-in-Charge, Hong Kong, or any officer of the Royal Navy
discharging the duties of the Captain-in-Charge, Hong Kong, the
following persons, that is to say

(a) any member of Her Majesty's armed forces; and

(b) any person employed by The Ministry of Defence (The

Navy Department) as a member of its Police Force, are
hereby authorized to act as authorized guards.

4. In respect of any protected place under the control of the Air
Officer Commanding, Hong Kong, or any officer of the Royal Air Force
discharging the duties of the Air Officer Commanding, Hong Kong, the
following persons, that is to say

(a) any member of Her Majesty's armed forces, and

(b) any person employed by The Ministry of Defence (The

Air Force Department) as a member of its Police Force, are
hereby authorized to act as authorized guards.

5. In respect of any protected place under the control of the Officer-
in -Charge, Composite Signals Organization Station, the following
persons, that is to say, any member of the Composite Signals
Organization Police, Hong Kong, are hereby authorized to act as
authorized guards.





6. In respect of any protected place to which guards are to be
assigned by a company or firm pursuant to a contract in writing
between the Government and the company or firm, persons who are

(a) registered as watchmen under the Watchmen Ordinance;

(b) employed by the company or firm; and

(c)assigned by the company or firm to guard that protected
place,

are hereby authorized to act as authorized guards.
L.N. 7/64. L.N. 259/75. L.N. 257/86. Citation. Authorized guards in respect of protected places under control of Senior Military Officer. Authorized guards in respect of protected place under control of Captain, Hong Kong. L.N. 259/75. Authorized guards in respect of protected places under control of Air Officer Commanding, Hong Kong. Authorized guards in respect of protected places under control of Office-in-Charge, Composite Signals Organization Station. L.N. 257/86. Authorized guards in respect of protected places specified by contract. L.N. 257/86. (Cap. 299.)

Abstract

L.N. 7/64. L.N. 259/75. L.N. 257/86. Citation. Authorized guards in respect of protected places under control of Senior Military Officer. Authorized guards in respect of protected place under control of Captain, Hong Kong. L.N. 259/75. Authorized guards in respect of protected places under control of Air Officer Commanding, Hong Kong. Authorized guards in respect of protected places under control of Office-in-Charge, Composite Signals Organization Station. L.N. 257/86. Authorized guards in respect of protected places specified by contract. L.N. 257/86. (Cap. 299.)

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3036

Edition

1964

Volume

v17

Subsequent Cap No.

260

Number of Pages

2
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:14:33 +0800
<![CDATA[PROTECTED PLACES (POLICE GUARDS) ORDER]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3035

Title

PROTECTED PLACES (POLICE GUARDS) ORDER

Description






PROTECTED PLACES (POLICE GUARDS) ORDER.

(Cap. 260, section 3).

[11th July, 1952.]

1. This order may be cited as the Protected Places (Police
Guards) Order.

2. All officers of the Royal Hong Kong Police Force may act
as authorized guards for the purposes of the said Ordinance when
detailed for duties in such capacity by the Commissioner of Police.
G.N.A. 118/52. Citation. Police officers empowered to act as authorized guards.

Abstract

G.N.A. 118/52. Citation. Police officers empowered to act as authorized guards.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3035

Edition

1964

Volume

v17

Subsequent Cap No.

260

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:14:32 +0800
<![CDATA[PROTECTED PLACES ORDER]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3034

Title

PROTECTED PLACES ORDER

Description






PROTECTED PLACES ORDER

(Cap. 260, section 2)

[7 December 1984.]
1. This order may be cited as the Protected Places Order.

2. The places specified in the Schedule arc declared to be protected
places.

SCHEDULE [para. 2.]

(All map references are taken front Edition l-GSGS, Serires L.8811)

Localion Remal A

Peak Radio StationArea enclosed by perimeter fence at
KV05664.
2. Osborn Barracks All building within the area bounded by
KV 09207328: Kk 09457327:
KV 09427307: KV 19357297:
KV 09187297.
3. Blackdoxii Barracks Area enclosed by perimeter fence at
KV 11427282: KV 11457314: Choi Hung
Road: KV 11737292: KV 11457279:
Prince Edward Road: KV 11457279:
KV 11527282.
4. Tate's Cairn Area enclosed by perimeter fence at
KV 128752.
5. Tai Mo Shan Area enclosed by perimeter fence at
KV 03708122: KV 03588137:
KV 03638154: KV 03788133:
KV 03708122
6. Lower Radio Station, Area enclosed by perimeter fence at
Tai Mo Shan KV 03588165: kV 03578172
KV 03628187: KV 03678188:
KV 03708172: KV 03628167:
KV 03588165.
7. Sek Kong Camp Building enclosed by perimeter fence at
JV 99548428.
8. Sek Kong Camp SouthBuildings surrounded by fence on
northern side of road between
JV 98628428 and JV 99068390.
9. Green Island and Little Islands at KV 023674 and KV 026675.
Green Island
10. Stonecutters island Depot enclosed by perimeter fence at
KV 05037108: KV 05137122:
KV 05417122: KV 05467112:
KV 05557110: Coastline to KV 05337074:
Coastline to KV 05037108.

11.Government Explosive Depot, Area enclosed by perimeter fence at
Pipers Hill, Tai Po Road, KV 067748.
Kowloon




Ite Location Remarks

12. Headquarter, British Forces The Prince of Wales Building at
KV 07516695

13. Radio station, Sek Kong Buildings and area enclosed by perimeter
Camp South fence at JV 99528397: JV 99748397
JV 99908389: JV 99488389, then at
102 metres radius on JV 99418397 to
JV 99528397

14. Floating magazine, Lighter An area bounded by KV 25247642 to
NO. 5 at Sai Wan Tsui KV 25137620, then due south to
KV 25137615, then following the 50 feet
contour line in an easterly direction to
KV 25627620, then due north to
KV 25627626, then following the 50 feet
contour line in a westerly direction to
KV 25307642, then due west to
KV 25247642

15.[Deleted. L.N. 234/85]

16. Depot and Earth Station. Area enclosed by perimeter fence at
Chung Hom Kok KV 11305930: KV 11325937:
KV 11405944: KV 11555951:
KV 11585851: KV 11615949:
KV 11595944: KV 11615941:
KV 11605937: KV 11635934:
KV 11605927: KV 11305930.
L.N. 399/84. L.N. 234/85. Citation. Declaration of protected places. Schedule.

Abstract

L.N. 399/84. L.N. 234/85. Citation. Declaration of protected places. Schedule.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3034

Edition

1964

Volume

v17

Subsequent Cap No.

260

Number of Pages

2
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:14:31 +0800
<![CDATA[PROTECTED PLACES (SAFETY) ORDINANCE]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3033

Title

PROTECTED PLACES (SAFETY) ORDINANCE

Description






LAWS OF HONG KONG

PROTECTED PLACES (SAFETY) ORDINANCE

CHAPTER 260





CHAPTER 260

PROTECTED PLACES (SAFETY)

To make better provision for the safety of places declared to be
protected places.

[9 December 1946.]

1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Protected Places
(Safety) Ordinance.

2. In this Ordinance, unless the context otherwise requires-

,,authorized guard' means any person authorized by the Governor
to discharge duty as a guard or sentry in, at or over a pro-
tected place;

'protected place' means any premises declared by an order of
Governor made under this section to be a protected place
for the purposes of this Ordinance. (Replaced, 53 of 1947,
s. 2)

3. (1) It shall be lawful for the Governor by order to
authorize any person to act as an authorized guard.

(2) Such authority may be given in general terms to any
member of Her Majesty's armed forces or to any class of persons.

4. (1) It shall be the duty of an authorized guard-

(a)to protect and prevent the theft of or damage to any
property in or upon a protected place;

(b)so far as consistent with the proper discharge of any
other duty imposed upon him by this Ordinance to arrest
or assist in effecting the arrest of-
(i) any person whom he finds in, or in the immediate
vicinity of, a protected place and reasonably suspects of
entering, or attempting, or intending to enter such place
without proper authority, or of having acted illegally or
otherwise without proper authority within such place;
(Replaced, 53 of 1947, s. 3)
(ii) any person whom he reasonably suspects of having
committed an offence against this Ordinance;

(c)to comply with any direction given to him under sub-
section (2):

Provided that any person arrested by an authorized guard
shall be handed over to a member of the police force as soon as
conveniently may be.





(2) It shall be lawful for the Governor and for any person
delegated in that behalf by the Governor to give directions as to
the manner in which authorized guards are to discharge the duties
and exercise the powers imposed and conferred upon them by this
Ordinance.

5. Subject as hereinafter provided and to any contrary
direction under section 4(2), it shall be lawful for an authorized
guard in carrying out his duties under this Ordinance to dis-
charge firearms-

(a)at any person whom he reasonably believes to he about
to enter or leave a protected place and who fails to halt
when challenged;

(b)at any person whom he reasonably believes to be in the
act of breaking into a protected place.,

(c)at any person whom he has reason to believe is or has
been stealing or is or has been committing any offence
punishable under Part VIII of the Crimes Ordinance,
in such protected place and who fails to halt when
challenged;

(d)at any person forming part of a group of 3 or more
persons engaged in throwing stones or other articles at
such authorized guard which he has reason to believe
may cause him grievous bodily harm.

6. Nothing in section 5 contained shall authorize an
authorized guard-

(a)to discharge firearms at any person if such person can
be apprehended or prevented from escaping by any other
lawful means consistent with the duties of such authorized
guard under this Ordinance;

(b)to discharge firearms with intent to cause greater harm
to any person than is reasonably necessary for the dis-
charge by such authorized guard of his duties under
this Ordinance.

7. Where any authorized guard has in the course of duty
discharged firearms he shall until the contrary is proved be deemed
to have been acting within the scope of the authority conferred
upon him by this Ordinance.

8. Any person who-

(a) fails to halt when challenged by an authorized guard.,

(b)resists or obstructs, or aids or incites any person to resist
or obstruct, an authorized guard in the discharge of the
duties imposed upon him by this Ordinance or in exercise
of the powers hereby conferred;





(c)is found in or loiters in the immediate vicinity of a protected
place and is unable when charged before a magistrate to
satisfy such magistrate that he was there for a lawful purpose;
(Amended, 53 of 1947, s. 4)

(d)being a person who is unauthorized to enter a protected place
fails to leave the immediate vicinity thereof when requested to
do so by an authorized guard or a member of the police force,

shall be guilty of an offence and shall be liable on summary conviction
to a fine of 5250 and to imprisonment for 6 months.

9. (1) It shall be lawful for the Governor by proclamation from time
to time as he shall deem fit to declare the suspension of the operation of
this Ordinance with effect from the date named in such proclamation and
it shall be lawful for the Legislative Council by resolution to declare that
such suspension shall terminate. Upon the termination of such
suspension this Ordinance and any order, authorization or direction
made or given under this Ordinance and in force at the date of such
suspension shall be and continue of full force and effect.

(2) The suspension of the operation of this Ordinance in manner
provided by subsection (1) shall not affect the validity of anything done
or any proceedings commenced under this Ordinance, or affect any
liability or any penalty incurred under this Ordinance, prior to the date of
such suspension. (Added, 53 of 1947, s. 5)
Originally 16 of 1946. (Cap. 260, 1950.) 53 of 1947. 48 of 1972. Short title. Interpretation. Power for the Governor to authorize any person to act as an authorized guard. Duties of authorized guards. Power for authorized guards to discharge firearms. (Cap. 200.) Limitation on power to discharge firearms. Onus of proof. Penalty. Power to suspend operation of the Ordinance. Saving.

Abstract

Originally 16 of 1946. (Cap. 260, 1950.) 53 of 1947. 48 of 1972. Short title. Interpretation. Power for the Governor to authorize any person to act as an authorized guard. Duties of authorized guards. Power for authorized guards to discharge firearms. (Cap. 200.) Limitation on power to discharge firearms. Onus of proof. Penalty. Power to suspend operation of the Ordinance. Saving.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3033

Edition

1964

Volume

v17

Subsequent Cap No.

260

Number of Pages

4
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:14:30 +0800
<![CDATA[CONSULAR RELATIONS (PRIVILEGES AND IMMUNITIES) (ARAB REPUBLIC OF EGYPT) ORDER]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3032

Title

CONSULAR RELATIONS (PRIVILEGES AND IMMUNITIES) (ARAB REPUBLIC OF EGYPT) ORDER

Description






CONSULAR RELATIONS (PRIVILEGES AND IMMUNITIES)
(ARAB REPUBLIC OF EGYPT) ORDER

(Cap. 259, section 4(1))



1. This order may be cited as the Consular Relations (Privileges
and Immunities) (Arab Republic of Egypt) Order and shall come into
operation on a day to be appointed by the Governor by notice in the
Gazette.

2. The like exemption from dues and taxes as is accorded under
Article 32 in the First Schedule to the Ordinance to the residence of the
career head of a consular post shall be extended to the residence of a
consular officer of the Arab Republic of Egypt of which the Arab
Republic of Egypt or any person acting on its behalf is the owner.
L.N. 42/87. Citation and commencement. Exemption from dues and taxes in respect of consular residences.

Abstract

L.N. 42/87. Citation and commencement. Exemption from dues and taxes in respect of consular residences.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3032

Edition

1964

Volume

v17

Subsequent Cap No.

259

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:14:30 +0800
<![CDATA[CONSULAR RELATIONS (MERCHANT SHIPPING AND CIVIL AVIATION) (ARAB REPUBLIC OF EGYPT) ORDER]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3031

Title

CONSULAR RELATIONS (MERCHANT SHIPPING AND CIVIL AVIATION) (ARAB REPUBLIC OF EGYPT) ORDER

Description






CONSULAR RELATIONS (MERCHANT SHIPPING
AND CIVIL AVIATION) (ARAB REPUBLIC OF
EGYPT)ORDER

(Cap. 259, sections 5 and 8)

1. This order may be cited as the Consular Relations (Merchant
Shipping and Civil Aviation) (Arab Republic of Egypt) Order and shall
come into operation on a day to be appointed by the Governor by
notice in the Gazette.

2. (1) For the purposes of this order-

(a)a ship shall be treated as belonging to the Arab Republic of
Egypt if it is registered at a port in the territory of the Arab
Republic of Egypt; and

(b)an aircraft shall be treated as belonging to the Arab Republic
of Egypt if it is registered in the Arab Republic of Egypt.

(2) Nothing in this order shall apply to any ship of war or military
aircraft.

3. Proceedings relating to the remuneration or any contract of
service of the master or commander or a member of the crew of any ship
or aircraft belonging to the Arab Republic of Egypt shall not be
entertained by any court in Hong Kong unless a consular officer of the
Arab Republic of Egypt has been notified of the intention to invoke the
jurisdiction of that court and has not objected within a period of 2 weeks
from the date of such notification and a statement to that effect is
included among the details on which the claim is based at the time when
the proceedings are commenced.
L.N. 43/87. Citation and commencement. Ships and aircraft to be treated as belonging to the Arab Republic of Egypt. Proceedings relating to the remuneration, etc., of the master or crew of a ship or aircraft belonging to the Arab Republic of Egypt.

Abstract

L.N. 43/87. Citation and commencement. Ships and aircraft to be treated as belonging to the Arab Republic of Egypt. Proceedings relating to the remuneration, etc., of the master or crew of a ship or aircraft belonging to the Arab Republic of Egypt.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3031

Edition

1964

Volume

v17

Subsequent Cap No.

259

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:14:29 +0800
<![CDATA[CONSULAR RELATIONS (MERCHANT SHIPPING) (UNITED STATES OF AMERICA) ORDER]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3030

Title

CONSULAR RELATIONS (MERCHANT SHIPPING) (UNITED STATES OF AMERICA) ORDER

Description






CONSULAR RELATIONS (MERCHANT SHIPPING) (UNITED
STATES OF AMERICA) ORDER

(Cap. 259, sections 7 and 8)

[4th February, 1972.]

1. This order may be cited as the Consular Relations (Merchant
Shipping) (United States of America) Order.

2. (1) For the purpose of this order a ship shall be treated as
belonging to the United States of America if it is documented or
registered under the law of any territory subject to the sovereignty or
authority of the United States of America, excepting the Panama Canal
Zone.

(2) Nothing in this order shall apply to any ship of war.

3. The United States of America is designated for the purposes of
section 7 of the Ordinance (which relates to detention on board ship for
disciplinary offences).
L.N. 37/72. Citation. Ships to be treated as belonging to the United States of America. Detention on board ship for disciplinary offences.

Abstract

L.N. 37/72. Citation. Ships to be treated as belonging to the United States of America. Detention on board ship for disciplinary offences.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3030

Edition

1964

Volume

v17

Subsequent Cap No.

259

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:14:28 +0800
<![CDATA[CONSULAR RELATIONS (MERCHANT SHIPPING) (KINGDOM OF SWEDEN) ORDER]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3029

Title

CONSULAR RELATIONS (MERCHANT SHIPPING) (KINGDOM OF SWEDEN) ORDER

Description






CONSULAR RELATIONS (MERCHANT SHIPPING)
(KINGDOM OF SWEDEN) ORDER

(Cap. 259, sections 5, 7 and 8)

[4th February, 1972.]

1. This order may be cited as the Consular Relations (Merchant
Shipping) (Kingdom of Sweden) Order.

2. (1) For the purpose of this order a ship shall be treated as
belonging to the Kingdom of Sweden if it is registered at a port in the
Kingdom of Sweden.

(2) Nothing in this order shall apply to any ship of war.

3. Proceedings relating to the remuneration or any contract of
service of the master or a member of the crew of any ship belonging to
the Kingdom of Sweden shall not be entertained by any court in Hong
Kong unless a consular officer of the Kingdom of Sweden has been
notified of the intention to invoke the jurisdiction of that court and has
not objected within a period of two weeks from the date of such
notification and a stdtement to that effect is included among the details
on which the claim is based at the time when the proceedings are
commenced.

4. The Kingdom of Sweden is designated for the purposes of
section 7 of the Ordinance (which relates to detention on board ship for
disciplinary offences).
L.N. 36/72. Citation. Ships to be treated as belonging to the Kingdom of Sweden. Proceedings relating to the remuneration, etc., of the master or crew of a ship belonging to the Kingdom of Sweden. Detention on board ship for disciplinary offences.

Abstract

L.N. 36/72. Citation. Ships to be treated as belonging to the Kingdom of Sweden. Proceedings relating to the remuneration, etc., of the master or crew of a ship belonging to the Kingdom of Sweden. Detention on board ship for disciplinary offences.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3029

Edition

1964

Volume

v17

Subsequent Cap No.

259

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:14:27 +0800
<![CDATA[CONSULAR RELATIONS (MERCHANT SHIPPING) (SPANISH STATE) ORDER]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3028

Title

CONSULAR RELATIONS (MERCHANT SHIPPING) (SPANISH STATE) ORDER

Description






CONSULAR RELATIONS (MERCHANT SHIPPING)
(SPANISH STATE) ORDER
(Cap. 259, sections 5, 6, 7 and 8)
[4th February, 1972.]

1. This order may be cited as the Consular Relations (Merchant
Shipping) (Spanish State) Order.

2. (1) For the purpose of this order a ship shall be treated as
belonging to the Spanish State if it is registered in Spain.

(2) Nothing in this order shall apply to any ship of war.

3. Proceedings relating to the remuneration or any contract of
service of the master or a member of the crew of any ship belonging to
the Spanish State shall not be entertained by any court in Hong Kong
unless a consular officer of the Spanish State has been notified of the
intention to invoke the jurisdiction of that court and has not objected
within a period of two weeks from the date of such notification and a
statement to that effect is included among the details on which the claim
is based at the time when the proceedings are commenced.

4. Where an offence is alleged to have been committed on board
any ship belonging to the Spanish State by the master or a member of
the crew, proceedings for the offence instituted otherwise than at the
request or with the consent of a consular officer of the Spanish State
shall not be entertained by any court in Hong Kong, unless

(a) the ofrence is alleged to have been committed-

(i) by or against a person who is a citizen of the United
Kingdom and Colonies, a citizen of Southern Rhodesia,
a British subject by virtue of section 2, 13 or 16 of the
British Nationality Act 1948 or the British Nationality Act
1965, or a British protected person within the meaning of
the said Act of 1948; or

(ii) against a person other than the master or a member

of the crew; or

(b) the offence is one involving the tranquillity or safety of a

port, or the law relating to safety of life at sea, public health, oil
pollution, wireless telegraphy, immigration, or customs; or

(c)the offence is one punishable (on a first conviction) with
imprisonment for a term that may extend to five years or with a
more severe sentence.





5. The Spanish State is designated for the purposes of section
7 of the Ordinance (which relates to detention on board ship for
disciplinary offences).
L.N. 35/72. Citation. Ships to be treated as belonging to the Spanish State. Proceedings relating to the remuneration, etc., of the master or crew of a ship belonging to the Spanish State. Proceedings relating to offences committed on board ships belonging to the Spanish State. (1948 c. 56.) (1965 c. 34.) Detention on board ship for disciplinary offences.

Abstract

L.N. 35/72. Citation. Ships to be treated as belonging to the Spanish State. Proceedings relating to the remuneration, etc., of the master or crew of a ship belonging to the Spanish State. Proceedings relating to offences committed on board ships belonging to the Spanish State. (1948 c. 56.) (1965 c. 34.) Detention on board ship for disciplinary offences.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3028

Edition

1964

Volume

v17

Subsequent Cap No.

259

Number of Pages

2
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:14:27 +0800
<![CDATA[CONSULAR RELATIONS (MERCHANT SHIPPING) (KINGDOM OF NORWAY) ORDER]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3027

Title

CONSULAR RELATIONS (MERCHANT SHIPPING) (KINGDOM OF NORWAY) ORDER

Description






CONSULAR RELATIONS (MERCHANT SHIPPING)

(KINGDOM OF NORWAY) ORDER

(Cap. 259, sections 5, 7 and 8)

[4th February, 1972.1

1. This order may be cited as the Consular Relations (Merchant
Shipping) (Kingdom of Norway) Order.

2. (1) For the purpose of this order a ship shall be treated as
belonging to the Kingdom of Norway if it is registered at a port in the
Kingdom of Norway.

(2) Nothing in this order shall apply to any ship of war.

3. Proceedings relating to the remuneration or any contract of
service of the master or a member of the crew of any ship belonging to
the Kingdom of Norway shall not be entertained by any court in Hong
Kong unless a consular officer of the Kingdom of Norway has been
notified of the intention to invoke the jurisdiction of that court and has
not objected within a period of two weeks from the date of such
notification and a statement to that effect is included among the details
on which the claim is based at the time when the proceedings are
commenced.

4. The Kingdom of Norway is designated for the purposes of
section 7 of the Ordinance (which relates to detention on board ship for
disciplinary offences).
L.N. 34/72. Citation. Ships to be treated as belonging to the Kingdom of Norway. Proceedings relating to the remuneration, etc., of the master or crew of a ship belonging to the Kingdom of Norway. Detention on board ship for disciplinary offences.

Abstract

L.N. 34/72. Citation. Ships to be treated as belonging to the Kingdom of Norway. Proceedings relating to the remuneration, etc., of the master or crew of a ship belonging to the Kingdom of Norway. Detention on board ship for disciplinary offences.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3027

Edition

1964

Volume

v17

Subsequent Cap No.

259

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:14:26 +0800
<![CDATA[CONSULAR RELATIONS (MERCHANT SHIPPING) (UNITED STATES OF MEXICO) ORDER]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3026

Title

CONSULAR RELATIONS (MERCHANT SHIPPING) (UNITED STATES OF MEXICO) ORDER

Description






CONSULAR RELATIONS (MERCHANT SHIPPING

(UNITED STATES OF MEXICO) ORDER

(Cap. 259, sections 5, 7 and 8)

[4th February, 1972.]

1. This order may be cited as the Consular Relations (Merchant
Shipping) (United States of Mexico) Order.

2. (1) For the purpose of this order a ship shall be treated as
belonging to the United States of Mexico if it is registered at a port in
any of the territories of the United States of Mexico.

(2) Nothing in this order shall apply to any ship of war.

3. Proceedings relating to the remuneration or any contract of
service of the master or a member of the crew of any ship belonging to
the United States of Mexico shall not be entertained by any court in
Hong Kong unless either

(a) the proceedings are instituted by or against a person who
is a citizen of the United Kingdom and Colonies, a citizen
of Southern Rhodesia, a British subject by virtue of
section 2, 13 or 16 of the British Natinoality Act 1948
or the British Nationality Act 1965, or a British protected
person within in the meaning of the said Act of 1948; or

(b)a consular officer of the United States of Mexico has been
notified of the intention to invoke the jurisdiction of that court
and has not objected within a period of two weeks from the date
of such notification and a statement to that effect is included
among the details on which the claim is based at the time when
the proceedings are commenced.

4. The United States of Mexico is designated for the purposes of
section 7 of the Ordinance (which relates to detention on board ship for
disciplinary offences).
L.N. 33/72. Citation. Ships to be treated as belonging to the United States of Mexico. Proceedings relating to the remuneration, etc., of the master or crew of a ship belonging to the United States of Mexico. (1948 c. 56.) (1965 c. 34.) Detention on board ship for disciplinary offences.

Abstract

L.N. 33/72. Citation. Ships to be treated as belonging to the United States of Mexico. Proceedings relating to the remuneration, etc., of the master or crew of a ship belonging to the United States of Mexico. (1948 c. 56.) (1965 c. 34.) Detention on board ship for disciplinary offences.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3026

Edition

1964

Volume

v17

Subsequent Cap No.

259

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:14:25 +0800
<![CDATA[CONSULAR RELATIONS (MERCHANT SHIPPING) (JAPAN) ORDER]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3025

Title

CONSULAR RELATIONS (MERCHANT SHIPPING) (JAPAN) ORDER

Description






CONSULAR RELATIONS (MERCHANT SHIPPING
(JAPAN) ORDER
(CAP. 259, sections 5, 6, 7 and 8)
[4th February, 1972.]

1. This order may be cited as the Consular Relations (Merchant
Shipping) (Japan) Order.

2. (1) For the purpose of this order a ship shall be treated as
belonging to Japan if it is carrying the papers required by the law of
Japan in proof of Japanese nationality.

(2) Nothing in this order shall apply to any ship of war.

3. Proceedings relating to the remuneration or any contract of
service of the master or a member of the crew of any ship belonging to
Japan shall not be entertained by any court in Hong Kong unless a
consular officer of Japan has been notified of the intention to invoke the
jurisdiction of that court and has not objected within a period of two
weeks from the date of such notification and a statement to that effect is
included among the details on which the claim is based at the time when
the proceedings are commenced.

4. Where an ofrence is alleged to have been committed on board
any ship belonging to Japan by the master or a member of the crew,
proceedings for the offence instituted otherwise than at the request or
with the consent of a consular officer of Japan shall not be entertained
by any court in Hong Kong, unless

(a) the offence is alleged to have been committed-

(I) by or against a person who is a citizen of the United
Kingdom and Colonies, a citizen of Southern Rhodesia, a
British subject by virtue of section 2, 13 or 16 of the British
Nationality Act 1948 or the British Nationality Act 1965, or a
British protected person within the meaning of the said Act of
1948; or

(ii) against a person other than the master or a member of
the crew; or

(b)the offence is one involving the tranquillity or safety of a port,
or the law relating to safety of life at sea, public health, oil
pollution, wireless telegraphy, immigration or customs; or

(c)the offence is one punishable (on a first conviction) with
imprisonment for a term that may extend to five years or with a
more severe sentence.





5. Japan is designated for the purposes of section 7 of the
Ordinance (which relates to detention on board ship for disciplinary
offences).
L.N. 32/72. Citation. Ships to be treated as belonging to Japan. Proceedings relating to the remuneration, etc., of the master or crew of a ship belonging to Japan. Proceedings relating to offences committed on board ships belonging to Japan. (1948 c. 56.) (1965 c. 34.) Detention on board ship for disciplinary offences.

Abstract

L.N. 32/72. Citation. Ships to be treated as belonging to Japan. Proceedings relating to the remuneration, etc., of the master or crew of a ship belonging to Japan. Proceedings relating to offences committed on board ships belonging to Japan. (1948 c. 56.) (1965 c. 34.) Detention on board ship for disciplinary offences.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3025

Edition

1964

Volume

v17

Subsequent Cap No.

259

Number of Pages

2
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:14:25 +0800
<![CDATA[CONSULAR RELATIONS (MERCHANT SHIPPING) (ITALIAN REPUBLIC) ORDER]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3024

Title

CONSULAR RELATIONS (MERCHANT SHIPPING) (ITALIAN REPUBLIC) ORDER

Description






c CONSULAR RELATIONS (MERCHANT SHIPPING)
(ITALIAN REPUBLIC) ORDER

(Cap. 259, sections 5, 6, 7 and 8)

[4th February, 1972]

1. This order may be cited as the Consular Relations (Merchant
Shipping) (Italian Republic) Order.

2. (1) For the purpose of this order a ship shall be treated as
belonging to the Italian Republic if it is a ship flying the Italian flag.

(2) Nothing in this order shall apply to any ship of war.

3. Proceedings relating to the remuneration or any contract of
service of the master or a member of the crew of any ship belonging to
the Italian Republic shall not be entertained by any court in Hong Kong
unless a consular officer of the Italian Republic has been notified of the
intention to invoke the jurisdiction of that court and has not objected
within a period of two weeks from the date of such notification and a
statement to that effect is included among the details on which the claim
is based at the time when the proceedings are commenced.

4. Where an offence is alleged to have been committed on board
any ship belonging to the Italian Republic by the master or a member of
the crew, proceedings for the offence instituted otherwise than at the
request or with the consent of a consular officer of the Italian Republic
shall not be entertained by any court in Hong Kong, unless

(a) the offence is alleged to have been committed-

(i) by or against a person who is a citizen of the United Kingdom
and Colonies, a citizen of Southern Rhodesia, a British subject
by virtue of section 2, 13 or 16 of the British nationality Act
1948 or the British Nationality Act 1965, or a British protected
person within the meaning of the said of 1949; or

(ii) against a person other than the master or a member

of the crew; or

(b) the offence is one involving the tranquillity or safety of
a port, or the law relating to safety of life at sea, public health,
oil pollution, wireless telegraphy, immigration or customs; or

(c)the offence is one punishable (on a first conviction) with
imprisonment for a term that may extend to five years or with a
more severe sentence.





5. The Italian Republic is designated for the purposes of
section 7 of the Ordinance (which relates to detention on board
ship for disciplinary offences).
L.N. 31/72. Citation. Ships to be treated as belonging to the Italian Republic. Proceedings relating to the remuneration, etc., of the master or crew of a ship belonging to the Italian Republic. Proceedings relating to offences committed on board ships belonging to the Italian Republic. (1948 c. 56.) (1965 c. 34.) Detention on board ship for disciplinary offences.

Abstract

L.N. 31/72. Citation. Ships to be treated as belonging to the Italian Republic. Proceedings relating to the remuneration, etc., of the master or crew of a ship belonging to the Italian Republic. Proceedings relating to offences committed on board ships belonging to the Italian Republic. (1948 c. 56.) (1965 c. 34.) Detention on board ship for disciplinary offences.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3024

Edition

1964

Volume

v17

Subsequent Cap No.

259

Number of Pages

2
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:14:24 +0800
<![CDATA[CONSULAR RELATIONS (MERCHANT SHIPPING) (KINGDOM OF GREECE) ORDER]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3023

Title

CONSULAR RELATIONS (MERCHANT SHIPPING) (KINGDOM OF GREECE) ORDER

Description






CONSULAR RELATIONS (MERCHANT SHIPPING)
(KINGDOM OF GREECE) ORDER

(Cap. 259, sections 5, 7 and 8)

[4th February, 1972.]

1. This order may be cited as the Consular Relations (Merchant
Shipping) (Kingdom of Greece) Order.

2. (1) For the purpose of this order a ship shall be treated as
belonging to the Kingdom of Greece if it is registered at a port in the
Kingdom of Greece.

(2) Nothing in this order shall apply to any ship of war.

3. Proceedings relating to the remuneration or any contract of
service of the master or a member of the crew of any ship belonging to
the Kingdom of Greece shall not be entertained by any court in Hong
Kong unless a consular officer of the Kingdom of Greece has been
notified of the intention to invoke the jurisdiction of that court and has
not objected within a period of two weeks from the date of such
notification and a statement to that effect is included among the details
on which the claim is based at the time when the proceedings are
commenced.

4. The Kingdom of Greece is designated for the purposes of section
7 of the Ordinance (which relates to detention on board ship for
disciplinary offences).
L.N. 30/72. Citation. Ships to be treated as belonging to the Kingdom of Greece. Proceedings relating to the remuneration, etc., of the master or crew of a ship belonging to the Kingdom of Greece. Detention on board ship for disciplinary offences.

Abstract

L.N. 30/72. Citation. Ships to be treated as belonging to the Kingdom of Greece. Proceedings relating to the remuneration, etc., of the master or crew of a ship belonging to the Kingdom of Greece. Detention on board ship for disciplinary offences.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3023

Edition

1964

Volume

v17

Subsequent Cap No.

259

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:14:23 +0800
<![CDATA[CONSULAR RELATIONS (MERCHANT SHIPPING) (FEDERAL REPUBLIC OF GERMANY) ORDER]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3022

Title

CONSULAR RELATIONS (MERCHANT SHIPPING) (FEDERAL REPUBLIC OF GERMANY) ORDER

Description






CONSULAR RELATIONS (MERCHANT SHIPPING)
(FEDERAL REPUBLIC OF GERMANY)
ORDER

(Cap. 259, sections 5, 6, 7 and 8)

[4th February, 1972.]

1. This order may be cited as the Consular Relations (Merchant
Shipping) (Federal Republic of Germany) Order.

2. (1) For the purpose of this order a ship shall be treated as
belonging to the Federal Republic of Germany if it is a ship which
lawfully flies the flag of the Federal Republic of Germany.

(2) Nothing in this order shall apply to any ship of war.

3. Proceedings relating to the remuneration or any contract of
service of the master or a member of the crew of any ship belonging to
the Federal Republic of Germany shall not be entertained by any court in
Hong Kong unless a consular officer of the Federal Republic of Germany
has been notified of the intention to invoke the jurisdiction of that court
and has not objected within a period of two weeks from the date of such
notification and a statement to that effect is included among the details
on which the claim is based at the time when the proceedings are
commenced.

4. Where an offence is alleged to have been committed on board
any ship belonging to the Federal Republic of Germany by the master or
a member of the crew, proceedings for the ofrence instituted otherwise
than at the request or with the consent of a consular officer of the
Federal Republic of Germany shall not be entertained by any court in
Hong Kong, unless

(a) the offence is alleged to have been committed

(i) by Or against a person who is a citizen of the United
Kingdom and Colonies, a citizen of Southern Rhodesia,
a British subject by virtue of section 2, 13 or 16 of the
British Nationality 1948 or the British Nationality Act
1965, or a British protected person within the meaning of
the said Act of 1948; or

(ii) against a person other than the master or a member of
the crew; or

(b)the offence is one involving the tranquillity or safety of a port,
or the law relating to safety of life at sea, public health, oil
pollution, wireless telegraphy, immigration or customs; or





(c)the offence is one punishable (on a first conviction) with
imprisonment for a term that may extend to five years
or with a more severe sentence.

5. The Federal Republic of Germany is designated for the
purposes of section 7 of the Ordinance (which relates to detention
on board ship for disciplinary offences).
L.N. 29/72. Citation. Ships to be treated as belonging to the Federal Republic of Germany. Proceedings relating to the remuneration, etc., of the master or crew of a ship belonging to the Federal Republic of Germany. Proceedings relating to offences committed on board ships belonging to the Federal Republic of Germany. (1948 c. 56.) (1965 c. 34.) Detention on board ship for disciplinary offences.

Abstract

L.N. 29/72. Citation. Ships to be treated as belonging to the Federal Republic of Germany. Proceedings relating to the remuneration, etc., of the master or crew of a ship belonging to the Federal Republic of Germany. Proceedings relating to offences committed on board ships belonging to the Federal Republic of Germany. (1948 c. 56.) (1965 c. 34.) Detention on board ship for disciplinary offences.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3022

Edition

1964

Volume

v17

Subsequent Cap No.

259

Number of Pages

2
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:14:22 +0800
<![CDATA[CONSULAR RELATIONS (MERCHANT SHIPPING) (FRENCH REPUBLIC) ORDER]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3021

Title

CONSULAR RELATIONS (MERCHANT SHIPPING) (FRENCH REPUBLIC) ORDER

Description






CONSULAR RELATIONS (MERCHANT SHIPPING)
(FRENCH REPUBLIC) ORDER

(Cap. 259, sections 7 and 8)

[4th February, 1972]

1. This order may be cited as the consular Relations
(Merchant Shipping) (French Republic) Order.

2. (1) For the purpose of this order a ship shall be treated
as belonging to the French Republic if it is registered under the
law of the French Republic.

(2) Nothing in this order shall apply to any ship of war.

3. The French Republic is designated for the purposes of
section 7 of the Ordinance (which relates to detention on board
ship for disciplinary offences).
L.N. 28/72. Citation. Ships to be treated as belonging to the French Republic. Detention on board ship for disciplinary offences.

Abstract

L.N. 28/72. Citation. Ships to be treated as belonging to the French Republic. Detention on board ship for disciplinary offences.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3021

Edition

1964

Volume

v17

Subsequent Cap No.

259

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:14:22 +0800
<![CDATA[CONSULAR RELATIONS (MERCHANT SHIPPING) (KINGDOM OF DENMARK) ORDER]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3020

Title

CONSULAR RELATIONS (MERCHANT SHIPPING) (KINGDOM OF DENMARK) ORDER

Description






CONSULAR RELATIONS (MERCHANT SHIPPING)
(KINGDOM OF DENMARK) ORDER

(Cap. 259, sections 5, 6, 7 and 8)
[4th February, 1972.]

1. This order may be cited as the Consular Relations (Merchant
Shipping) (Kingdom of Denmark) Order.

2. (1) For the purpose of this order a ship shall be treated as
belonging to the Kingdom of Denmark if it is registered at a port in the
Kingdom of Denmark.

(2) Nothing in this order shall apply to any ship of war.

3. Proceedings relating to the remuneration or any contract of
service of the master or a member of the crew of any ship belonging to
the Kingdom of Denmark shall not be entertained by any court in Hong
Kong unless a consular officer of the Kingdom of Denmark has been
notified of the intention to invoke the jurisdiction of that court and has
not objected within a period of two weeks from the date of such
notification and a statement to that effect is included among the details
on which the claim is based at the time when the proceedings are
commenced.

4. Where an offence is alleged to have been committed on board
any ship belonging to the Kingdom of Denmark by the master or a
member of the crew, proceedings for the offence instituted otherwise
than at the request or with the consent of a consular officer of the
Kingdom of Denmark shall not be entertained by any court in Hong
Kong, unless

(a) the offence is alleged to have been committed

(i) by or against a person who is a citizen of the United
Kingdom and Colonies, a citizen of Southern Rhodesia, a
British subject by virtue of section 2, 13 or 16 of the British
Nationality Act 1948 or the British Nationality Act 1965, or a
British protected person within the meaning of the said Act of
1948; or

(ii) against a person other than the master or a member of the crew; or


(b)the offence is one involving the tranquillity or safety of a port,
or the law relating to safety of life at sea, public health, oil
pollution, wireless telegraphy, immigration or customs, or in
regard to which the prosecution is instituted by a private
person; or





(e)the offence is one punishable (on a first conviction) with
imprisonment for a term that may extend to five years or with a
more severe sentence.

5. The Kingdom of Deninark is designated for the purposes of
section 7 of the Ordinance (which relates to detention on board ship for
disciplinary offences).
L.N. 27/72. Citation. Ships to be treated as belonging to the Kingdom of Denmark. Proceedings relating to the remuneration, etc., of the master or crew of a ship belonging to the Kingdom of Denmark. Proceedings relating to offences committed on board ships belonging to the Kingdom of Denmark. (1948 c. 56.) (1965 c. 34.) Detention on board ship for disciplinary offences.

Abstract

L.N. 27/72. Citation. Ships to be treated as belonging to the Kingdom of Denmark. Proceedings relating to the remuneration, etc., of the master or crew of a ship belonging to the Kingdom of Denmark. Proceedings relating to offences committed on board ships belonging to the Kingdom of Denmark. (1948 c. 56.) (1965 c. 34.) Detention on board ship for disciplinary offences.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3020

Edition

1964

Volume

v17

Subsequent Cap No.

259

Number of Pages

2
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:14:21 +0800
<![CDATA[CONSULAR RELATIONS (MERCHANT SHIPPING) (KINGDOM OF BELGIUM) ORDER]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3019

Title

CONSULAR RELATIONS (MERCHANT SHIPPING) (KINGDOM OF BELGIUM) ORDER

Description






CONSULAR RELATIONS (MIERCHANT SHIPPING)
(KINGDOM OF BELGIM ORDER

(Cap. 259, sections 5, 6, 7 and 8)

[4th February, 1972.]

1. This order may be cited as the Consular Relations (Merchant
Shipping) (Kingdom of Belgium) Order.

2. (1) For the purpose of this order a ship shall be treated as
belonging to the Kingdom of Belgium if it is registered under Belgium
law for the purposes of navigation at sea.

(2) Nothing in this order shall apply to any ship of war.

3. Proceedings relating to the remuneration or any contract of
service of the roaster or a member of the crew of any ship belonging to
the Kingdom of Belgium shall not be entertained by any court in Hong
Kong unless a consular officer of the Kingdom of Belgium has been
notified of the intention to invoke the jurisdiction of that court and has
not objected within a period of two weeks from the date of such
notification and a statement to that effect is included among the details
on which the claim is based at the time when the proceedings are
commenced.

4. Where an offence is alleged to have been committed on board
any ship belonging to the Kingdom of Belgium by the master or a
member of the crew, proceedings for the offence instituted otherwise
than at the request or with the consent of a consular officer of the
Kingdom of Belgium shall not be entertained by any court in Hong
Kong, unless

(a) the offence is alleged to have been committecd
(i) by or against a person who is a citizen of the United Kingdom and
Colonies, a citizen of Southern Rhodesia, a British subject by
virtue of section 2, 13 or 16 of the British National Act 1948
or the British Nationality Act 1965, or a Britis rotected person
within the meaning of the said Act of 1948; or

(ii) against a person other than the master or a member of
the crew; or

(b)the offence is one involving the tranquillity or safety of a port,
or the law relating to safety of life at sea, public health, oil
pollution, wireless telegraphy, immigration or customs; or





(e)the ofrence is one punishable (on a first conviction) with
imprisonment for a term that may extend to five years
or with a more severe sentence.

5. The Kingdom of Belgium is designated for the purposes
of section 7 of the Ordinance (which relates to detention on board
ship for disciplinary offences).
L.N. 26/72. Citation. Ships to be treated as belonging to the Kingdom of Belgium. Proceedings relating to the remuneration, etc., of the master or crew of a ship belonging to the Kingdom of Belgium. Proceedings relating to offences committed on board ships belonging to the Kingdom of Belgium. (1948 c. 56.) (1965 c. 34.) Detention on board ship for disciplinary offences.

Abstract

L.N. 26/72. Citation. Ships to be treated as belonging to the Kingdom of Belgium. Proceedings relating to the remuneration, etc., of the master or crew of a ship belonging to the Kingdom of Belgium. Proceedings relating to offences committed on board ships belonging to the Kingdom of Belgium. (1948 c. 56.) (1965 c. 34.) Detention on board ship for disciplinary offences.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3019

Edition

1964

Volume

v17

Subsequent Cap No.

259

Number of Pages

2
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:14:20 +0800
<![CDATA[CONSULAR RELATIONS (MERCHANT SHIPPING) (REPUBLIC OF AUSTRIA) ORDER]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3018

Title

CONSULAR RELATIONS (MERCHANT SHIPPING) (REPUBLIC OF AUSTRIA) ORDER

Description








CONSULAR RELATIONS (MERCHANT SHIPPING)

(REPUBLIC OF AUSTRIA) ORDER

(Cap 259, sections 5, 6, 7 and 8)

[4th February, 1972.]

1. This order may be cited as the Consular Relations (Merchant
Shipping) (Republic of Austria) Order.

2. (1) For the purpose of this order a ship shall be treated as
belonging to the Republic of Austria if it is registered in the Austrian
register of sea-going vessels or otherwise entitled to fly the Austrian
flag.

(2) Nothing in this order shall apply to any ship of war.

3. Proceedings relating to the remuneration or any contract of
service of the master or a member of the crew of any ship belonging to
the Republic of Austria shall not be entertained by any court in Hong
Kong unless a consular officer of the Republic of Austria has been
notified of the intention to invoke the jurisdiction of that court and has
not objected within a period of two weeks from the date of such
notification and a statement to that effect is included among the details
on which the claim is based at the time when the proceedings are
commenced.

4. Where an offence is alleged to have been committed on board
any ship belonging to the Republic of Austria by the master or a member
of the crew, proceedings for the offence instituted otherwise than at the
request or with the consent of a consular officer of the Republic of
Austria shall not be entertained by any court in Hong Kong, unless

(a) the effence is alleged to have been committed

(i) by or against a person who is a citizen of the United
Kinm and Colonies, a citizen of Southern Rhodesia,
subject by virtue of section 2, 13 or 16 of the
British NXitionality Act 1948 or the British Nationality Act
1965, or a British protected person within the meaning of
the said Act of 1948; or

(ii) against a person other than the master or a member of
the crew; or

(b)the offence is one involving the tranquillity or safety of a port,
or the law relating to safety of life at sea, public health, oil
pollution, wireless telegraphy, immigration or customs; or

(c)the offence is one punishable (on a first conviction) with
imprisonment for a term that may extend to five years or with a
more severe sentence.





5. The Republic of Austria is designated for the purposes
of section 7 of the Ordinance (which relates to detention on board
ship for disciplinary offences).
L.N. 25/72. Citation. Ships to be treated as belonging to the Republic of Austria. Proceedings relating to the remuneration, etc., of the master or crew of a ship belonging to the Republic of Austria. Proceedings relating to offences committed on board ships belonging to the Republic of Austria. (1948 c. 56.) (1965 c. 34.) Detention on board ship for disciplinary offences.

Abstract

L.N. 25/72. Citation. Ships to be treated as belonging to the Republic of Austria. Proceedings relating to the remuneration, etc., of the master or crew of a ship belonging to the Republic of Austria. Proceedings relating to offences committed on board ships belonging to the Republic of Austria. (1948 c. 56.) (1965 c. 34.) Detention on board ship for disciplinary offences.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3018

Edition

1964

Volume

v17

Subsequent Cap No.

259

Number of Pages

2
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:14:19 +0800
<![CDATA[CONSULAR RELATIONS (PRIVILEGES AND IMMUNITIES) (COMMONWEALTH COUNTRIES AND REPUBLIC OF IRELAND) ORDER]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3017

Title

CONSULAR RELATIONS (PRIVILEGES AND IMMUNITIES) (COMMONWEALTH COUNTRIES AND REPUBLIC OF IRELAND) ORDER

Description






CONSULAR RELATIONS (PRIVILEGES AND IMMUNITIES)
(COMMONWEALTH COUNTRIES AND REPUBLIC OF
IRELAND) ORDER

(Cap. 259, section 12)

[4 February 1972.]

1. This order may be cited as the Consular Relations (Privileges and
Immunities) (Commonwealth Countries and Republic of Ireland) Order.

2. Subject to paragraph 3, any person

(a)in the service of a country specified in the First Schedule or in the
service of a State or Province of any such country, and

(h)holding an office or class of office specified in the Second Schedule,

shall have all the immunities and privileges conferred upon a consular officer
under the Ordinance.

3. Any person mentioned in paragraph 2, who is permanently resident 'In
Hong Kong or who is a person within the definition of 'national of the receiving
state- in section 2(2) of the Ordinance. shall be excluded from all the immunities
and privileges conferred under this order other than--

(a)immunity from jurisdiction and personal inviolability in respect of
official acts performed in the exercise of his functions; and

(b)the privilege provided in Article 44(3) in the First Schedule to the
Ordinance.

FIRST SCHEDULE [para. 2(a).]

COUNTRIES

Australia.
Bangladesh.
Canada.
India.
Malaysia.
New Zealand.
Nigeria.
Singapore.





SECOND SCHEDULE

OFFICE OR CLASS OF OFFICE


Commissioner for the Government of Austrialia.
Commissioner for the Government of Canada.
Commissioner for the Government of India.
Commissioner for the Government of Malaysia.
Commissioner for the Government of New Zealand.
Commissioner for the Government of Nigeria.
Commissioner for the Government of Singapore.
Bangladesh Trade Commissioner.
Agent for Alberta. Canada.
Agent for Ontario, Canada.
Agent for Quebec. Canada.
Agent for Saskatchewan, Canada.
L.N.24/72. L.N. 115/77. L.N. 258/80. L.N. 378/84. L.N. 231/85. Citation. Immunities and privileges conferred. L.N. 258/80. First Schedule. Second Schedule. Persons excluded. L.N. 115/77. L.N. 115/77. L.N. 258/80. L.N. 378/84. L.N. 231/85.

Abstract

L.N.24/72. L.N. 115/77. L.N. 258/80. L.N. 378/84. L.N. 231/85. Citation. Immunities and privileges conferred. L.N. 258/80. First Schedule. Second Schedule. Persons excluded. L.N. 115/77. L.N. 115/77. L.N. 258/80. L.N. 378/84. L.N. 231/85.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3017

Edition

1964

Volume

v17

Subsequent Cap No.

259

Number of Pages

2
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:14:18 +0800